Ie

Contents

Acres to Fiction: A Problem in Classification Theory and Practice. Part I

The ARDOR Information System for Classical Archaeology and History of Art

Knowledge Dased Classification Systems: Dasic Issues, a Toy System and Further Prospects

Special DibJiography: Editions of the ICD and Other Health-Related Classification Systems

International Classification Vol.16(1989)No.3 UDC 025.4:168:001.4 (05)

Contents

Editorial

INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION Devoted to Concept Theory, Systematic Termino­logy and Organization of Knowledge

Editors

Knowledge organization and the humanities and some other new features of this issue . . . 133 Dr. phil. Ingetraut Dahlberg, D�6000 Fra nkfurt 50, Woogstr. 36,\, Editor-in-chief

Articles Beghtol. c.: Access to fiction: A problem in classification theory and practice. Part r ....... . 134 Eisner, 1\1.: The ARBOR information system fordassicalarchacology and history Oraft. ... 141 Endrcs�Niggelllcycr, n.; Schmidt, B.: Knowkdge based classification

systems: Basic iss lies, a toy system ,Iud fllrtherprospects. . ....... 146

Speci.1 Bibliography Berg-Schorn, E.: Editions of the leO and other health-related classification systems . ... . . . 157

Reports and Communications. . . ... . .. 160 Holley, R.P.: IFLA Section on Classification and Indexing -Williamson, N.: ASIS Annuul 1-feeting -. CRG 272 and 273 - DGD/KTF 44th 1l;Ieeting - Conference on Concept Relationships- 2nd Call for Papers, TKE'90 . . .. . .. . . 162

ISKO News. . .. . .... 163 Welcome -National Coordinators - Sponsorships for 1-tcmbers- Reduced 1-lemlx'rship Fcc for Membus from East-European and Third World Countries-The Scientific � Advisory Board - FOlUuling of the German ISKO-Chapter- Invitation to join ISKO Working Groups - Planning the First International Conference, Darmstadt, Aug.14-17, 1990- Conferences Around the First ISKO Conference - Planning the Second International lSKO Conference- r ... fembershipinvitations-Charter and Preamble .. ... . .. 165 Satzung und Praamhle . . ....... l(iS

FIDICR News 26. . ..... . . 17 l The 5th International Study Conference for Classification Research - FID 45th Conference and Congress, Havana, Ctlba - FIDICR Future Directions - Task Force on UDC System Dcvclopment- Willhlll1Son, N. : International ContCrence on Library Classification and its Functions, Edmonton, Canada, June 20-21, 1989

Book RCYicws P6rksen, U.: Deutsche Naturwissenschaftssprachen, historische und kritische Studien

(German special Selence languages; historical and critical studies) (H.Ll'Clercq) ... ..... 173 I Iildreth, Ch.R.: Intelligent interfaces and retrieval methods for suhject

searching in bibliographic retrieval systems (H.Sehnelling) . . . , .. 173 Neet, H.E.: A la recherche du mot cleo Analyse docmnentaire et l'indexation alphabCtique

(Tn search orthe keyword. Document analysis and alphabetical indexing) (W. Bics) ... . . . 175 Gerstenkorn, A, StOCker, A.: Die Aufwecker. (The awakcnersH i\LOckenfeld) . . . .. . . .. 176 Prasher, R.G.: Index and indexing system (1LP.Satij,\) . . ...... . I 77

Czap, H.; Galinski, Ch.(Eds.): Terminology and knowledge engineering. Proceedings. Int.Congress, Sept.29-0ct.l , 19S7 ( P.Jaenecke) . . .... . .. 177

CI.ssification Liter.ture 16(1989)No.3. Author Index

Index to Vol.l6 .

. ... ... Igl

........ I11

. ...... 193

Prof. Francis Miksa, Graduate School of Lihrary and Information Science, University of Texas at Austin,Austin, TX, 78712- 1276, USA

Prof. Jean M.l'errcauJt, Unin�rsity Library, Univer­sity of Alabama, P.O.B. 2600 HUIllsvi1!e, Alabama 35!W7, USA

Prof. Arashanipalai Neelameghan, 70/3 4th /I.-fain Road, Bangalore 560055, India

co"sponsored by - FID/CR (Federation Internationale de Documen­tation, Committee on Classification Research, Prof. Nancy WiHiamson, Faculty of Library and Informa­tion Science, University of Toronto, 140 SI. George SIr., Toronto, Ont., M5S IAI, Canada

Consulting Editors l\'frs. Jean Aitchison, 12, Sollershott West, Letch­worth, IIerls., SG6 J Pc, England

Prof. Asterio T. Campos, Departemento de Bib!iote­conomia, Universidade de Brasilia, Brasilia OF, Brazil

Dr. A.I. Chernyi. VINITI, UI .Usievicha 20a, i\'foskva 1252!9, UDSSR

Dr. R. Fugmanll, Ahe Poststr. U, 0·6270 Idstein

Dipl. Valks\\'. Otto Gekeler, Burgunderweg 9, D-7900 Ulm

Prof. Eric de Grolier, Conseil International des Sciences Sociales, I, rue Miollis, F-75 Paris 15e

Prof. Dr. Norbert Henrichs, Forschullgsabt. In­form. und Ookum. des Philosophischen Instituts der Uni\'ersiliit Oiisseldor( 0·4000 Diisseldor!� Vniver­

sitatsstr. I, FRO

Yukio Nakamura, Authorized COllSulting Engineer, 14-8 Nhikata-I Bunkyo Ku, Tokyo I IJ, Jupan

Prof. Dr. F.W. Riggs, Department of Political Science, Uni\'. of Hawaii at Manoa, Honolulu, HT, 96:\22, USA

Mr. Mohinder Partap Satija, Department of Library and Information Science, Guru Nanak Dev Vlli\'Cr� sit)', Amritsar-1 43005, India

Dr. Eugen Scihor, Tnstitut Informaciji Naukoweij. Technikznej i Ekonomicznej (lINTE), VI. Zurawia 3/5, 00-926Warszawa, Polalld

Prof. Alfredo Serrai, Universit,l degli Studi, via Stazione S. Pietro 22, Roma, Italy

Prot: Dr. Dagolx'rt Soergei, College of Library and Information Services, University of l'vfaryland, Col­lege Park, MD., 20742, USA

Infoterlll, c/o oster. Normungsinstitut, Postfach 130, A-I02l Wicn

UDC 025.4 + 168 + 001.5 (05) INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION Devoted to Concept Theory. Systematic Terminology and Organization of Knowledge

Editors: Dr. I. Dahlberg, Frankfurt; Prof. F. Miksa, Austin. TX; Prof. A Neelamegt)an, Bangalore. India; Prof. J.M. Perreault, Huntsville. Ala .. USA co�sponsored by FIDleR Editorial Office: c/o Dr. I. Dahlberg. Woogstr. 36a, 0-6000 Frankfurt 50. Tel. 069/523690 Issue frequency: 3x/ann.Annua/ subscription rales: Institution per volume OM 84.-; Individuals per volume OM 67.20; Single issues: OM 28.-, Back issues. hard copy. per issue OM 18.--, microfiche, per issue OM 6,- (1974-1977). Institutions will be bit led. Individuals must prepay. For Air Mail delivery an additional OM 4,- per issue. Postage and Mwst (domestic only) is not included. Advertising rates: Advertising rate card No.1, Advertising fact sheet with details of mechanical requirements and closing date available upon request. Publisher: INOEKS Verlag. Woogstr. 36a, 0-6000 Frankfurt 50, Tel. 069/523690 Bank Account Nos.: INOEKS Verlag, Postgiro-Konto Frankfurt No.1 51208-608; Frankfurter Sparkasse. No. 852 082 (BLZ 500 502 01) All rights reserved. Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany 1989 by Oruckerei H, Guntrurn II KG. Postfach 180, 0-6407 Schlitz.

Contents page

Beghtol, c.: Access to fiction: a problem in classification theory and practice. Part I.

lilt. Classif. 16(1989)No.3. p. 134-140,23 refs.

Bibliographic classification theory and practice have not been as fully developed for the humanities as for the sciences. In particu­lar, classification systems have not been generally adopted forcon­tent clements of primary works of fiction. Analysis of tile kinds of exceptions that have been made for these works shows that they arc often grouped bya principle that may be called "classification­by-creator" inste.ad of by the 1110re usual principle of "classifica­tion-by-subjcct". This paper explores some implications of the "classification-by-creator" principle and the potential usefulness of more detailed content access to fictional works. Some previous classification systems for fiction are described and a list of fiction analysis systems is included. It is concluded that further investiga­tion of methods of providing users with access to fiction is war­ranted. (Author)

Eisner, M.: The ARBOR information system for classical archaeology and history of art.

•

Int.Classif. 16(1989)No.3. p. 141-145,9 refs.

Both domains divide scientific knowledge into object and method knowledge, with the former me,aning knowledge of the organiza­tion of the individual real and normally complex research objects and the latter knowledge of the ways how to compare these ob­jects. Object knowledge progresses stepwise from the object as a whole to its parts, subparts, etc. andean be visualized as an object­specific tree structure. ARBOR consists of a formal language able to represent textual object knowledge in a computer readable way. A PC-based implementation allows retrieval on the basis of ARBOR--coded object descriptions in different tree-structure­specific query-modes. (Author)

This contents page may be reproduced without charge

I.C. Vol.16 (1989) No.3

El1dres-Niggemeyer,B., Schmidt, R: Knowledge-based classifica­tion systems: Basie issues, a toy system and further prospects.

Int.Classif.16(1989)No.3, p. 146-156,27 refs.

This article propagates expert systems for classification by 1) ex­plaining the conceptual amnity (especially) between faceted classi­fication schemes and frame representations, using a simple ex­ample and a toy system for demonstration purposes, 2) reviewing some approaches to classificational knowledge processing, both from Artificial Intelligence and Classification Research or Infor­mation Science, in order to prepare the ground for the develop­ment of more comprehensive systems: expert systems for classifi­cation. (Atlthors)

Berg-Schorn, E.: Editions of the leo and other health-related classification systems. A systematically arranged bibliography of works 1960-1989. Int.Classif.16(1989)No.3, p.157-159

Lists 80 references mainly in relation to the German language ver­sions ofICD-9, the International Classification of DiseHses of the World Health Organization, Geneva. As there had been many re­quests of ICD-9 users, a list of publications of ICD manuals, specialty-based applications of the lCD, and a number of other current health-related classification systems were compiled. The bibliography is in 5 parts: (I) ICD-9 editions, (2) Other general medical classification systems, (3) Subject·related Medical Classi­fication systems, (4) Codes in the area of primary care, (5) Classifi­cation systems for drugs and adverse reactions. An author index has been added. (Author)

Please correct:

In issue 16(1989)No.2, in the Contents List and on p.116 the author of the obituary for] .E.L:Farradane was omitted by mis· take. It is Prof. R.T.Bottle from the Department of Inforl11ation science, City University London. We are Yery sorry for this omis­sion!

INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION IC Scope

The more scientific data arc generated in the impetuous present limes. the more ordering energy needs to be expended to control these data ina retrievable fashion. With theabundanccofknowl­edge now available the questions or new solutions to the order­ing problem and thus of improved classification systems, methods and procedures have acquired unforeseen significance. For many years now they have been in the focus orintercst of in­formation scientists the world over. Until recently, the special literature relevant to classification was published in piecemeal fashion. scattered over the nuiner­OtiS technical journals serving the experts of the various fields. such as

philosophy and science of science science policy and science organisation mathematics, statistics, and computer sciencc lihrary and information science an:hivistics and Illllscology journalism and communication science industrial products and commodity science terminology, lcxicography and linguistics

Beginning 1974. INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION has beel1 serving as a comlllon platform for the discllssion or hoth theoretical hackground qucstions and practical applica­tion problems in many areas of concern. In each issue experts from many countries comment on questions or an adcquate structuring and construction of ordering systems and on the prohlems of their use in opening the information contents of Ilew literature. of data collections and surveys, of tabular works and of othcr objects of scientific interest. Their contributions have been concerned with

(I) clarifying the theoretical foundations (general ordering theory. science theoretical basesofclassification, data analy� sis and reduction)

(2) describing practical operations connected with numcrical taxonomy /classifica tion. as well as applications ofclassifica­tion systems and thesauri, manual and machine indexing

(3) tracing the history of classification knowledge and methodology

(4) discussing questions of educalioil and training in classifica­tion

(5) concerning themselves with the problems of terminology in general and with respect to special fields.

Instructions for Authors

M(/lIIlscnjJts may be submitted in either English, German or French to the editor-ill-chief in two sets (thc original and one copy) typed in double space, comprising between 1500 to 3000 words. They should be accompanied by an English indicative ab­stract of 100-200 words. Thecontributions are refereed. Criteria for acceptance will be appropriatencss to the field ofthe journal (see Scope and Aims), taking into account the merit of thecontent and its presentation. Papers are accepted with the un­derstanding that they have not been published, submitted or ac­cepted for publication elsewhere and that, if the work received of­ficial sponsorship, it has been duly released for publication. Authors will usually be notified within 6 to 10 weeks. Unless specifically requested, manuscripts or illustrations will not be re­turned. The text of the contributions should be structured by subhe<td­iugs; it should contain (a) an introduction, stating the purpose, (b) a description of male rials and methods in sufficient detail, (c) information on results or systems developed, and (d) a conclu­sion on and/or summarization. References should be listed at the end of the paper with the num­bers in brackets referring to such numbers in brackets within the text part. Additional notes should be indicated in the text by lifted single numbers (e.g, text) and equally collected with their texts at the end of the paper under the headingNotes.

Aims

Thus. INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION is meant to be a programmc for the improvement of classification methods and processes, a forum for discussion for all those interested in the organization of knowledge on a universal or a subject-field scale, using concept analytical and/or concept-synthetical ap­proaches as well as numerical procedures and comprising also the intellectual and automatic compilation and use of classifica­tion systems and thesauri in all fields of knowledge, with special attention being given to the problems of terminology.

INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION publishes original articles, reports on conferences and similar communications. the Newsletters of FID/CR (Committee on Classification Re­search of thc International Federation for Documentation), and COCTA (Committee on Conceptual and Terminological Analysis), book reviews, letters to the cditor, and an extensive annotated bibliography of recent classification and indexing lit­erature, covering between 400 and 500 items in each issue.

INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION should therefore be available at every univcrsity and research library of every count ry. a t every in forma tion ccntcr. at colleges and schools of li­brary and information science, in the hands of everybody inter­ested in the fields mentioned above and thus also at every office for updating information on any topic relatcd to the problems of order in our information-flooded times.

INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION was founded in 1973 by an international group of scholars with a consulting board of editors representing the world's regions, the special classification fields and the subject areas involved. From 1974-1980 IC was published by K.G.Saur Verlag, Milnchen. Back issues of 1978-1985 arc available from [NDEKS Verlag, too. (The9 volumes of 1978-1986arcoffered now at the highly re­duced price of DM 300.-.)

As of August 1989. INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION has become the official organ of the INTERNATIONAL SOCIETY FOR KNOWLEDGE ORGANISATION (ISKO) (founded on July 22, 1989) and is included forevery ISKO-mem­ber. personal or institutional, in the membership fee ($25/$50).

Rates: From 1990 on for 4 issues/ann. (including indexes) DM 94.00 + postage ( = DM 6.00). For air mail delivery add DM 4.00 per issue. Membership rates see above. INDEKS Verlag, Woogstr. 36a, 0-6000 Frankfurt 50.

JVI/mal Re/erelln's should contain the name:; and initials of all authors, full title of the publication, abbreviation of the journal according to the ISO Standard 4, volume Humber, year of pub­lication in brackets, issue number and first and last page num­bers. Monograph References should give the name(s) of the author(s), full title, edition, place of publication, publisher, year and the number of pages. Examples: Mater, E.: Human intelligence as a precondition for the machine processing of knowledge. InLClas­sif.15( 1988)No.3, p. 125-132 Hunter, EJ.: Classification made simple. Aldershot, GB: Gower 1988. liSp.

.

Illustrations should be restricted to the necessary minimum. Graphs alld diagrams should be supplied as black and white drawings suitable to reproduction. Half-tOile ilIustratiolls should be sharp, well-contrasted glossy prints. Illustrations should be numbered lightly with a soft pencil on the back. Num­bered legends should be attached on a separate sheet. Tables should be typed double-spaced on a separate sheet, con­tain a number and a title at the top and be cited in the text. Each column should have a heading. Authors shall receive 25 reprints of their papers free of charge. Additional reprints may be ordered. Corrections in galley proof exceeding 10% of the typesetting costs will be charged to the author. COJltribllliOJls 011 micro flexible discs are welcome if delivered in the ASCII code. Such contributions must be accompanied by their printouts on paper.

Editorial

Knowledge Organization and the Humanities and Some Other New Features of this Issue

This issue of our journal will be the first onc to carry a number of contributions dealing with classification ques­tions in some areas of the humanities, as well as a further contribution by Brigitte ENDRES-NIGGEMEYER and Bettina SCHMIDT from Hannover Polytechnic, which shows us what an expert system for classification may look like; it contains examples both from an area of the humanities· and from one of science. Clare BEGHTOL, Toronto, outlines the problems of access to fiction literature in an elaborate article to be published in two parts, and Michael EISNER, Darmstadt, explains his ARBOR information system which consists of a fo1'­mal language able to represent textual object knowledge in a computer readable way in the fields of Classical Ar­chaeology and History of Art.

In our scientific development, marked so strongly so far by ratiocination, and in the corresponding expression which this development has found in documentation and classification, there is now a rapidly growing interest in the description of and access to the contents contained in the works of art, be i t in literature or in the visual arts or the like. But how are we going to capture into concepts that which usually cannot be explicitly verbalized and must rather be left to intuitive understanding? The chalM lenge presented by the contributions from BEGHTOL and EISNER focuses our interest onto things which are more a part of the interior world than of the exterior one, even though it is by way of the exterior world, namely in the works ofthe humanities, that this interior world mani­fests itself. Thus we arc now facing the problem of look­ing out for new possibilities for making the - usually -subjective concepts involved communicable as objective units of knowledge which we can handle. Thus it is not only our intellect which is challenged, but also our im­agination and intuition, hence that which is called the "arM tistie feeling'\ involving also aliI' thinking with the heart which is capable of making new discoveries all the time, turning as it does in love to that which an artist, often even without knowing it explicitly, intended to express through his work of art. For this reason, too, we are eagerly looking forward to what has been recently referred to as a "superthesaurlls": the Getty FoundaM tion's "Art and Architecture Thesaurus" which Pat MOLHOLT mentioned in the discussion at the Paris IFLA Congress after Marcia BATES had outlined her ideas ofa "superthesaurus" as a new tool for subject ac­cess in her paper (sec also the report by Robert HOLLEY on the work of the IFLA Section on Classification and InM dexing in this issue).

Thus we would like to invite our readers to ponder these matters, not loosing sight in so doing of what was

lnt. Classif. 16 (1989) No.3 - Editorial

stressed in the ASIS Bulletin ofOctober/Novelllber 1989 on e.g. the significance of classification for the period until the year 2000 by Debora SHAW, the chairperson of a "Think Group" of the American Society for InfonnaM tion Science' socalled "Open Forum for the 1990s":

"Oil£' ill/pOrlallt approach 10 handlillg the myriad, complex illJomw­lion sources will be through dassijicat;oJ/ schemes that are 01 Ollce lIIore

flexible (easil)' indutiing materials in I"(Irious formals (llId Jrom mall)' sources) (li/(Imore gellNit (proriding slllJ/llwry·lerel ({cass 10 primary in­

jilf/lIation). ClassificatioJl sche/1/es thaI 1/101'(' beyond "marking alld park­ing" could make it easier for those ill 1/eed to locate information. llllprored lJ/emlS of accessing secondary sources will meall thaI IIsers call find items o/illft'rest without goillg 10 the library. Likewise, libraries lI'iIl/ind it ('a­sier 10 share resources if a comlllOI/ c/assijiClltioll scheme is adoJlted, allow­ing resource sharing based 0/1 subject as well as knolrJ/·ilem requests.

Classification has em/red as a praclical mwlls of tacklillg otherwise in· 5/lrl1101mlablc access problems. Retrieral SYS/t'IIIS hare 1I0t yet addressed t/le intellectual questions inherent in locating illfor/1/ation, alld methods such as Jull-li'XI searchillg become less effe(·tire as databases grow larger. NOI'e! ideas for information handling /Jare been ba.'fcd 011 the esst'lltially hUll/ali and linguistic aeril'ity oj classifyillg;for exall/ple, Ted Nelsoll's de­scriptioll of hypertext acknowledges the role of the Dell'ey Decimal Sys­telll ill his cOI/C('ption. A s I'll t he t ic cl a s s i f i ca t i O Il s eh e m e would greatly improl't' access to the fery large collecti01lS of informatiofl ll'hich will exist ill 2000 ... " (f',:fy emphasis).

Thus we feel challenged to find new ways, which, how­ever, is precisely why the International Society for Knowledge Organization (ISKO) was founded, wishing to bring all those colleagues together who can make ef­forts in this direction. In this connection your attention is particularly invited to the "ISKO NEWS" section start­ing in this issue, containing as it does vital information for all ISKO members.

In this issue we also publish for the first time a speM cialized bibliography of classification systems. Starting out with medical science, we thank Dr.Elisabeth BERG­SCHORN, Cologne, for the amount of work done in compiling this list. In this connection we wish to suggest the following three possibilities for further action: ( l ) stimulate all colleagues interested from the fields of the medical sciences to make this bibliography even more complete, (2) to use the results as a source for comM parative and compatibility studies and perhaps also for possible improvements of medical classification and con­cept systems, and (3) to invite colleagues from other special fields to compile bibliographies of classification systems, thesauri and dictionaries of their fields ofknowl­edge in like manner and publish them for the benefit of their colleagues all over the world in the series started in this issue. Our ICIB 1 volume (the International ClassifiM cation and Indexing Bibliography, Vol. I , Classification Systems and Thesauri) of 1982 and other such biblio­graphies might also be helpful to furnish a more complete overview of existing ordering systems.

This issue does not contain INFOTERM News nor COCTA News. We would like to ask our readers whether we should continue publishing these news items?

Finally I would like to mention that - as of Volume 17 (1 990) IC will appear four times a year, namely at the end of every quarter. Issue 4 of each volume will then anM nually include an index for the volume. Having pubM Iished -cumulated -indexes only every three years so far and the latest one of these indexes having appeared in 1988, we will start publishing our first annual index there­fore already this very year in this issue.

Ingetraut Dahlberg

1 33

Clare Beghtol KetchuIll Canada, Inc.

Acces to Fiction: A Problem in Classification Theory and Practice. Part I.

Beghtol, c.: Access to fiction: a problem in classification theory and practice. Part I.

lnt. Classif. 16(1989)No.3, p. 134·140, 23 refs.

Bibliographic classification theory and practice have not been as fully developed for the humanities as for the sciences. In par· ticular, classification systems have not been generally adopted for content elements of primary works officii on. Analysis of the kinds of exceptions that have been made for these works shows that they arc often grouped by a principle that may be called "c1assification-by-crcator" instead of by the more usual prin­ciple of "c1assification-by-subjcct". This paper explores some implications of the "classification-by-crcator" principle and the potential usefulness of more detailed content access to fictional works. Some previous classification systems for fiction are de­scribed and a list offiction analysis systems is included. It is con­cluded that further investigation of methods of providing users with access to fiction is warranted. (Author)

if we admit the vatic/ify of the principle of class(llea­tion il1 Ollr libraries, there is 110 logical bar to the il/clu­sion ofJletion within the scope of its operation: in­deed, (f classification is really a "Good Thing", \l'hy should not thejletion-reader share its bene/its?"

L.A.Bllrgess (l, p.179)

This question and the corollary question of whether it is possible and useful to design a fiction classification sys­tem have received relatively little attention. To consider some issues of fiction classification, we may begin by in­vestigating how conventional assumptions in literature classes may have arisen. Next, some existing fiction ana­lysis systems are described. Finally, the question of whether user needs warrant further research into fiction analysis is examined.

1. Classification of Literature

Classification theorists have not concentrated on the problems of creating bibliographic classification systems for the fine arts and humanities. Instead, science and tech­nology have virtually monopolized the attention of classi­ficationists both in theory and in the development ofsys­tems. The attraction of science appears to arise from the modern preoccupation with scientific thought; increased reliance on scientific research has created a strong percep­tion of the need for access to scientific documents. It

134

seems a fairly straightforward task to study the literature of a science, to ascertain its premises and trends and to de­velop a classification system in response to the structure of the literature and the consensus of its authors and users. The Classificalion Research Group (CRG), for example, found the theories of integrative levels and of general systems moderately productive for the science classes of the general system they sought to develop, but the Group made no extensive attempts to apply the the­ories to the fine arts and humanities.

At least two difficulties arise when one considers the problems of bibliographic classification systems for non­science areas. First, it can be argued that an initial divi­sion of the world of knowledge into the three traditional academic areas of science, social science and the hu­manities violates one of the first principles of modern classification theory. Facet analysis, the principle of di­viding a universe by only one characteristic of division at a time, has not operated at the level of dividing the whole world of knowledge into the three discipline areas be­CRuse more than one characteristic distinguishes them from one another. For example, one cannot argue that the operative characteristic of division between the natu­ral and the social sciences is the difference between physi­cal and behavioural studies because, among other things, human physical chemistry has been found to influence human behaviour. The absence of an initially consistent principle of division hampers classification research for all three major discipline areas because mutual exclusiv­ity cannot be assumed to be present at even the highest hierarchical level. Conceptual overlap between and among classes on one level inevitably influences classes lower in a hierarchy.

Second, agreement about which academic disciplines belong to "the humanities" does not exist. History, for example, can be claimed by both the social sciences and the humanities. This lack of consensus may be seen as one of the lasting efTects of dividing the world of knowl· edge by more than one initial characteristic. The only full­scale work on humanities classification, Langridge's Classification and Indexing in the Humanities (2), devoted a chapter to identifying putative humanities dis­ciplines and compared philosophical and practical argu­ments for including or excluding this or that discipline. I t i s generally agreed, however, that the humanities include the fine arts -- traditionally works of the visual arts, music and literature. Works in the fine arts consist oftwo distinct document types: primary works or sources of the discipline and secondary works of history, interpreta� tion, commentary and/or criticism I.

Primary works arc the phenomena of humanistic re­search in the same way that works of nature are the phe­nomena of the sciences: "the library is to (the humanist) what Ihe laboratory is to the scientist" (3, p.309). The dis· parate fOfms of primary works appear to require a unique approach to each in the same way that each science demands its own taxonomy, Fictional works use prose language as a vehicle of expression, and this charac­teristic makes fiction closest to documents for which sub­ject analytic techniques have already been developed and tested.

Int. Classif. 16 ( 1989) No. 3 - Beghtol - Acces to fiction

1 . 1 Usual Treatment of Fictional \Vorks

Classificationists have traditionally analyzed works about fiction into basic groups of language, form, period, and author. Some majorsystems(e.g., Dewey De� cimal (DDC) and Library of Congress (LCC)), arrange these elements in fixed citation orders. Others (e.g., Universal Decimal Classification (UDC)) allow more flexible citation arrangements. These basic divisions seem suitable for physical and intellectual access to sec­ondary works and also for shelf collocations of primary works, but it has not been consistently noted that when such divisions are applied to primary works they cease to be subject-related.

The overall aim of classification systems has been to group documents according to their similarity to sub­jects that have been named and notated in controlled stereotypic terminologies (e.g., "Organic Chemistry", "Sociology", or "English Literature"). For fiction, how­ever, this principle has traditionally yielded to a principle that might be called "classification-by-creator". Applica­tion of this principle produces alphabetic and/orcluono� logical arrangements of the works of single authors by means of various Cuttering methods. In practice, second­ary documents arc arranged ncar a work so that any work may accumulate a cluster of secondary works that are classified by reference to that work�as- subject. Ran­ganathan's Classic Device regularized this common prac­tice by allowing a primary work to create a kind ofsccond­level classification of its own. A work of fiction, then, is not grouped with others with similar content, but with works by the same creator. Secondary works, however, are arranged by subject: that is, by the work-as-subject.

The classification-by-creator solution seems intui­tively attractive for at least two reasons. First, fictional works are not "about" a "subject" in the commonly rec­ognized sense. We do not associate fiction with certain topics in the sense that a work of botany can be sensibly assumed to be about plants. A novel by Margaret Laurence is not usually said to be "about" a subject, al­though a critical analysis of the novel is "about" it. Sec­ond, library users want access to "works by" as well as to "works about". It has seemed convenient and satisfac­tory to provide shelf and catalogue access to fictional works by creator and not by content. Thus, the principle of c1assification-by-subject has yielded to that of classifi­cation-by-creator. Although the practice is widespread, little theoretical attention has been given it. Is seemsjusti­fiable to try to extract unstated assumptions that under­lie the practice, if only to speculate on why systems have been devcloped as they have and to open the possibility of discovering by extension the probable cultural and temporal limits of their viability.

1.2 Examination of AssUml)tions

\Ve may postulate tentatively a relationship between the principle of classification-by-creator and a concept of classification that has apparently not been specifically explored in bibliographic classification theory. Nozick (4) posited two opposing classificatory processes. The first, "entification", produces entities, i.e., classes of one

Tnt. Classif. 16 (1989) No. 3 ·· Beghtol Acces to fiction

that may admit only one rnember2• Entification specifies the differences among the things�to-be� classified so com­pletely that any similarities among them are deliberately excluded from consideration. Bibliographically, entifica­tion effectively negates all principles of collocation be­cause in an entified documentary universe no principle of similarity (e.g., of authorship) could override the uuique­ness of each document.

The second process, which Nozick did not name, might be called "unification". Unification consists of put­ting the entire universe of the things-to-beclassified into one class. Here, the similarities among things-to�be­classified are recognized to the absolute exclusion of any differences. In bibliographic terms, unification would produce something like the previously-noted "class of the whole" that could be called "Documents on Sub� jects". Neither of these polarizing cognitive processes alone is particularly informative, according to Nozick: "an informative classification will classify somewhere in between" the extremes of entification and unification (4) p.84). That is, an informative classification will be ca­pable of recognizing both salient similarities and salient differences.

In Nozick's formulation, the general criteria under which things may be informatively assigned to the same class are, first, that they be similar, and, second, that "there is no third thing not in the class which is closer to one of them than each and every other thing in the class is" (4, p.SS). These two criteria for class inclusion mean that one must not only decide whether a thing is like mem­bers already in the class to which it may be assigned, but also whether things already assigned to other classes are suft1ciently different from the thing-being-classified to allow it to join the class for which it is potentially a candi­date.

For example, let us suppose there is a thing that ap� pears to be a candidate for Class A. \Ve may call this thing "4". Suppose also that Classes A and B are already established.

Class A A l A2 A3

Class B B l B2 B3

Here, in order to join Class A, 4 mllst be: 1) similar to things already in Class A; and also 2) dissimilar from things already in Class B (or in an� other existing class) to the extent that no member of Class B (or of another existing member of Class A) than the current members of Class A are toeach other.

For example, if 4 is sutliciently similar to A I , A2, and A3 Gndsufficiently dissimilar from 8 1 , 82, and 83, then 4 can be placed in Class A and become A4. Thereafter, new candidates for Class A must fulfill the same set of dual conditions, including similarity to A4. Likewise, poten� tial candidates for Class B must be sufficiently similar to things already in Class.B (tnd sufficiently dissimilar from things in Class A or any other existing class in order to join Class B.

Unlike traditional bibliographic classification theory, which generally assumes that the segregation of things that are different arises automatically from the idelltifica�

135

tion of things that are similar, Nozick's formulation sug­gests that positive and negative criteria enter equally into the decision about whether assignmcnt to a certain class is appropriate for the thing-being-classified. The implica­tions of these dual criteria for dctennining class inclusion and the isolation of the concepts of entification and unifi­cation may be fruitful for at least a tentative explication of traditional methods of classifying works offiction3.

In applying Nozick 's concepts to bibliographic classifi­cation systems, we may note that classificationists ap­pear to have used the process of entitication intuitively in grouping primary works of fiction with their creator in­stead of with their subject(s). In this practice classifica­tionists have emphasized the uniqueness of each work by recognizing its differences from all works by other cre­ators and by excluding from consideration any simi­larities it may have with others of its kind. Thus, al­phabetic arrangement of the works of one creator may be considered a process of entification in that each work becomes in effect a class of one to which no other mem­bers may be admitted. In addition, however, it follows that grouping an of one creator's works together is like Nozick's process of unification because all the entities (classes of one work) are treated as subclasses to be uni� fied on the next highest hierarchical level by the fact of having been created by the same person. In this sense, classification systems treat the works of an author as examples, not as subclasses containing documents on subjects narrower than those in the superordinate class.

For example, one writer noted that "a particular work of a named artist would seem to be a subdivision of that artist" (5, 1'.60). Another set up of a classification system in which primary works in the performing arts "are con� sidered to be about the creators for they (the works) are the expression of their (the creators') personality" (6, p. 14)4 In the practice of grouping works by one creator as a subdivision of the creator, differences among enti­fied classes each containing one work of art are set aside in favour of similarities thought to exist among these works by virtue of having been created by one person. In this, a negative criterion has been applied.

For example, all works by Pearl S.Buck, no matter how dissimilar among themselves, are assumed to be more similar to each other than they are to any work of, for example, George Eliot. All Buck's works taken together may then be said to constitute a unit and each in­dividual work (entity) belongs within the class (unity) that may be meaningfully named and notated as "\Vorks by Buck". For example,

Works by Buck B l B2 B3

Works by Eliot EI E2 E3

Here, all the works of Buck arc classed together on the assumptions that 1) they are similar because they were written by Buck;

and also 2) no work by Eliot is more similar to a work of Buck's

than the works of Buck are to each other.

136

In general, classificationists have treated fictional works as not amenable to classification�by-subject and seem to have used (probably unconsciously) the classifi­catory processes of entification and unification to pro� vide places within a subject classification system for works best treated in two ways: first, as unique humanly created entities, and, second, as parts of the finite unit of the total output of one creator. Nozick's categories thus provide a kind of explanation and perhaps ajustification for switching from one principle (c1assification-by�sub­ject) to another (c1assification-by-creator) when t;lced with the problem of classifying fiction.

Cataloguing codes have generally based the main entry for a work on concepts of personal authorship or re­sponsibility, but all works by one author may thereafter be classified in diverse subjects. Fictional works, how� ever, have been exempt from this principle of classifica­tion-by�subject. That we automatically think of the works of a creator as an exclusive unit may reflect the same kind of cultural individualism that makes it seem as important to establish who created what as it is to inter­pret the works of a particular period, no matter who the creators may be, as a common expression ofa contribu­tion to that culture.

This attitude is interesting in view of the definitive classificatory question of whether one classifies accord­ing to similarities or according to differences or accord­ing to both. A more extended analysis of the assumption that fictional documents should be treated differently from secondary works about them might illuminate what Lee (7) called the "cultural warrant" of biblio­graphic classification systems. In general, "cultural war­rant" comprises assumptions, biases and documented in­terests of the culture that produced the classification sys­tem. Cultural warrants of bibliographic systems have not been studied in depth, although Hulme (8) described rougly the same idea in his discussion of "statistical bib­liography" and de Grolier (9) called attention to classifi­cation systems as "cultural artefacts".

An approach to cultural warrant might start with Toul­min's arguments that the fine arts are non-disciplinable in the academic sense. In Toulmin's view, each art has a quasi�disciplinary continuity in its historical develop­ment and a recognizable unity in its basic techniques, so in this sense each arl may be helpfully analyzed as a collec­tive enterprise. Still, this collective aspect is offset by the unique artistic activities of the individual creator. Each creator remains free to use techniques of the art in pur­suing his or her own goals ( 10, 1'.399). Thus, each fine art has historical and technical continuity, but the activities of individual creators remain outside the control of this process because creators do not focus on and often show no interest in such a common goal. This view is reminis­cent ofT.S.Eliot's description of some orthe tensions be­tween collective literary traditions and a creator's own aesthetic goals (1 1).

Toulmin's view can be related to Nozick's concepts of entification and unification. Historical and technical as­pects of an art are more or less amenable to classification� by-subject in the conventional way because these are dis­ciplinable features; but works of individual creators,

Int. Classif. 16 ( 1989) No. 3 Bcghtol - - Acces to fiction

which arise from individual aims and not from a desire to advance the collective goals of the particular art, are non­disciplinable and cannot be classified by subject. Instead, the creator him- or herself stands as the unifying force be­hind his or her own corpus of works. Thus, the unified whole of each creator's work may be entified into the works themselves, not into subjects imposed from the outside, because subjects that are defined, named and no­tated as classes in a system suitable for a collective disci­plinable enterprise (e.g., the study of fiction) are imma­terial for works that have not been generated and are not governed by such collective goals. These must instead be treated first as entities, i.e., classes with one and only one possible member, and, second, as a group of works uni­fied by virtue of being the output of one creative mind.

2. Existing Fiction Analysis Systems

In spite of assumptions that have been made about fic­tion, any documentary work may be assumed to have content. The general question is, then, whether the con­tent of a work of fiction can be analyzed in the relatively consistent manner necessary to provide access to the de­tails and elements of its construction. Several substantial attempts to provide content access to fiction have been made, but they are not well-known. Existing fiction ana­lysis systems may be categorized thus: 1 ) adaptation of a general non-fiction system; 2) development of special systems: 2a) systems of genre identification; 2b) systems for a single genre; 2c) systems for all fictional works.

Examples of each of these are discussed below, and a list of other fiction analysis systems is appended.

2.1 Adaptation of an Existing System: Haigh (DDC3) (12)

Haigh's adaptationofDDC seems to be the only exten­sive adaptation, although others may have been made (e.g., 13). Haigh classified about 5000 novels in a new branch of the Central Public Library, Halifax, U.K. with the forty-year-old " 1889 edition" ( 12, 1'.78) of DDC. DDC3 was published in 1888, so one Illay assume it was the one Haigh used, although DDCI 3 was available. Books were shelved by the classification, and a classified catalogue with an index was provided.

Pejtersen and Austin criticized Haigh's work as "an in­coherent mixture offamiliar genre headings and newly in­vented subject categories, interspersed with some of the original subclasses" ( 14, p.231), but comparison of DDC3 class names and notations with the 59 examples5 in Haigh's article reveals little evidence for these stric­tures. Haigh's most common change was to drop parts of the class name (e.g., 2 18 Future Life. Immortality. Eter­nity became 2 1 8 Future Life). Sometimes he added a term (e.g., Pauperism became Poverty and Pauperism). Occasionally, he changed a class name slightly (232 Chris­tology became 232 Christ). Sometimes he gave a more general notation (e.g., 533.6 Aeronautics became 533 Aeronautics). In no case did he change the essential meaning of the class name, so his deviations seem no

Tnt. Classif. 16 (1989) No. 3 -- Bcghtol Acces to tklion

more incoherent than DDC3 itself. It is helpful to remem­ber that using an 1888 scheme in 1933 would create prob­lems even for non-tiction. For example, there was nat­urally no place for World War I in the DD- C3 900 class. Still, Haigh's adaptation ofDDC3 has questionable fea­tures. One was to classify novels on Novelists and Writers in 029 (Literary Methods and Labor Savers) when the 800s were available. A second was to create a special Biography class, which included "biography" of fictional (e.g., Jane E)'l'e) and non-fictional characters (e.g., Messer Marco Polo). The class seems redundant be­cause the 800s contained some novels about "characters from the classics" (e.g., The Pri!'ale Lire �r Helell oj Troy). I t could be argued that novels contain biographi­cal accounts, in an extended sense, of fictional charac­ters, but then a special biography class would be redun­dant. Even ifit were created, fictionalized accounts of his­torical figures would be more reasonably placed in the DDC 900s. With these exceptions, Haigh's use ofDDC3 seellls a valiant if unsatisfactory etTort at classifying fic­tion. Unfortunately, there appears to be no account of how the system was received or of how long it remained in place.

2.2 The Deyelopment of Special Systems

2.21 Genre Identification Systems

Genre systems consists of loosely-defined non-exclu­sive groups such as "mystery", "romance", "historical", "western", or "adventure" novels. Some methods of grouping fiction in public libraries are discussed in Baker and Shepherd ( 1 5). The British attitude to fiction and at­tempts at fiction classification are described in \Valker ( 16); Carrier ( 1 7) did similar work for North America. Harrell ( 1 8) found that 46 of 49 large U.S. public library arranged fiction by genre. Overall, 26 categories were used among the libraries, but some categories were not subject-related (e.g., Classics, High interest-low vocabu­lary, Movie and TV). Baker ( 1 9) found that such arrange­ments improved service to public library users. These ar­rangements have not contributed substantially to fiction classification and arc too numerous to be discussed here. A number are referred to in the attached list.

2.22 Systems for a Single Genre: Science Fiction Sys­tems

2.221 Fa11tasy C/ass(flcalioll System (FCS): Cameron (20)

Cameron's FCS was issued in an edition of 500 copies by the Canadian Science Fiction Association ofSt.Vital, lvIanitoba. The systelil has a decimal hierarchical nota­tion and was intended for a classified catalogue. Accord­ing to Cameron, fantastic fiction includes "unusual" treatment of at least one of the elemental features he pos­tulated for fiction in general, i.e., Characters; Locale and Time; Background; Plots and Incidents; and Attitudes. "Unusual" treatment is defined mainly through examples6.

FCS consists of two parts, one is a subject classifica­tion and the other is the "Literary Information Profile".

137

Each part has a different notation, so each fictional work receives two notations, one numeric to describe the novel's content and the other alphabetic to describe a few attributes, some subject-related and some not. The two notations arc joined to create a final composite notation.

The subject classification consists of ten main classes 7, and the enumerated classes may be unique for their exten­sive explanations8. When synthesis is required, the most important element should be cited first and others cited in order of decreasing importance. Decisions about relative "importance" are left to the classifier; lack of a fixed citation order is among the questionable features of FCS. If elements to be synthesized are considered to be in­dependent of each other, they are joined by a plus ( + ). If various factors are considered different elements of one situation, they may be joined by a colon (:). In addition, some devices are available for shortening notations. Al­though FCS was developed for a classified catalogue, Cameron did not discuss the filing order of these syntac­tic devices and their compounds or the effects upon collo­cation ofpotentiai filing orders.

After subject elements are notated, the Literary Infor­mation Profile is applied. The Profile for individual works has six clements: Length (e,g,. Short-short, up to 5,000 words); Type of Plot (.e.g., War); Appeal (e.g., In­tellectual); Stress (e.g., Personalities, characterization, psyschology); Fantastic Orientation (e.g., Fantasy domi­nant); Subsidiary considerations (e.g., Story associated with a series), Each position in this six-slot string has a constant meaning, and each place must be filled so the po­sition of each slot relative to the others is maintained. The meaning of a notation in a slot thus arises from the meaning of its position within the six-slot string. All nota­tions must, then, be one character long and cannot be ex­pressive. There are also three place-holding notations. I f no enumerated possibility applies, "x" i s entered i n that slot; if more than one possibility applies, "y" is entered; if the information is unknown, "z" is entered, Thus, a meaning is permanently assigned to each place; if one slot wcre left empty and the notation closed, the meanings of following slots could not be accurately ascertained, This device seems to be unique in that a classifier is both forced to make an entry in a positional notation and is also allowed to refrain from specifying an element of the work9,

One of Cameron's examples ofa completed notation is:

van Vogt, A.E.: Sial/. 22.5,1 + (3 1 .8:52.8:36.7):34.2 + 65.2dbudbh. "Telepathy and the development of ordinary senses: society of mutants on Mars froms an expanding culture in connict with a totalitarian government; nuclear energy and applications is an important element; 50 000 to 105,000 words; hero struggles con� tinuously for his life; action appeal; plot stressed; fantasy import � ant; story told from a non-human viewpoint." (20, pAO)

The change from numbers to Ictters in this notation sig­nals the change from the numeric notation of the subject classification to the alphabetic fixed-place notation of the Prome.

FCS is complex, the notation is unwieldy. there is no preferred citation order, a filing order has not been estab­lished for synthetic devices, and application of these de-

138

vices is not entirely explicit . Nevertheless, FCS can be defended against charges that Lerner made and that seem to arise more from a conviction that existing tools provide enough subject information for users (21, p . 1 53- 154) than from a careful reading of FCSlo. l n Ler­ner's opinion, FCS is unsuitable for a "library classifica­tion" (22). If by that he meant a shelf classification, he was correct. He misrcad Cameron, however, in stating that FCS is "intended for classifying stories, rather than books" (22, p.5). Cameron consistently used "story" in the way "fiction" is sometimes used, that is, to refer to a work of any length. The Profile for Single Stories con­tains five length categories from "Short-short: up to 5,000 words" to "Long novel: over 105,000 words" (20, p.35); works of that length Illay be called "books".

Lerner's main cricicism was that FCS provides

"over 500 categories into which fantasy and science fiction stories might be classified by subject; yet not one of these ca­tegories is appropriate to a novel widely considered to be the most important science fiction novel in the last twenty years -� Ursula Le Guin's Left Hand of Darkness" (21, p. 170, n.3)

Several objections may be made. First, Lerner be­lieved that FCS was developed for "stories", not for "books. That this assertion is false was demonstrated above, but Lerner believed it to be true, Thus is is unrea­sonable to complain that FeS cannot deal with a specific book. IfFCS is not for books, it may not be criticized for a putative inability to accomodate one. Second, Came­ron did not claim that "one" FCS category would be ap­propriate for a novel. FCS is elaborately designed so that any number of categories may form a composite state­ment. One may criticize FCS for lacking a fixed citation order, but not for inhibiting synthesis. In addition, to criticize a system for lacking "one" category is to mis­understand modern classification theory; no modern sys­tem strives to be entirely enumerative.

I n spite of its deficiencies, FCS is inventive, and even Lerner considered FCS "faseinating" and "the most elab­orate ostensive approach to a definition of fantasy fic­tion that we have" (2 1 , p. 1 57-158).

2.222 Classification!or Science Fictiol/ (CSF): Croghan (23)

Unlike FCS, Croghan'S CSF was not designed solely for the content classification of primary works, but for both primary and secondary fiction works in any me­clium (e.g., art, music, architecture, film). The system is meant as a shelf classification and/or for a classified cata­logue. Discussion here mainly concerns options for classi­fication-by-subject in Classes O�WZ, Themes of Science Fiction. According to Croghan, "Fiction is a statement of imaginary events made with an Aesthetic intent" (23, p.6). Science fiction exists within this larger area and "is essentially about ideas rather than emotions. The Rea� son and not the Instincts governs the content of S.F." (22, p . I -2).

CSF prefcrs classification-by-crcator in Class Z for works by individuals, but c1assification-by-subject in 0 -\VZ may be used. It has a retroactive mostly al­phabetic non-hierarchical non-expressive notation. The

Int. Classif. 16 (1989) No, 3 - Beghtol -- Acces to fktion

introductory section states that the facets for science fic­tion themes in O-WZ are "The universe - societies -peoples - their activities and their technology" (23, 1'. 1 5). The exact terms used at O-WZ are: WZ Time; U Physical universe - Space; RY Sociology; R Non-human life: aliens in general; PWY Life; P History; OX Metaphysics; OV Terrest(r)ial activities; OJ> Technology - general. Thus, O-WZ facets identified in the introductory sec­tions have no exact counterparts in the schedules. The two sets of terms can be related to each other in a some­what loose way, but the schedules afTer more numerous and more exactly named facets.

A similar lack of harmony obtains between different sections of the schedules. Examination of options avail­able at O-WZ reveals major problems in CSF. Directions at 0-\VZ offer two possible arrangements. The preferred arrangement is to "class works by a single Creator in Z" (i.e., classification by-creator), and "general works by more than one creator" in 0-\VZ (i.e., classification-by­subject). The less preferred option is to class all works "with a single theme" in 0-WZ (i.e., classitication-by­subject) and to subarrange these thematic classes by " Cre­ator, or, if general, by date (of) publication" (23, p.35). Directions at Z, however, are somewhat different. There, the c1assification-by-subject option is modified by an in­struction that "General works with many themes are classified with their Creator" (23, p.37). Clearly, prob­lems arise with what is mcant by "general work" and "theme" and how onc is to tell if a work has "a single theme" or "many themes".

At O-\VZ a "general work" has more than one creator. This seems to imply a collection by a number of writers with an overall theme specifiable in O-WZ (e.g., one may imagine a title like Best Stories about Clolles. At Z, how­ever, a "general work" has one creator but many themes, perhaps an anthology of works by one writer (e.g., The Best of Ursula K. Le Guill). Instructions at neither place cover a collection with a number of creators and no over­all theme (e.g., Best Science F;ction Stories of the De­cade). Croghan did not discuss these problems, although he mentioned a few themes in the introduction (e.g., 'Al­ternative Histories', 'Alternative Futures', and 'Science­for-the-Fun-of-it' (23, p.3). These particular themes have no exact counterparts in the schedules.

Instructions at O-WZ and at Z seem to mean that if one chooses the less-preferred option of subject classifica­tion for separate single theme works by individual cre­ators, anthologies of that creator's works with many themes (e.g., volumes of short stories) should still be classified in Z by creator. I t remains unclear, however, what is meant by a "single theme"; this problem arises from the absence of a definition of "theme" for use with CSF. Most novels could be said to have more than one theme, however defined.

Croghan'S science fiction system is less satisfacotry than Cameron's. The introductory sections fail to set forth the theoretical basis of the scheme with rigour, and it seems impossible to ascertain exactly when and how one is to use CSF for content analysis. Instructions are often incomplete and sometimes potentially confusing. In addition, the clarity of CSF is marred by a number of

Int. Classif. 1 6 ( 1989) No. 3 - Beghtol - Acces to fiction

misprints or errors. For example, classes MT-MY are listed after NP-NU. Key definitions (e.g., "theme" and "general work") are absent. Both systems are flawed; still, Cameron's is the more substantial and would prob­ably be the easier to use.

To be continued.

Notes

The sciences, too, deal in primary and secondary materials, but their primary materials are works of nature (e.g., trees), not works of human-kind (e.g., novels). Although taxo­nomies of natural phenomena are essential for scientific re­search, bibliographic analyses are inappropriate for primary scientific resources. The CRG, forexamplc, distinguished be­tween human-made and naturally- occllrring phenomena. Within human-made phenomena, the Group distinguished further between physical products ("artefacts")- and intellec­tual products ("mentcfacts") (59). The sciences habitually study naturally-occurring phenomena, but the humanities study human-made phenomena, both artefacts (e.g., sculp­ture) and mente facts (e.g., fiction).

2 "Class of onc" can be used in two distinct scnses. First, a "class of one" can be a class that happens to haye only one member at the moment, but that can contain more should cir­cumstances alter. Such a class might be the class of "people in this room". Sccond, a "class of one" can be a class which will never contain more than one member. Such a class might be the class of "authors of this paper". Strictly, the second kind of "class of one" is not a class at all, since a class is by defini­tion a group of things. Nevertheless the term is used in this paper to mean a group with one and only one possible mem­ber.

3 For the purposes of this discussion, the relationship between a primary documentary work and its cognate manifestations (e.g., editions, translations, adaptations, abridgements) will not be considered. These relationships are sometimes studied as aspects of "intertextuality" (e.g., 60).

4 The view that a fictional work expresses the author's person· ality may haye been first used to argue against the subject classification of fiction. According to Jast: "It is surprising that .Mr.Daker (61) should so mistake the nature of the inter­est in the personality of the novelist as to confuse it with the "popular curiosity about personalities" which is responsible for that nincteenth century vulgarism, the illustrated inter· view. It is no such thing, but simply the legitimate recognition that the author is the novel, and that the book derives its main value and interest for the reader as an expression of him or her; plot, period, place, being altogether subordinate to the purely personal element, which dominates all this "lit­erature of power" as distinguished frolll the "literature of knowledgc", to quote De Quincey's brilliant nomenclature." (62, p.206, original emphasis). Jast thus reasoned that the best arrangement for fiction was by author so readers could find books by personalities they liked.

5 E.g., Useful Arts: "Home Life (640) ... is an extremely large class, and its meaning has been somewhat extended to cover hotels and boarding houses, including such work as Bennett: Imperial Palace; Jerome: Passing of the Third Floor Back, and the like. Children, Studies of Boys and Girls (649), Sea Tales (656), Pets and Domestic Animals (636), Farming and Farm Life (630) arc well represented, while Advertising (659), Busiucss (658), Surgery (617), Public Health (614), and Medicine (610) have provided the background or theme of some novelists". (12, p.79).

6 A typical instance appears for characters: "Most characters in mundane fiction are human beings, but they are quite often unusual human beings in the sense of being talented, in· telligent, warped, over·emotional, etc. These qualities are not fantastic. However, if the characters possess mental powers or qualities not possessed by ordinary human beings (except perhaps in a rudimentary or sporadic form), or some superhuman development of their physical powers, then sllch characters are fantastic. Mundane fiction sometimes in­cludes animals, plants or inanimate objects as characters which do not possess other than normal qualities (except in exceptional cases in which a normal human viewpoint is as-

139

slimed in telling a mundane story from the viewpoint of such a character). Any other power or quality exhibited by such characters renders the story fantastic. Of course any alien type of entity or being is fantastic, since it is not encountered in the real world." (20, pA)

7 I.e., 00 Aberrations; 10 Supernatural Beings; 20 Extrapola­tions on Life and Mind; 30 Extrapolations on Living; 40 Supernatural Places and Things; 50 Extrapolations on Space; 60 Extrapolations on Technology; 70 The Past; 80 Extrapolations on Time; 90 Supernatural, Unrationalized, and Distorted Powers and Themes.

8 E.g., "01.4 PERSECUTION COMPLEXES: The subjcct feels t hat there exists an organised plot among his associates to harm him, or that some evil, perhaps immaterial entity is out to get him. Real persecutions also go here i!'the treatment ofthcm is subjective" (20, p.14).

9 In early versions ofCC, it was necessary to repeat the facet in­dicator (:) if a facet was deemed to be "vacant" so that the meaning of subsequent notational clements could be ascer­tained. The repetition of the colon, however, had no seman­tic content.

10 Lerner's own Fantasy Collection ClassificHtion Scheme (FeCS) (21), which is to be interpolated at the empty LC Class PX, was intended only for classifying secondary science fiction works and devoted no altention to analysis of primary works.

(To be continued in Part 2).

References

(I) Burgess, L.A.: A system for the classification and evalu­ation offiction. Library World 38( 1936)p.179-182

(2) Langridge, D.W.: Classification and indexing in the hu­manities. London: Butterworths 1976.

(3) Aboyade, RD.: Access to primary source materials in the humanities. Inl.Ubr.Rev. 8( 1976)p.309-316

(4) Nozick, R.: Philosophical explanations. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press 1981.

(5) Tomlinson, H.: Use of categories for sculpture. In: Classifi­cation for information control: Papers representing the work of the Classification Research Group during 1960-1968. London: Library Assoc. 1969.1'.58-61

(6) Croghan, A.: Classification of the performing arts. Lon­don: Anthony Croghan 1968.

(7) Lee, J.M.E.: \Vyndham Hulmc: a reconsideration. In: Ray­ward, W.R(Ed.): The varicty of librarianship. Sydncy: Libr.Assoc.of Australia 1976. p.1 01 -113

140

(8) Hulme, E.\V.: Statistical bibliography in rdation to the growth of modern civilization. London: Butler and Tanncr 1923.

(9) Grolier, E.de: Classifications as cultural artefacts. In: Dahlberg, l.(Ed.): Universal Classification. Vol.1. Frank­furt: Indeks Verlag 1982. p.19-34

(10) Toulmin, S.: Human understanding. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press 1972.

( I I ) Eliot, T.S.: Tradition <Iud the individual t"lent. In: Selected essays. New York: Harcourt, Brace 1950. p.3- l l

(12) Haigh, F.: The subject classification of fiction: An actual ex­perimcnt. Library World 36(1933)1'.78-82

(13) Thomson, O.R.H.: The classification of fiction. Libr.J. 28(1903)No.1 I, 1'.770-772

(14) Pejtersen, A., Austin, J.: Fiction retrieval: Experimental de­sign and evaluation ora search system based on users' value criteria. Parts I & 2. J.Doc. 39(1983)NoA, p.230-246 and 40(1984)No. l , p.25-35

(15) Baker, S.L., Shepherd, G.: Fiction classification schemes: The principles behind thcm and their success. RQ 26(1987)NoA, p.245-251

(16) \Valker, R.S.: The library and thc novel: The treatment of the novel in libraries: Proposals for its fuller exploitation and an outline of a new scheme of classification. M.A.Thesis. UniversityofStrathclyde 1970.

(17) Carrier, E.J.: Fiction in public libraries 1900-1950. little­ton, CO: Libraries Unlimited 1985.

(18) Harrell, G.: Theclassification and organit:ation of adult fic-tion in large Amcrican public libraries. PubI.Libr.24( 1985)1'.13-14

(19) Baker, S.L.: Will fiction classification schemes increase use? RW 27( 1985)No.3, p.366-376

(20) Cameron, A.: Fantasy classification schcme. SLVital, rvJan.: Canadian Science Fiction Assoc. 1952.

(21) Lerner, F.: The cataloging and classification ofsciencc fic­tion collections. In: Hall, H . W .(Ed.): Sciencc/fiction collec­tions: Fantasy, supernatural and weird tales. Ncw York: Haworth Press 1983.p.151-170

(22) Lerncr, F.: The science fiction library. Spec. Ubr. 64(1983)No. l , p.3-6

(23) Croghan, A.: Science fiction and the universe of knowl­edge: the structure of an aesthetic form. London: Coburgh Publ. l98 I.

(To be continued)

Mrs.Clare Beghtol, 220 Heath Street East Toronto, Ont. M4T IS9, Canada

Int. Classif. 16 (1989) No. 3 - Beghtol - Acres to fiction

iVlichael Eisner Integrated Publication and Information Systems In­stitute (IPSI), Gesellschaft fiir Mathematik und Daten­\'erarbeitung (Gl\1D), Darmstadt, \Vest Germany

The ARBOR Information System for Classical Archaeology and History of Art

Eisner, M.: The ARBOR information system for classical archaeology and history of art.

Int.C1assif. 16(1989)No.3, p. 141-145, 9 refs.

Both domains divide scientific knowledge into object and method knowledge, with the fonner meaning knowledge of the organization of the individual real and normally complex re­search objects and the lattcr knowledge of the ways how to com­pare these objects. Object knowledge progresses stepwise from the object as a whole to its parts, subparts, etc. and can be visu­alized as an object-specific trec structure. AR nOR consists of a formal language able to represent textual object knowledge in a computer readable way. A PC-based implementation allows re­trieval on the basis of ARBOR---coded object descriptions in dif­ferent tree-structurc-spccifie query-modes. Author

1. Theoretical Background

Archaeological knowledge can be formally divided into object and method knowledge. The fonner consists of the knowledge of the concrete nature of the individual research objects, such as buildings, sculptures or pictures and is based on analysis. The latter means the knowledge about how to evaluate the object knowledge with the help of interdisciplinary methods, e.g. chronology, typo­logy, stilistics, hermeneutics, statistics or text source criti­cism (as philology and history) and leads to historical knowledge as the synthesis. Object knowledge is based on individual observation and method knowledge on comparison. In addition to the factual archaeological knowledge described so far there also is reference knowl­edge, i.e. knowledge about previous publications on the topic at hand and about research history.

Archaeological knowledge is usually transferred over major spatial and temporal distances by means of printed publications consisting of text and illustrations. Usually a descriptive part, described as a "catalogue" ifit covers several objects, serves for imparting (descriptive) object knowledge, while the (comparative) methodologi­cal knowledge is normally recorded in a "treatise". Mixed forms of these two also exist.

Viewed abstractly, method knowledge and its results form the specific contents of archaeology as a historical

Int. ClassiC 16 (1 989) No. 3 - Eisner - ARBOR information system

discipline, while object knowledge first of all presents quantitative and logistic problems. Not only that the number of objects found and more or less well published is very large and still increasing constantly, in addition, the acquisition of information about the objects is diffi­cult, owing firstly to the broad scattering of the objects, and secondly to that of the publications. If we try to in­clude the computer in archaeology as a scientific instru­ment we will first of all assign it the role of vehicle of ob­ject knowledge. This knowledge can initially only be coded textually, as it is difficult to base the processing of pictorial (or even bettcr spatial) object information on the digitization ofthe now conventional recording proce� dures, which, like photogroaphy and drawing, produce two-dimensional results, but should be based 011 three� dimensional techniques, such as stereophotogramll1etry, holography and tomography. It is only when this stage has been reached that the computer is useful for enrich­ing archaeological method knowledge. First steps in this direction are already being taken (7) (8) (9).

Fig.l : The KoraHion stele

Nonnally, thc tcxtual description of an archaeological or art historical object uses a terminological inventory for differentiating between the individual terminological recording levels of the objects. This terminological inven­tory is deduced in part from old text sources (historical authors, inscriptions), while in part it has also become es­tablished in the scientific world for no other reason than prolonged and uncontradicted use, providing a usable basis for communication. It can be said ofa large number of objects, particularly in archaeology of the MediterR I'anean region and in European art history, that not only their morphological inventory - and thus the descriptive terminological inventory - is highly diffcrentiated but

14 1

that they also often carry representations which, in their turn, arc arranged in a morc or less complex fashion. We only need to think of mediaeval cathedral buildings as the structures containing altars and other pictures and re� liefs. In the textual description of such objects we use a list of scientitic terms which are in a hierarchically related to one another - renecting the division of the object into various parts. This is illustrated briefly in the Greek stele of Kora11ion of the Kerameikos Cemetery in Athens (Fig. l , acc. ( I ) ) which was produced around or soon after the middle of the fourth century B.c. First it has an architectonically formed frame, called a "naiskos", oflat� eral pilasters and a entablature with a pediment, with the entablature bearing the inscription. The reIiefarca shows a woman sitting on a stool with her feet on a footstool. Be� hind her, half covered, another woman stands, further to the right two men. Behind the legs of the sitting woman we can see the head of a dog. The transfonnation of the pictorial representation into a division into various parts formulated in technical language yields, not surprjs� ingly, a tree structure (Fig.2) of the descriptive terms (3) (4) (5). In this context it appears most important to point out that the characteristic descriptive tree structure proves to be individually, i.e. dynamically, formed for each object. The same objects produce the same descrip� tion trees, while more or less different ones produce trees deviating from one another. As identical objects of com� plex structure are extremely rare, comparability plays a decisive role in research at the detail level. I t must also be maintained in the textual description of the object.

\Ve hardly need to mention that the classical data ac­quisition structures in the field of database models (like the relational model, the hierarchical model or the net� work, cf. (2) ) are invariant after the moment of their de­finition and therefore cannot be used in the afore de­scribed manner. It is only a poor consolation in an age in which the archaeologist or art historian would like to buy a microcomputer and use it as an aid in his work -for in� stance for setting up a textual object knowledge bank ­that, by admitting pointer fields, finally everything becomes representable in every model. I t is with some right that he call expect a user�friendly interface rather than a solution (e.g. in the form ofa quantity of data rela� lions) presupposing a considerable analytical ability in applying computer science, an ability which computer specialists possess, while art scientists usually do not.

pilnstcrs cntabl:J.ture

inscription

Athens, KCnlO1eikos stele of KorJllion

I rdicfnfc,l

I ptdimcnt fcm,fig. fem.iig. male.fig. nwle.fig. dog �,t"",li"g """d;", "ood;",

stool footstool

Fig.2: Tree structure describing the Korallion stele

142

For the representation of hierarchically structured ob� jcct descriptions, therefore, another way was selected than the conversion into tinn data acquisition structures, namely a formal language appropriately called ARBOR. It consists ofa text which differentiates between (later re­trievable) "descriptors" and (later non-retrievable) "commentaries". The two language elements can be mixed as desired. A respective marking serves for recog� nizing the descriptors. An ARBOR text is divided into "documents", with each individual document cOJ1tain� ing the description of a single research object. The extent of a document is limitless and may contain as many de� scriptors as desired so that even complex objects can be described. If the division into various parts so requires, document parts can be made accordingly. Data concern� ing the object as a whole form the beginning so that this document part is described as the "header". Data on the individual part quantities of the object each form a "sub­document", which is introduced by a "contextor" ex­pressing the degree of direct or indirect dependence on the header. The individual document parts are likewise of unlimited extent.

2. Implementation

Implementation as actually applied requires an IBM PC or a compatible computer using PC-(MS-)DOS. (For more detailed information about this version and the the� OI'etical background of ARBOR see (6) ). Two programs have been realized. ASU (Arbor-Set-Up) and ART (Arbor-ReTrieval). ASU reads in an ASCII data file (cre­ated by means of an editor) with the ARBOR text, which normally consists of a quantity of documents separated by empty lines. The sign "*,, (asterisk) presently serves as descriptor marking and the sign "-" (hyphen) as contex­tor element (Fig.3). The header fills the type area, if possible, throughout its entire width, thus beginning at the front left. Single hyphens introduce subdocuments of the first order (i.e.,those depending directly on the header), two hyphens those of the second order (i.e. not depending directly on the header but on a subdoCllIl1ent of the first order), etc., while dependencies of the four� tcenth orderculTcntly form the limit. ASU produces first a direct access data file of the ARBOR text which during retrieval is used for showing the documents found on the screen. In addition, a table of the individual descriptor and an internal representation orthe context or are set lip

* Athens, *n.xropolis of*Kerameikos. *stcle of 'KOf.lllion, \\ith "relief

'frame (*naiskos) - - one *pila,ter at each side

'entablature 'inscription

- - *perliment

-relid *llfO:\l human Ofiguri.', 'female, *sitfil1g

- - - *stool - - *footstoo!

human *figure, ·female, 'slnnding on the left - - hum'ln 'figure, *male, 'standing in the center

human 'figure, 'male, 'standing Oil the right

- - *dog

Fig.J: ARBOR yersion of the Komllion stele description

Int. ClassiC 16 ( 1989) No. J - Eisner - ARBOR information system

DESCRIPTOR Athens necropolis Kerameikos stele Korallion relief

frame naiskos

pilaster

entablature

inscription

pediment

area

figure female sitting

stool

footstool

figure female standing

figure male standing

figure male standing

dog

CONTEXTOR 135.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.0.0,0,0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.0.0.0.0.0,0.0.0.0.0

135.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.1 .0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.1 .0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.1.1 .0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.1.2.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.1.2.1.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.1.3,0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.2. 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.2.1 .0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.2. 1 . 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.2.1.0.0.0.0.0,0.0.0

135.2.1.1.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.2.1.2 ,0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.2.2. 0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.2.2.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.2.2.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.2.3.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.2.3.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.2.3.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

135.2.4. 0.0.0,0.0.0.0,0

135.2.4.0.0.0.0.0,0,0,0

135.2.4.0,0,0.0.0.0.0.0

135.2.5.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0

Fig.4: Table of ARBOR descriptors and contextors (we assume that the current document is the 1 35th in the respective ARBOR file's sequence)

(Fig.4) which contain the serial numbers of the respective ARBOR document in the data file and a field offourteen bytes with the description of the path of the description tree. Here all successors dependent on the same predeces­sor in the trce structure or the root or document number are given a number from I to 255, while the field ad­dresses on 0 symbolize unoccupied or non-existent nodes. I n this kind of path description, the contextor ofa hierarchically subordinated descriptor can always be rec­ognized by the fact that it contains thecontextor ofa hier­archicallysuperordinated descriptor. Conversely, hierar­chically snperordinated contextors are contained in sub­ordinated ones. Contextors of descriptors describing the sam.c node in the tree structure arc the same. The cl­ements of the table, descriptor and contextor are man­aged in the same index-sequential (ISAM) data file.

The ART retrieval program permits in several steps the querying for one or more (alternative) descriptors. Here, first a primary hitlist is produced showing the num­ber of hits. This number can then be narrowed down again and again according to eleven different search modes which permit searching - with differing weight­ings - in supcr- or subordinated contexts or in the same document part, in the header, in neighboring contexts (and possibly also in their successors) as well as, finally, completely independent of the hierarchical structure of the document (Fig.5). Documents with hits can be dis­played or printed out at every retrieval stage.

ARBOR knows not only "textual", but also "named numerical" descriptors, which consist of a domain name (as identifier), a separator and either one value (able to represent exact data, e.g. "length = 1 5.3") or two values

Inl. Classif. 16 ( 1989) No. 3 - Eisner- ARBOR information system

(giving a data range, e.g. "height � 8.0 .. 9.0"). These values can be either of integer or of real type. The rep­resentation of numerical ranges has special importance in a science in which inexact data are very common (e.g. the assumed dating of an object in the period between 450 B.C. and 425 B.C. may be described as "Chron­Date � -450 .. -425"). The retrieval of numerical data can be retrieved by asking in the samc way, i.e. for exact values or for ranges. In the latter case an documents with named numerical descriptors completely fitting thc inter­val searched will be considered as hits. Retrieval of tex­tual descriptors allows right-side truncation. After set� ting up a primary hitlist it is possible to exclude docu­ments with certain textual or numerical descriptors.

Normally the vocabulary of an ARBOR database should be controlled by a thesaurus. Actually the latter acts only as a list of allowed descriptors. In the future ab­straction hierarchies will be possible in order to find docu­ments by searching for more generic terms in relation to the (textual) descriptors used in the single ARBOR doeu­mcnts. Some of the items of information describing ar­chaeological objects are very difficult to verbalize, e.g. the typical artistic or workmanlike aspects normally de­nominated as "style". In these cases a medium allowing the synchronous visualisation of retrieval results would be very convenient, e.g. a picture-managing device pro­ducing presentations of digitized object images. The first step in this direction will be to transport ARBOR soft­ware from the PC-(MS-)OOS-world to a more powerful system environment like such as UNIX. Currently this is being put into practice.

As ARBOR can be considered the beginning of an "in­telligent" picture archive manager it was integrated in 1988 into the PAVE project (Publication and Visualisa­tion Environment) ofGMD's IPSI department at Dan11-stadt.

References

( 1) Conze, A.: Die attischen Grabreliefs. Bcrlin: 1893-1922. pl.98 (2) Date, C.l.: An introduction to database systems. Reading, IvtA: 1977

(2nd ed.), p.51-67 (3) Eisner, M.: Zm Rolle von Dalenballken :lIs Instrument

kutlsthistorischen und archaologischen Fachwisscns. Tn: Corti,L.(Ed.): Automatic processing of art history data and docu­ments. Pisa: Scuola Normale Supcriore, Sept.24-27, 1984. Firenze 1984. p.J25-329

(4) Eisner, hL 2ur Bedcutung der Datenverarbeitung als Hilfsmitlcl der Archaologic unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung von Datenbanken. Tn: Acta Praehistorica et Archaeologica 16/17, 1984/1985, p.278-285

(5) Eisner. M.: Zukunftsperspektiven archiiologischer Wissensdarstel­lung auf dem Computer. In: Bathron. BeHragc zur Architektur und verwandten Kiinsten. Fur Heinrich Drerupzu seinem 80. Geburlstag. Saarbriicken 1988, p.l 15-120

(6) Eisner, J\.L ARBOR. Einc Sprache zur Beschrcibung und cin Pro· grammpaket zm Verarbeitung hierarchischer Datcnobjekte der klassischen Archiiologie lind Kunstgeschichte. Gesellschaft fftr Math­ematik und Datenverarbeitung. St.Augustin 1989. GMD·Studien Nr.l59

(7) Kampmneyer, U., Rupprecht, G., Witteyer, i\J.: ARCOS: Ein COIll­putcr zcichllet romische Kcramik. Die Ergcbnisse der Testuntersuc­hungen mit dem ARCOS I illl Landesamt fiir Dcnkmalspflege, Abl.Archiiologischc Denkmalspflcge, in Mainz. Mainzer Zeitschrift 81( l986)p.191-200

(8) Kalllpnineyer, U.et al: Untersllchungenzurrechnergestiitlten Klassi­fikation der Form von Kcramik. Frankfurt (Main) 1987. p.79-104

(9) l .... [azzola, G., Kromker, D., HoITmann,R.: Rasterbild .. Bildrastcr. Anwendungen dcr Graphischen Datenverarbeitung zur geomelri­schen Analyse eines Meisterwerkes der Rcnaissance: Raftaels "Schulevon Athcn". Berlin(West) 1986.

143

narrowing mode 1 (searching in primary context)

narroWtng mode 2 (searching in next supercontext)

na.rrowmg mode 3 (searching in next subcontexts)

narrowmg mode 4 (searching in supercontexts)

narrowing mode 5 (searching in subcontexts)

Fig.SA: Hitlist narrowing modes I to 5 (every tree structure represents a document; nodes marked with a

circle mean document parts containing primary hits; nodes marked black mean document parts in

which retrieval for secondary hits takes place)

144 Int. Classif. 16 ( 1989) No. 3 - Eisner - ARBOR information system

:1 - Eisner InL Classif. 16 (1989) No. _

Fig.S8: Hitlist .

modes narrowlIlg

. S)'stCIIl nOR informallon AR"

mode 6 text and

narrowing _ "mary con (searching III rn supercontexts

. mode 7 text and

narrowing ' ary con (searching In

) prim

subcontexts

owing mode /:) document 1

nurr . i n t h f' same (searching

. Hod.;" �I narrowing : ot ("ontext) I .... 'Il ro (senre lln,� ,

mode 1 1 contexts

narrowl,ng

in adjacent (searching b('ontexts) and their su

6 to l l (c . . . [ fig SAl

145

Brigitte Elldrcs-Niggemeyer Bettina Schmidt FH Hanllovcr, I·'RG, Fachbercich BID

Knowledge Based Classification Systems: Basic Issues, a Toy System and Further Prospects

Endres.Niggemeyer,B., Schmidt, B.: Knowledge-based classifi­cation systems: Basic is.'Jues, a toy system and further prospects.

InLClassif.16(J 989)No.3, p. 146-156, 27 refs.

This article propagates expert systems for classification by I ) ex­plaining the conceptual affinity (especially) between faceted classification schemes and frame representations, using a simple example and a toy system for ctelllonstration purposes, 2) review� ing some approaches to classificiltional knowledge processing, both from Artificial l ntelligenee and Classification Research or Information Science, in order to prepare the ground for the de­velopment of more comprehensive systems: expert systems for classitication. (Authors)

1. Introductioll

This article propagates an emergent type of systems, namely expert systems for classification. If we want to build them, our first task is to implement their core, the classification scheme and the classified data base, with suitable knowledge representation tools, Among other "instruments for the organization, description (index­ing) and retrieval of knowledge" (6), faceted classifica­tions are of special interest, because their weH-detined classes and relations make them fit to the relatively for­malized representation style of knowledge bases. Never­theless, the central points of discussion hold for other do­cumentary languages, too, as far as they meet the structu­ral conditions, e.g. for good thesauri. On the representa­tion technology side, the discussion concentrates on frame languages without excluding other representation tools, for quite analogous reasons: Object oriented lan­guages, among them especially frame languages, seem most suitable as media, or representation languages, for classification systems, Once we have implemented a classification knowledge base, the next problem is how to handle it . A supporting system is necessary to use the knowledge base for updating, searching, explaining the system's behavior, communication with the user and so on. \-Vithont overstraining oUl' imagination, we come out with a fully-fledged classification expert system in mind.

The transition to knowledge based classification sys­tems may seem adventurous, but it is easy to justify: with

them, we can offer better services to information users. This is largely due to the fact that the classification sys­tem is implemented on a sophisticated and active compu­terized medium instead of mere paper. The knowledge base system does more than just retrieving what has been coded; in particular, it may disclose implicit knowledge by inferences - the more additional information the classification or thesaurus contains, the better.

Large parts of the paper are introductory in their char­acter. First, simple examples show the structural com­patibility of facet classifications and frame systems and serve to explain some of the advantages that may recolll­mend knowledge representation tools instead of other media. Then, "Herba Medica" is described, a small ex­perimental facet classification system implemented in Prolog. It is a toy system open in every detail for demon­stration purposes. In the next argumentation step, we pre­pare the ground for more comprehensive approaches in classificational knowledge processing. \Ve refer to rele­vant work both from information science and artificial in­telligence in order to contribute to a more homogeneous state of knowledge among future system users and de­signers, \-Ve review some recent approaches, collecting de­sign ideas and concepts of common interest in classifica­tion research and knowledge representation. As we go on, we configurate a clearer image of classification expert systems that we might, could, should build,

2. Thc compatibility of faceted classification schemes and frame represcntation systcms

Frames (see fig.I) are structures for knowledge rep­resentation (about knowledge representation in gencral, consult e.g. Nilsson 1982 - ( 1 8»). In a first approach, one can compare them to database records or even to struc­!tIred units on file cards. Most of the time, frames store structured representations of objects or object classes. Each individual object or class concept is specified by a frame. The frame is made up of a quantity of slots which store its features or relations with other entitics, Slots may contain different "facets" roughly corresponding to information types, e.g. value (real individual data), de­t:1Ult (predefined value), if-added or if-needed for proce-

< frame-name > < slot-name >

< facet-name > : value

< facet-name > : value < slot-name >

< facet-name > : value

< facet-name > : value

Fig. l : Ba�ic frame scheme as Jellncd ill (5)

146 Int. ClassiC 1 6 (J 9X9) No. 3 - Endres-Niggemeyer/Schmidl Knowledge bascd dassillcation systems

dures which are called depending on data entered into a slot. A slot may hold multiple values. Currently, frames are organized into taxonomies of generic classes related by links named e.g. "is-a" or "a-kind-of' (for details see e.g. Fikes/Kehler 1985 (7) who discuss in the working en­vironment of KEE, a frame-based representation tool that caters well to the classifier's purposes). Different or additional relations are possible, but the generic link is considered the backbone of the representation. Its main virtue is called "inheritance": Along the generic hier­archy, values ofa frame can be transmitted to all the sub­classes of a concept. Often, the inherited value can be overridden by an explicit information in the frame itself. A quantity of linked frames constitute a structured knowledge base that may be used in reasoning.

A faceted classification system (for an example, see ·llg.2; a good introduction is given in (3)) for a field of

A thing

(by ontological category)

AA plant

AB animal

(by sex)

ABSF female animal

ABSM male animal

(by zoological taxonomy)

AUTA 111 a III J11 a I

ABTAA human

AUTAU horse

ABTF fish

AC mineral

ABTAASF woman

ABTAASM lUan

Fig.2: Rudimentary facet classification, corrcsponding to fig.3

knowledge enumerates elemental concept classes ar­ranged in groups called facets. The generic relationships among the facets are displayed, the same is often true for generic relationships of the terms in a facet. A citation order (or facet formula) defines the sorts of concepts and their sequence in the description of an object, mostly a do� cument. The classitication schedule contains notations which function not only as short and normalized ex­pressions of concepts, but also as thc addresses of the con­cepts in the schemc. In addition, the notatiol1 lllay con­tain a built�in device that assures thc correct citation order by mere respect of the enumeration sequence (see Be2 - (I)). In the classification process, a classifier con­structs a structured object description from the clements found in the classification schedule and writes it down as a compound notation.

The example in tig.3 is taken from Brachmanj Schmolze 1985 (2). It illustrates the generic hierarchy in the knowledgc reprcsentation language KL-ONE. KL-ONE merits particular attention because of its auto-

matic classificr which places new concepts in the hier­archy. Concepts have no internal structure. In the figurc, the arrows indicate the generic relations. To demonstrate the handling of the taxonomy, we add a new class "oak tree" and two individuals, Bettina and Brigitte.

In fig.2, the information provided by Brachmanj Schmolze is presented in form of a rudimentary facet classification. The gencric links are expressed by indenta­tion and notation. Here, a principle of division states ex­plicitly what feature is added when a subclass is formed. The possible values for a facet are enumerated in its array. A notation defines the place of the concept in the system and, by consequence, in the regular object descrip� tion. Please note how a polyhierarchy is installed in both representation forms: In the facet classification, a com­pound notation links an item to multiple addresses in the scheme; in a KL-ONE-likc representation language a concept may be attached to its superclasses with as many generic relations as necessary.

The simplc switch from a knowledge representation to a facet classification format is possible because both forms of representation are somehow compatible. They share obviolls intellectual strategies, namely to charac­terize objects by a structured description of their at­tributes and their relations. It may bejust a step to adopt the representation style of knowledge bases, provided one starts with an adequate conceptual presentation form, e.g. a faceted classification or a comparable the­saurus.

3. An introductory example of a knowledge base

Fig.4 shows a tiny knowledge base: some concepts about fine arts represented as frames. Slots contain values for different attributes of the represented object. Every object has a name, as often stated in a self-slot, and a link to its superclass, defined in the ako-slot. For use in a classitication, the notation is stored in the nota-slot. Some items of information have been added in other slots to get some base for inferences. \Vith tig.4 at hand, we explain informally some simple reasoning processes that exploit the representation (for a more formal example, see (27» .

In fig.4, we know that Rosalba Carriera is an artist, not an artisan painting houses or fences, because she has been specified as an cntity in art in the upmost frame of the representation. To explain this effect, we refer to the instrument of feature inheritance in the generic hier­archy. In the same way, we know her "Portrait ofa gentle­man with a mask" to have been painted in oil on canvas, because this is stated for all paintings in the little knowl­edge base and not contradicted in the framc of the paint­ing itself. If the question is to know from the knowledge base who actually painted the gentleman's portrait, rea� SOIling might work like this: If you have a painting (true in ollr case), but no statement as to its author, you know that thc author should be a painter (and not a sculptor, for instance). Search through the product slot ofpainters if you find the individual painting there. In the knowl­edge base in figA, these simple inference rules are success­ful. Rosalba Carriera can be identified as the painter of the portrait.

Int. Classi!'. 16 (1989) No. 3 - Endres-Niggemeyer/Scblllidt Knowledge based classification systems 147

148

male animal

Bettina

fish

Brigitte

Fig.3: A simple KL-ONE network of generic concepts as

proposed by (2). The concepts oak tree, Bettina and Brigit­

te have been added by the authors.

lnt. Classif. 16 ( 1989) No. 3 - Elldres�Niggcmcycr/Schmidt - Knowledge based classification systems

self: painter ako: thing-in-art nota: ab product: painting

self: thing-in-art ako: thing nota: a

self: painting aim: thing-in-art nota: ap form: two-dimensional technique: oil-on-

canvas

self: subject ako: thing-in-art nota: if

.

self: male-portrait ako: subject nota: ifp

self: rosalba-carriera type: individual ako: painter products: ....

self: portrait-of-a-gentleman type: individual

portrait-of-a­gentleman

portrait-of-a-lady ....

Fig.4: Some frames in

a fragmentary knowledge base about fine arts

ako: painting male-portrait

place: landesgalerie-hannover size: no-entry

Int. Classif. 16 (1989) No. 3 - Endrc-s-Niggcmcycr/Schmidt -- Knowledge based classification systems 149

If one wants to know ifmale portraits are two-dimen­sional, the answer from the knowledge base mllst be something like "no idea", because there, a male portrait is a subject, and subjects have no form specification, whereas paintings are indeed described as two-dimen­sional.

A system that disposes of the necessary rules can con­struct a classification code from notations of elemental classes found in the knowledge base. An unsophisticated code of the "Portrait of a gentleman" might express the type of an thor, subject and technique by ab:ifp:ap,

The examples above have hopefully convinced the reader that instruments of knowledge representation call not only reach the functionality of normal classification systems on print media: they allow indeed a noticeable progress, because they make better use of the stored knowledge.

I f necessary, subsidiary arguments for the affinity of facet classifications and (frame) representations of knowledge may come from the process by which a classi­fier or knowledge engineer represents a domain, A knowl­edge engineer working on knowledge about documents in libraries would use tools which were unknown to Vic­kery 1975 (26), but she could basically stick to his work­ing procedure defined for the development of a facet classification. Why should not a classifier take the counterpart and set up her next classification with a new tool- a representation language?

4. Hcrba wlcdica - a toy classification system

Now the reader is invited to look at a small facet classi­fication system for drugs and related documents, im� plemented with a frame representation and embedded in

Reserpin

Nolalioll: .. _ ...... _ ............ _ .. _ .......... kc-a Obtrbegtlffe: ... _ ..... _ ..... _ ... _ ... _ ..... flldole Ulller�riffe: ...... _ .... _ ......... _ .. _ .. keine subra(tllt:. __ .. __ ... _ ... _ .... _ ... _ ... \\lrksloff lleruerlamgen (f.lndnlerungl: .... _ .. illlCh lilt Deserpln. llemerkungen (rachl.): ... ____ ... _ .. _langanhallende \\lrkung. Mffi. \\lrkung:._ .............. _ ... _ .... _ ..• Antihfilutonllalru

Reserpill nota

value: kca ako

\'alue: Indol·Alkaloid unter

y"lue: keine belli

Sffialhum

value: aueh rur Deserpill hem

default: lunganhaitellde Wirkung JIled

derau It: Ant illypertoniku IlI.Sedath'lllI

Rcscrpin(nota,\'alue/keu-) • > ; Reserpin(ako,\'alue,Illdole} • > j Reserpin(ulIter,Yalue,uil) • > j Rescrpin(beJll,\'alue,nkeine·.�:.llil} • > ; Reserpi n (bcJll,dcfault, "Iangunh altelldc�.", Yi rkung�. ft • " .ni I) - > j Reserpill(med,default,AnHhyperfonikulll.Sedatiwlll.nil) ->j

Fig.S: Three formats of data presentation: user view frame scheme and Prolog predicates

a Prolog system. "Herba Medica" describes some medici­nal plants, drugs won from them, and related documents, just enough to reinforce and expand the line of argumen­tation found in Cuadrado/Cuadrado 1986 (5), whose method of frame implementation in Prolog is used. Their aim was to demonstrate with a simple but useful system on houses how to fit frames to Prolog. \Vith Herba :Medica, we have a simple system that demonstrates how a facet classification is installed in frames and Prolog.

The classified knowledge base of Herba Medica is im­plemented with the basic frame scheme proposed in (5) (see fig. I ). Every entity of the knowledge base is specitied by a named frame as explained above. Fig.S shows an in­dividual frame in three forms of presentation: Reserpine appears first at the user interface, then in a frame format and lastly in the Prolog implementation form. The trans­position from the user view to the implementation form is easy to follow. The user's view has no particular prob­lems. It reminds one of the concept record proposed by Soergcl (23) already in 1974. Whereas the frame format follows the scheme of fig, I, the Prolog version of the frame shows that frames are realized in Prolog as bundles of predicates tied together by the common name of the frame and the predicates used to implement it. The predi­cates contain three arguments. The first one states the name of the slot, the second one the facet (see above), and the third one the value of the facet. Multiple values are en­tered as a list, a special Prolog data type easily recognized fro111 the dots that concatenate its items. For ease of tech­nical access, a self predicate (not shown in fig.S) states the frame's name. To add a new feature to the frame, one just adds a predicate.

kcinc ab aba aa keinc da db de de df dg keine keillc ga gb gba keillc lIa haa hnna hb IIba hbna IIhb hbba he hea hean keine keillc k ke kea kcb kb kba kbb kbe kbd kbe kbf

Geo Asicn

Iudien Europa Medizill Allalgctikum Sedati\'um Antiarrh)1hmikulII Vasodilatator AntidincchoticulIl AlltitussitivullI

ArLneipflmllc 'feil Frucht Wurzel

Wurzelrilldc Taxonomic Berberidaceac

Berberis Hyulgaris

Papaveraceae Papanr

Psomuirerum Chelidollhllll

Cmajlls Apocyu<lccac

Rauwolfia RSCfllenlinfl

Gc\\inllung Wirkstoff Alkaloid

Indole Reserpill Ajmalin

Isochinoline l\lorphin Noscapin Codein Papanrin Chelidonill

Bcrberin

Fig.6: Fragment of facet classification used in Herba i\fcdica

150 Tnt. Classif. 16 ( 19lS9) No. 3 - Endres·Niggemeyer/Schmidt _. Knowledge based classification systems

4.1 The classified knowledge base: schedule aud data

The fragmentary facet classification of Herba Medica is presented in fig. 6. while fig.7 shows a related knowl· edge base segment. The knowledge base represents three different types of objects: the classification schedule with its classes, drugs and documents about drugs. Classes are integrated in a generic hierarchy. In fig.7, the only drug is opium. From its frame we know that opium is won from the plant papaver somnifennl1, more precisely from its fruits, and that it combines morphine, codeine and other active substances. Additional details may come from superordinate frames in the classification scheme. In our demo realization, the opium frame is linked to theclassifi­cation only by its attribute values. DitTerent solutions are, of course, possible. Drugs might equally well appear as classes of the scheme. The given document is rep­resented by its notation, its author, the title and the jour­nal it was published in. It is stored in a simplified form as a structured list. Documents are attached to the scheme by their compound notation, thus following the stan­dard practice in library classification. Again, other solu­tions are by no means excluded.

4.2 The supporting system

A knowledge base is not usable without a related man­agement system. Above all, the system is needed to up­date and search the knowledge base (e.g. a classification scheme and classified data). It has to provide a lIser­friendly interface, it should explain its own searching or problem solving strategies, and so on. In brief, desirable features of expert systems and related systems in general are desirable for classification systems, too.

Herba Medica is only a very rudimentary beginning of such a desirable system. In fig.S, its knowledge base is sur­rounded by system components that allow one to handle

usermenue

knowledge base classifier (encoding, dccoding)

classification schcmc classification handler (rctrieval, update)

drug database handler drugs docunicnts (retrieval, update)

Fig.8: Herba l\-lcdica system components

the knowledge base. \Ve find a simple user menu and three essential functions: - a classifier that takes appropriate class descriptions in natural language terms and yields a classification code, and vice versa - a classification handler that helps to read and change the classification scheme - a database handler for updating and retrieval in the fact representation part of the knowledge base.

For a user, this means that she may, among other things, browse and change the classification scheme. Browsing may concentrate on special classes or use a tree structure of whole facets or conceptual arrangements. Changes are still restricted. Only in the lowest level of the class hierarchy, frames may be added. This includes ad­ding new facets, subHlcets and array elements as well as new subclasses. The system provides notations if the user enters the keywords the notations stand for, and it

Opimn(taxo,valtH\PSomniferum.nil) - > ;

Fig.7: Fragment of classified knowkdge base

Ollium(teil,valuc,Frucht.nil) - > ; Opium(wirk,vulue,Morphin.Codein.Noscapin.Papaverin.nil) . > j Opium(med,value,Analgetikum.nil) - > ; Opium(bem,value,�ullterliegt�. nnct�. "aM ."ubllngsmittelgesetz�.". n .nil) . > ;

dok(�hbaan.":".nabn.ft.".J1i1,value,1.("Otto".",n.·On.·.".nil).(nAnbau"."\'on"."P ulla\'Cr"."sonmifcrLlm"."ill"."Aslen".".".nil)."JXYZ".".".nil) - > j

Tnt. Classif. 16 (1989) No. 3 - Endres-NiggemeyerjSt'hmidt - Knowledge based classiticatioll systems l S I

decodes notations into chains of descriptors. A user may search and update the little fact knowledge base about drugs and related documents.

The user surface of Herba Medica works with simple and conventiollalmenus (cf. fig.9) that guide through the functions and control input and output. With an inter­face of this type, one is at least not worse off than with other menu driven systems. Of course, conventional menue arc far from being the last word in interface de­sign. Any serious classification expert system would be much morc comfortable than Herba Medica. Since human-machine interaction is a very active research and development field, many proposals from other applica­tion areas are on hand (see ( 1 5) for more details).

Behind the scenes of Herb a Medica, we find the Prolog code everywhere: facts (unconditional rules) for the knowledge base (cf. fig, 5 and 7), and rules in the sur­rounding management system. In fig. I 0, a small segment of the program shows what the technical infrastructure of tile systcm looks like. The code segment there realizes a central function, namely the access to features, ifnecess­ary through the frame hierarchy (by inheritance),

Lastly, Prolog works by proving statements (theo' rems) from the knowledge base, using rules (for a de­tailed explanation, refer to ( l0» . The rules are made up of predicates joined by an arrow. Every rule is terminated by a semicolon. It reads basically: If you want to get what is defined left of the arrow, prove the predicates at its right side. These predicates may be defined in separate rules, as fget and fTget in the example. In this case, rules use other rules to prove subgoals (predicates) of their

,1 - Begl'iff' mi t aUim' }.ngaJ)en " , :) - Oberbegr,iff, mi,t aUen Angab,m:

,-3_>. � _ Untarbegr-if�e'- mict" -allen--_Angabenc

right sides, Rules may call on themselves (cf. the fget rule). Arguments of the predicates may be variables, indi­cating in fig. 10 by their name what values they look for (e.g. x-slot searches for a slot), or constants. In a rule, vari­ables with the same name are bound to the same value (if any). A slash at the end of a rule (the "eut") avoids llluitiple solutions.

In fig. 10, frame-get (rule 1 ) searches for a filler of a facet in a slot of a frame. \Vhen it is started, frame-get will normally have the name of the interesting frame and some further specification for search. The name of the frame is bound to the variable x-frame. Fget at the right­hand side of the rule uses this value for both occurrences of x-frame, To prove the left-hand side of rule I , fget is called in three versions as defined in the rules 2 , 4. All the times, the rule ffget is used at the right side to access data in the knowledge base. Ffgetjust gets the data in form of a list and converts them to a tuple form. In the first at­tempt to get a filler, rule 2 checks the start frame (s­frame) only, and only the value facet. Ifnothing is found, fget of rule 3 tries to find something in the default facet. At a miss, rule 4 is tried. I t goes up the frame hierarchy: The ffget rule at its right side takes the name of the super­ordinate frame from the value facet of the ako slot and binds it to x'parent. The fget rule is restarted. Now it sear, ches the frame bound to x-parent.

5. Preparing the ground for larger systems

We have discussed the compatibility of facet classifica­tions and frame representation languages. Then, we ex-

, 4 - Suche mit Notation ' (Iferert Seol:iff mi t. aJ:feri Angab"ri) 5 - S,uche mit Synonym (lief,ert BegI:iff� ';it, �nen ,Angilben)

6 S'trukt.urierte: ' Ausgabe-- iNotation 7' B'aum�truktur der Bearifre

" 8 - ·B'aums,ti-ukttll:. " der ;Facetten,-'

- _Zi - -,zuruck(' -,:.; e -' -,Ebde. _ ··-':

,'-b - Beenden der. j(r_be:ft: ,:.""

Fig.9: The user menu of Herba Medica: a sample screen

.. -- --. �

Begriff') ,

152 Int. Classif. 16 ( 1989) No. 3 - Endres·NiggemeyerJSchmidt - Knowledge based classification systems

framc-get(x-frame,x-slot,x-facet,x-" .. el't) - > fget (x-f ram e ,x -fra me ,x -s 10 t,x -face t,x -wert) ;

fget(s-frame,x-frame,x-slot,v3Iue,x-wel't) - > ffgct(x-frame,x-slot, value,x-"t'el't) I;

fget(s-framc,x-f1'3me,x-siot,default,x-wcl't) - > ffget(x-framc,x-slot,default,x-wel't) I;

fget(s-framc,x-fl'ame,x-slot,x-facet,x-wcl't) - > ffget(x-fl'ame,ako,value,x-parent) fgct(s-frame,x-parcnt,x-slot,x-facet,x-wert);

ffget(x-framc,x-slot,x-facet,x-wel't) - > list-tu!Jlc(x-fl'3me.x-slot,x-facet.x-wcl't,nil,tl)

1 1 ; Fig.lO: Some Prolog rules: access to slot fillers

"rule 1"

"rule 2"

"rule 3"

"rule 4"

"rule 5"

plained basic ideas of knowledge based classification by means of an example and a toy system. Now it is time to extend the horizon: Toy systems can only be a first step we should at least get some additional background and design ideas for serious classification expert systems.

During the last years) an interdisciplinary discussion about classification in AI and elsewhere has become ea­sier. This is due to advances in knowledge representation techniques. Gradually, representation emancipated from implementation issues. Now, the conceptual level of description is acceptable for discussion both in knowl­edge representation (in case of deeper interest refer e.g. to (24)) and classification research. This "knowledge level" as defined by Newell (see (4» is distinct from the represen­tational technology used for implementation just as the specification of a conventional program is separated from the program itself.

5.1 A step towards a common \'ic\\' of classification

Professional classifiers will quickly feel familiar with a knowledge level description of expert systems as pro­vided by Clancey 1985 (4). The expert systems he studied do essentially heuristic classification: They classify data and relate concepts in two different classification hierar­chies (e.g. a problem hierarchy and a solution hierarchy) by non-hierarchical, uncertain inferences (heuristics) which rely typically on expericntial knowledge. ClanM cey's heuristic classification model describes a common pattern of knowledge and reasoning. Fig. l l shows the basic horseshoe pattern of heuristic classification, and its specialization for problem solving in Grundy ( 19). Grundy is a system that plays librarian and chooses novels for readers, depending on their stereotype user models. The heuristic classification pattern adapts easily to the work of a professional classifier: the solution can be thought of as a classification code. Compound nota­tions are constructed in a subsequent step, as in other cases where constructions are needed. As in the case presented, results from classitication research will often be compatible with the author's conclusions, in spite of the fact that he builds his argumentation on the observa­tion of another area ·" expert systems. Points of special in­terest are the different classification based strategies for problem solving, and Clancey's account of vague or even missing articulation of knowledge) especially in heuristic relations and non-definitional concept c1mracterizations ("People do not know schema hierarchies in the same

HEURISTIC MATCH

DataAbstl'actions = �

DITA

ABSTRACTION

I Data

> SolutionAbstmctiolls

I REFINEMENT

L Solutions

HEURISTIC MATCH

SelfDescl'iption = > People = > Book and Bchavior Classes Classes

I REFINEMENT

1 Books

\VatcheslloTV = > EducatedPerson = > Bookswith

Stereotype Intelligent

Fig. l l : J[curistic classification - general scheme (above) and spt'Cialisations in Grtlndy (below), taken from (4)

:Main Chamcter

I SUBTYPE

1 "Earth

Angels"

way they know telephone numbers." . . . "The heuristic classification method relies on experiential knowledge of systems and their behaviour."). As a main result, we learn that expert systems do classify quite generally and as a matter of routine. \Ve conclude that classification eXM pert systems may share the common heritagc of all expert systems, since they are not radically different. This makes it easier to develop them, because existing solu­tions may be adapted.

5.2 Concellt classification and machine learning

As knowledge acquisition is a bottleneck for expert sys­tems, research on knowledge acquisition tools and ma­chine learning is very active. Expert systems of the sec­ond generation (25) should not only combine a represen­tation component and a problem solving component) they should also have own devices for learning, e.g. of concepts and rules. Setting up a classification scheme from data is clearly a case of learning by observation, often the first step to a theory about the observed phe­nomena.

In an approach from machine learning, Michalski/ Stepp 1986 ( 17) refer to well known methods of cluster analysis when they introduce their concept learning algo­rithms. The interesting point is that the algorithms are more informed than their ancestors: They refer to classes that correspond to simple concepts, but they classify structured object descriptions instead of the primitive concepts. This means that they use more knowledge. Moreover, they integrate background knowledge about the semantic relationships among the objects or global

Int. Classif. 16 ( 1989) No. :3 -- Endres-Niggemeyer/Schmidt - Knowledge based classification systems 1 53

concepts into the classification process. The goal struc­ture of the classifier is explicitly represented. It steers the search for higher-level concepts that are used in classifica­tion. For instance, a group of trains may be classified ac­cording to the shape of the coaches, their number, etc., de­pending on the specified goals. A learning component that works by classification of concepts is of obvious in­terest for automatic classification. It may, for instance, update a classification scheme and classify new objects. The principles of concept learning are equally suitable for computer assisted thesaurus generation.

5.3 An interacth'e classifier

\Vhereas Stepp and Michalski discuss machine learn­ing and, in this context, advocate conceptual clustering methods with extended knowledge use for building classi­fications, Finin 1986 (9) proposes an interactive classi­fier, written in Prolog. His program is compatible with different knowledge representation languages. \Vith its help, a user can fit new items into a classified knowledge base. Only limited changes are possible: one can add con­cepts to the knowledge base and attributes to existingcon­cepts. Three steps are needed to enter a new concept. First, the user decribes the object for classification. The system searches the classificatory knowledge base for possible direct subsumers of the concept in question. If in doubt, it asks the user. As soon as the concept is linked to its parents, its immediate successors in the hierarchy are determined and attached to their new superclass. In com­parison with established practice in knowledge represen­tation, Finin innovates: He equips concepts with an ex­plicit and formalized definition. Another interesting de­tail is of more general character: Finin proposes to pro­vide the classifier with a user model. He argues that a sys­tem - be it a classifier or not- may be more cooperative jf it knows something about its user. It can, for instance, spare her or him superfluous questions. \Vith these hints, we are again on the track that leads to expert systems for classification, seen as a slightly special subspecies of ex­pert systems in general. A more comprehensive dis­cussion of cooperative interfaces and user models is found in ( 1 5).

5.4 Retrieval by theorem proving in a knowledge base

To appreciate the impact of knowledge representation techniques on information retrieval, it is useful to have a look at PRODIB-2, a prototypical system for intelligent retrieval implemented in Microprolog (27). \Vatters and Shepherd, the authors of the system. realize that faceted classifications, by their structure, are first�rate candi� dates to serve as conceptual structures of access knowl­edge bases to bibliographical databases. For the mo­ment, however, they propose a "flat" knowledge base in form of Prolog statements without taxonomy. This form is sufficient to show that a knowledge base with inte­grated procedures for deductive reasoning performs bet­ter than a traditional retrieval configuration, inasmuch as it answers lll.ore questions. The authors lise theorem proving by resolution as retrieval method and explain the mechanism with a neat example. \Vith its user,

PROBIB-2 communicates via a simple natural language front-end, equipped with a parser for those types ofEng� lish sentences that occur frequently in bibliographic sear­ches.

5.5 An indexing assistant for MeSH (Medical Snbject Headings)

The prototypical medical indexing expert system Me­dlndEx (Humphrey 1989 _. ( 14)) assists a MeSH (Medi­cal Subject Headings) indexer. Humphrey demonstrates by concrete examples how a knowledge based indexing assistant may contribute to easier indexing with more cor­rect and precise results. She represents her thesaurus with frames. A frame stores roughly the same information as a conventional descriptor record, but the frame is COIl­nected with other frames by more specific links than the current thesaurus relations. The slots may contain at­tached procedures which provide data-driven services. The indexer creates instances of concept frames and links them to a document identified by its number (see fig. 12 for an example set of indexing frames). As far as possible, attached procedures obtain necessary or probable values and fill them in. Thus, the indexer works less and gets more consistent results. The indexing frames state the re� lationships among descriptors more explicitly than the normal coordinate indexing does. In other words, the pre­cision of indexing improves. A sympathetic retrieval method can take advantage of this improved precision. As MedIndEx confronts the indexer with pieces ofmetllO­dological knowledge just at the moment they are applic­able, it reduces the chance of forgetfulness. Humphrey shows why expert systems for classification and indexing are attractive: they promise better quality in content rep­resentation and information services.

5.6 A word of caution about the use of expert system shens

There is no point in being overly optimistic. Knowledge processing and expert systems are still a young area of re­search and development. Today's systems are no ulti­mate solutions, but very often first attempts to handle the problem, still limited in their functions and brittle in their performance (25). This can be true in particular for ex­pert system shells running on personal computers as those tested by Sharif 1988 (22). She relates what hap­pened when she tried to implement a classification assist­ant (with a segment of the Dewey classification and a small faceted scheme about plumbing and allied ser­vices), using currently available micro-based expert sys­tem shells (Expert-Ease, ESP/Advisor and XI/Xl PillS). She found that the shells were interesting instruments for classification, but she detected a great many problems, too. Though quite different in detail, experiences were by no means satisfactory as a whole: The shells were not suit­able for classification systems of a reasonable size. Main drawbacks were the restriction to a rule representation formalism, the menu interface, and the size limits of the knowledge base.

For a classification scheme, a rule format of representa­tion is indeed awkward. It ishard to imagine a largecIassi-

154 lnt. Classif. 16 ( 1 989) No. 3 - Endres-NiggemeyerjSchmidt - Knowledge based classification systems

Ibone neoplasm 8626545 1 1

Inherits-from: secondary-from: complication: procedure:

histologic-type:

Ibone neoplasm I Prostatic Neoplasms Pain, intractable Whole Body Irradiation Adenocarcinoma

Iprostatic neoplasm 8626545 1 1

inherits-from: metastasis-to: histologic-type:

Iprostatic neoplasm I Bone Neoplasms Adenocarcinoma

ladenocarcinoma 8626545 1 1

Inherits-from: primary-by-sitc:

secondary-by-si te: complication: procedure:

adenocarcinoma Prostatic Neoplasms Bone Neoplasms Pain, Intractable Whole Body Irradiation

Iwhole body irradiation 8626545 1 1

Inherits-from: problem:

purpose:

Iwhole body irraditionl Bone Neoplasms Adenocarcinoma Pain, Intractable Bone Neoplasms /THERAPY Adenocarcinoma /THERAPY Pain, Intractable /THERAPY

lintractable pain 8626545 1 1

Inherits-from: procedure: etiology:

IIntractable painl \Vhole Body Irradiation Bone Neoplasms Adenocarcinoma

Ipatient 8626545 1 1

Inherits-from: gender: age:

patient Male Adult Middle Age

Fig. 12: Indexing franK's ofl'ofedIndEx(sourcc); (14)

fication system coded in the fragmented and highly re­dundant style of the following single classification rule: "lfthe main class is Applied science and the first subdivi­sion is Agriculture and the second subdivision is Insect culture then the classification number is 638."

Sharifs systems offered menu driven interfaces. They are no reasonable solution for classification systems. Menus may control the global system functions, but for concrete classification work, a front-end must adrnit input and output in natural language terms. Otherwise, it seems impossible to cater for the quantity of choices which a classifier has to consider in order to determine a notation.

Even a medium sized classification scheme tends to become a very large knowledge base. Sharif found her micro-based shells not appropriate to store knowledge bases of the necessary size and to search them in reason­able time.

On the whole, one can only underline and elaborate Sharifs conclusions: - Existing expert system shells of the first generation which enforce a uniform rule representation format are not a good choice for classification systems or any other applications where large structured objects must be rep­resented. -A deeper analysis of the classification process is necess­ary (cf. for instance (1 3)), if one wants to follow Gregoire ( 1 1 ) and to leave the realm of "shallow knowledge" ap­proaches without any deeper model of the application do­main. -As suitable shells for large classification expert systems are not yet on the market, one has, for the moment, to de­sign expert classifier systems from scratch. Concepts and tools at different stages of development can be inte­grated, but implementation can certainly not exclude regular AI programming languages such as Prolog and Lisp.

There is, however, no reason for despair with shells and other tools for knowledge representation, whereas some patience may be indicated. Sharif used inexpensive micro-based shells of the first generation. Their advan­tage is their being in reach, but they are not necessarily the best systems on the market. Mainframe representa­tion instruments like KEE (see (7), (8), ( 1 1)) may be pro­hibitively expensive for libraries, but they are certainly more appropriate tools for classification expert systems, because a frame-based representation like that of of KEE with its attached procedures conforms better to the conceptual structure of c1assificatiollal knowledge bases than a rule-based representation format. Even if tools of this type are not yet generally accessible, their existence inspires some hope for the future, as do the second gener­ation shells and toolkits that are about to enter the mar­ket. They will comprise more elaborated representation devices (as comprehensively defined in (25)). One has still to wait before systems of this kind become available on personal computers, but it is already possible to test them on specialized hardware for the meantime (e.g. JO­SHUA, see (21 ) for a first information).

Int. Classif. 16 ( 1989) No. 3 - Endres-Nig,gemeyerfSchmidt - Knowledge based classification systems 155

6. Summary amI conclusion

The aim of this article was to improve the understand­ing of knowledge based systems for classification and in­dexing among future system designers and their users in the application field, and to facilitate their development. This happened in a step-by-step procedure: First, by ex­plaining necessary concepts with the help of examples and a toy implementation at hand. Second, by discussing some interesting approaches from information science and AI, in order to make out essential features ofclassifi­cation expert systems, gathering points of common understanding and concrete design ideas.

Let's review the most essential points: - By moving a classification from a printed medium to a knowledge representation system, we simultaneously ex­tend the unit under consideration: As soon as the classifi­cation is implemented as a knowledge base, it must be em­bedded into a system that allows one to manipulate it, just as we need a database system to maintain a database. We come out with a knowledge based classification sys­tem, in other words a classification expert system. - Expert systems for classification can use valid stan­dards of conceptual classification theory. The knowl­edge base as a new medium of implementation favours sophisticated approaches, e.g. faceted classification schemes, because oftheirwell-detined concepts and rela­tions. - Although the step from a faceted classification to a frame representation is easy in terms of conceptual changes, its effect can be great in terms of retrieval possi­bilities, since a computerized knowledge representation system replaces the print medium. - There is no reason to think that an expert system for classification should be radically different from other ex­pert systems. Most expert systems actually do classifica­tion. Consequently, a classification system may adopt general features of expert systems from other domains at the highest available standard. Current ideas about user interfaces, user Ill.odels, explanation facilities etc. fit to classification expert systems as well as to other applica­tions. - Classification systems of practical relevance need huge knowledge bases and problem-adequate representation formalisms not only for rules, but also for large struc­tured objects. For more sophisticated approaches, e.g. knowledge based classification assistants that incorpor­ate a model of the working process, representation re­quirements may be even more diverse. These demands are not trivial, commercially available shells normally cannot be expected to fulfil them. Since ready made solu­tions are not available, a system designer has to combine useful concepts and tools of all sorts, including normal AI programming languages. - I t cannot be exceptionally hard to build classification expert systems, because one can draw on more previous work than one would think at first sight, both from AI and information science. The first experiences in practi­cal system development set some guidelines for further re· search. Weare at a beginning, but, after all, it is normal in a flourishing field in science and technology to have some useful results and far more questions, tasks, ideas and de-

mands that trigger future research and development. Why should one be better omn the young area ofknowl­edge processing? Or in classification research? The authors can think of no reason. Instead, they look for· ward to interesting new classification expert systems under development.

References

(I) Bliss,H.E.: Bibliographic classification. 2nd.ed. London: Butterworths 1977.

(2) Brachman,RJ.; Schmolze,J.G.: An Overvicw of the KL·ONE Knowlcdgc Rcpresentation System. Cognitive Science 9( 1985)p.171 -216.

(3) .Buchanan,B.: Theory of Library Classification. London: Clive Bingley 1979.

(4) Clancey, W.1.: Heuristic Classification. Art. Tnt. 27(1 985)p.289-350

(5) Cuadrado,J.L.; Cuadrado,CY.: AI in Computcr Vision. Framing Doors and Windows. BYTE 1986, Jal1. 86, p.237-251.

(6) Dahlberg,I.: Conceptual compatibility of ordering sys­tcms. 1nLC1ass.1O(1983)No.1,p.5-8.

(7) Fikes,R.; Kehlcr,T.: Thc Role ofFrame·Based Represcnta� tion in Reasoning. COlllm.ACM 28(1985)No.9,p.904-20, rcprinted in: Gupta,A.; Prasad,B.E.( 1988),p.94-I IO

(8) Filman,R.E.: Reasoning with worlds and truth mainten­ance in a knowledge-based programming environment. Comm. ACM 3 1 (1988)No.4,p.382-401 .

(9) Finin,T. W.: Interactive Classification: A Technique for Ac­quiring and tvlaintaining Knowledge Bases. Proc. IEEE 74(1986)No.19,p.1414-21, reprinted ill: Gupta,A.: Pra­sad,B. E.( 1988),p.27 5-282.

(10) Giannesini,F.; Kanoui,H.; Van Cancghem,M.: PRO­LOG. Addison-Wesley 1986.

( I I ) Gd:goire,E.: Evaluation of the expert systcm tools KEE and ART: A case study. Applied Art.lnt. 2( 1988)p.I-23.

(12) Gupta,A.; Prasad,RE. (Eds.): Principles of Expert Sys­tems. New York: IEEE Press 1988.

(13) 1I0vy,I.: The cognitivc structure of classification work. In: Koskiala,S.; Launo,R.(Eds.): Information - Knowledge ­Evolution. Amsterdam: North Holland 1989. p.121-132

(14) Humphrey,S.M.: MedlndEx System: Mcdical lndexing Ex­pcrt Systcm. Iuf.Process.and Man. 25(1989)No. l,p.73-8.

(15) Kass,R.; Finin,T.: The rolc ofuscrmodels in cooperative in­teractive systems. InUourn.oflnteII.Syst. 4(1989)p.8 1-112.

(16) Micha1ski,R.S.; Carbonell,J.G.; Mitchcll,T.(Eds.): Ma­chine Learning. An Artificial Intelligcncc Approach. Vol.II. Los Altos CA: Morgan Kaufmann 1986.

(17) Michalski,R.S.; Stepp,R.E.: Conceptual Clustering: In­venting Goal.-Oricnted Classifications of Structured Ob­jects. In: Micha1ski,R.S. ct al. (sce 16). p.471-498

(18) Nilsson, N.: Principles of Artificial Intelligence. Berlin: Springer 1982.

(19) Rich, E.: User modelling via stereotypes. Cognitive Science 3( 1979)p.355-366.

(20) Sowa,J.F.: Conceptual structures. Information processing in mind and machine. Reading MA: Addison-Wesley 1984.

(21) Schmidt,B.: Eine Prolog-Rcalisierungeiner Facettellklassi· fikation am Beispiel von Arzneipnanzen. Hannover: FH Hannover, Fachbereich BID 1989.

(22) Seybold,P.: Nitty-gritty expcrts: Symbolics plays hardball with software (Relcase 1.0 supplement). Patricia Scybold's OtTice Computing Report 11(1988)p. 1 5.

(23) Sharif,CA.: Developing an Expert System for Classifica­tion of Books Using Micro-Based Expert System Shells. London: British Library 1988. BLRP 32.

(24) Soergel,O.: Indexing Languages and Thesauri: Construc­tion and Maintenancc. Los Angeles CA: Melville 1974.

(25) Stecls,L.: Second Generation Expert Systcms. Future Gencration Computer Systems 1(1985)NoA,p.213-225. Reprinted in: Gupta,A.; Prasad,B.E.(Eds.) (see 12) p.381-389.

(26) Vickery, n.C: Classification and indexing in science. Lon· don: Butterworths 1975.

(27) Watters,CR.; Shepherd,M.A.: A Logic Basis for Informa· tion Retrieval. IIlf.Process.and Man. 23(1975)pA33-445.

Address: Prof.Dr.Brigittc Endres·Niggemeyer, FHS Hannover, FB BID, Hanomagstr.8, D·3000 Hannover 9 1 .

156 Int. Clas.sif. 16 (1989) No. 3 - Endres.-NiggeOlcycr/Schmidt - Knowledge based classification systems

S pecial B ibliography

Editions of the International Classification of Diseases (ICD) and Other Health-Related Classification Systems

A s)'stematically arranged bibliography of works 1960-1989.

by Elisabeth Berg-Schorn, Cologne

The GCf/I1a1/ Institute of ,\fedical iJvCIIII1t'lIfatioll a/lll III formation (DIMDI) has the respollsibility to IIIl1illtail1 allti IIptillh' I/le Gall/al/ lal/­

guage )'{'fsiollS of the lCD, no)j' ill its 9th edition. A I the request uf IIUlllerous fCD-9 IIsers, a list of publica/jollS of ICD manllals, sjlc!'ia/1idd applifaliolls of lCD, and a /llImber of olhef cllrrelll hcalth-related classifi­cation systems has beel/ compilcd. Further titks might he added through cOJltribuliolls by users of Ihe sen'ices. 11K /I/llI/ber of ('lItries - as of No)'clI/­ber 1989 is 80. The cOlllpilarion gil'cs priority 10 GCl"llIml hmgllllge coding systelJls. Please address COI/I11/ellts 011 the bibliography to: Dr. Elisabeth Berg­Schorn, DIMDI, II'ciflhml5Slr. 27, lJ-5000 KOI1I41, Tel.: + 221/4724-313.

I. ICD and its Supplementary Editions

I . I ICD-9 Editions

01 Mannal of the International Statistical Classification of Diseases, In� juries, and Causes of Death (ICD-9). Based on the Recommendations of the Ninth Revision Conference, 1975, and Adopted by the Twenty-ninth World Health Assembly. VoLl : Tabular list, Vo1.2: Alph'lbetical lndex. Orig.en. Geneva, CH: World Health Organisation 1977/78. 773 + 659p., ISBN 92-4-154005-2 This is the English version of the JCD. I n addition a "Basic Tabulation List" was published in English and French.

02 Basic Tabulation List \\ith Alphabetical Index. Geneva, CH: World Health Organisation 1978. 3J Ip., ISBN 92-4-154133-4

03 i\lanual de la Classification Statistiquc Internationalc des Maladies, Traumatisllles ct Causes de Drces (Cli\I�9). Fonde sur les recommenda­tions de la Conference pour la neuvicme revision 1975 et adopte par 1<1 Vingt-lleuvicme Assemblee mondialc de In Sante. VoU: Table, Vo1.2: Index alphabetique. Orig.fr. Geneva, CH: Organisation 1110ndiale de la Sante 1977/78. 781 +64Ip., ISBN 92-4-254005-6

04 Liste de base pour la mise en tableanx suh'ie d'nn index alphabe­tique.Orig.fr. Geneya, CH: Organisation mondiule de la Sante 1979. 292p., ISBN 92-4-254133-8

05 Ocr Bundcsminister fi'lr Jugcnd, Familie und Gesundheit: Handbllch der Internationalen Klassifikation der Krankheiten, Verletzllngen lind Todesursaehell (leO). 9.Re\". Bd. l : Systematisches Verzeichnis, Bd.2: AI­phabetisches Verzeichnis. Orig. de. Wuppertal, FRG: Deutscher Cons IIlt­ing Verlag; W.Girardet Verlag 1979. 869 + 669p. (out of print)

06 Internationale Klassifikation der Krankheitcn, Verlt'tzungen und Todt'� sUJsachell (leO) in der Fassung der yom Hundcsminister fUr Jugend, Familieund Gesundheit herallsgegebcnen 9.Reyision. Bd.l , TeilA: Syste� matisches VerLekhnis, Teil B: Zus;ltzliche Systematiken und Klassifizie­rungsregeln, Bd.II: Alphabetisches Verzeiehnis, 2.iiberarb.Aull Orig.de. K6In-Stuttgart-Berlin-l'.·fainz, FRG: Verl.W.Kohlhammer 1988. 762 + 308 + 740p., ISBN 3-17-009943-4; 009355-X, 010070-X

The systematic part (Teil A) includesasa supplement the key- numbers 042, 043 and 0-t4 for AIDS, A IDS-related Complex and other H IV-illfec­tions.

07 Todesursachen der Gestorbt'nen. Fehlbildungen bci Geborenen,Bear­bcitet im Statistischen Bundesumt in WiesbadeTl unter Federfiihrung yon Werner Christian. 2.liberarb.Autl. Orig.de. Stuttgart-Berlin- Koln­Mainz: W.Kohlhammer 1985. 120p., ISBN 3-1 7-008896-3

Contains the three-digit General Classification of ICJ)-9 as well as the four-digit comprehellSive classification ofChapt.lI , VII, XI, and XV.

08 DiagnosenschlUsscl. GemiiB 16 AbsA der Verordnung zur Regelung der Krankenhauspflegesiitze (Bundespflegesatzverordnung BPnV) v.21 .Aug.1985. Orig.de. Herne: Krankenhausdrllcke-Verlag \Va11ne­Eicke1 1985. 85p., ISBN 3-922756-08-5

(ICD-9 - . three-digit -list of groups, diagnoses, keywords).

09 Handbuch der Internationalen KIassifikation der Krankheiten und Art der Sehiidigllng (leO), 9.Re\'_ AIphabetisches Verleichnis. Orig.de. Herne, FRO: Krankenhausdrllcke-Verlag Wanne-EickeJ GmbH 1986. 515p., ISBN 3-922756-09-3

Contains Part I : Diseases and kind of injuries from Vo1.1I. Alphabeti­c.ll list ofICD·9 rev.

10 Diagnosensehlfis'iel. Erstellt nach der Internationalen Klassitikation der Krankheiten ( ICD-9.Rev.1979) giiltig ab 1 .Jan.1986. Orig.de. Rute­sheim (0-7255, Gutenbergstrasse): Drescher Geschiiftsdrucke, Beratedi­ellSt VKO 1986. 34p.

I I BfA·Diagnosensehlfissc! (giiltig ab I.Jan.1982). Orig.de. Berlin, FRO: Bundesversicherungsanstalt fiir Angestellte (BfA) 1981. 28p. (Address: Ruhrslr.2, 1000 Berlin 88)

12 Verband Deutscher Rentell\'ersicherungstrager u.Arb.gern.f. Ge­meinschaftsaufgaben der Krankenvcfsicherung: Gemeinsamer einheit� Iicher Oiagnosenschliissel der Rentell\"ersichefllllg und der KrankenwJsi� cherung (giiltig ab l .Jan.1982). Erstellt lIach der Intern.Klassif.d.Krank­heitell (ICD-9.Rev.). 3.erg.Aufl. Orig.de. Frankfurt, FRG: Verband Deutscher Rentenvenicherungstrager 1982. 8p. (Address: Eysseneckstr. 55, D-6000 Frankfurt I)

13 Arb. Gem. f. Gemeinschaftsaufg. d. Krankellversicherung (AGKV): Alphabetisehes Yerzeichnis h1iufiger Krankheitsbcgriffe und ilue Zuord� nung lnr ICD (9.Re\".).Orig.de. Essen. FRG; AGKV (Rellinghauser Str. 93-95) 1983. 185p.

14 r-,.·linisteriulll f.Gesundheitswescn der DDR (Hrsg.): Internationale Sfatistisehe Klassifikation der Krallkheiten, VerIetzungen lind Todesur­sacht'n (IKK) der Weitgesulldheifsorganisation (WHO).9.Re\'. Orig.de. Berlin, DDR: VEB Verl.Volk u.Gcsundheit 1 . 1978; 2.198 I. 527p.

1 5 Ministcrium flir Gcsulldheitswesen der DDH.: Jlarldbuch der Illterna· tionalell Statistischen Klas..<;ifikatioll der Krankheiten, Verlctzllngen und Todesursachenauf def Grundlagc der Empfehlungen der 9. Rcvisionskon­ferenz 1975 tlnd von der 29.Weitgesllndheits\'ersammlung angenommen. Bd. l : Systematische Verzeichnisse. Orig.dc. Berlin, DDH.: VEB Verlag Volk und Gesundheit 1983. 787p.{VoL2 -Index not yet published)

16 Stutz, J.; Ehrengrubcr, II., Herrmann, M., Kuster, A., Wanner, J., Wipf, M.; Vereinigung Schweizerischer Krankcnhiiuser(VESKA). Kom­mission fUr medizinische Statistik und Dokumentation:VESKA· Schliissel. Oiagnosenschlfissel 1979 lIaeh der Internationalen Klassifika� tion der Krankheiten der WHO, ICD 9. Re\ision, Kurzfassullg. 3d. l : Sys­temat.Verzeichnis, Bd.2: Alphabetisches Verzeichnis. Orig.de. Aarau, CH-500 1 : VESKA (Gen.Sckr.,Rain 32, PF 4202) 1979. 137 + 79p. (Ioose­leat)

The 9th revision of the ICD has also been translated into the following languages: Arabic, Chinese, Japanese, Malaysia, Portuguese, Rmsian and Spanish.

For documentation purposes in hospitals a special edition of ICD-9 has bt'<.'n published in USA

17 U.S. Department of Health and Human Services:The International Classification of Diseases, 9th re\'. Clinical modilkation (lCD-9-0 .... f).2nd ed. Vol. I : Tabular list of diseases. Vo1.2: Alphabetic index to vol. I. Vo1.3: Tabular list of procedures and its alphabetic index. Orig.en. Washington, D.C.(20402): U.S.Government Printing Ortice. Superin­tendent of Documents 1980. 1 186+910+464p.

1.2 Supplementary Editious of the ICD

18 IntenlationaI Classification of Procedures in Medicine (lC�P). Pub­lished for trial purposes in accordance with resolution WHA29.35 of the 29th World Health Assembly, May 1976. 2 Vols .. Orig. en. Geneva,CH: World Health OrganiZ<ltion 1978. e<l31O+ 147p., ISBN 92-4-1541 24-5, - 1 54125-3

Vol . 1 contains procedures for medical diagnoses, laboratory proce­dures, preventive procedures, surgical procedures, other therapeutic procedures. and ancillary procedures. VoL2 has radiology and certain other applicHtions of physics in medicine, drugs, medicmnents and biol­ogical agents.

19 Classification internationale des actes Illedicaux. 2 Vols. Orig.fr. Lc VCsinet, FR-781 1O: INSERt\·{ (lnstilUt national de la Sante et de laR c<:herche medica1c) (44chemin de la Ronde, BP 34) 1980. 438 + 2oop.

The International Classification of I-,-ledical Procedures has also been translated into Chinese, Japanese. Russian, and Spanish.

20 International C1assineatioll of Impairments, Disabilities and Handi· caps (IC-IOll). A manual of classification relating to the consequences of disease. Published for trial purposes in accordance with resolution WHA29.J5 of the Twenty-ninth World Health Assembly, May 1976. Orig. en. Geneva, Clf: World Health Organization 1980. 207p.

Int. ClassiC 16 ( 1989) No. 3 - Special Bibliography -- Health-related classification systems 157

21 Classification internationalc des dHicienees, ineapacitcs ct handi· caps.Orig.fr. Le Yesinet, FR-781 1O: INSERM (lnstitut national de la Santcetde la Recherche nlt�dicale) (44, chemin de la Ronde, RP.34) 1981. 229p.

The parts "Classification of Disabilities" and "Classification of Handi­caps" ofIC-IDH have been translated into German and prepared in an abridged form as interview sheets:

22 Intenienbogen "on Classification of Disabilities and of Handicaps dcr IC·IDH in Deutsch. Orig.de. Koln-41 , (Lindenburger Allee 44) 1981. 8p.

All publications of the World Health Organisation can be ordered - ac­cording to the WHO -- directly or via booksellers from the fol!owing places in the Federal Republic ofGenllany: - Govi-VerlagGmbH, PF 5360, Ginnheimer Str.20, 0-6236 Eschborn

- Buchhandlung Alexander Horn, PF 3340, Friedrichstr. 39, 0-6200 Wicsbaden

2. Other General Medical Classification Systems

23 Immich, H.:Klinischer Diagnosenschliissel (KDS). Zugleich erweiterte deutsche Fassung der 8.Revision der ICD (lCD/E). Orig. de. Stuttgart: F.K.Schattauer Verlag 1966. 924p.

24 Wingert, F. (Ed.); C'ote, R.A.(Ed.): Systematisierte Nomenklatur der fvledizin (SNOMED). Bd.l: Numerischer Index; Bd.2: Alphabetischer Index. SNOt\"lED 1-f:lnual. Orig.de. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York­Tokyo: Springer Verlag 1984. 754+ 1225+91p., ISBN 3-540-12993-6; 13523-5; 1 3855-2

25 Thompson, E. T.; Hayden, A.c.: Standard Nomenclature of Diseases and Operations (SNDO). 5th cd. Orig.en. New York: �-tcOraw-Hill I961

26 Deutscher Normenaussc1mO: Dezimalklassifikation (OK). Deutsche Kuuausgabe (Abt.61 i\Iedizin). Orig.de. Berlin-Kohl: Beuth-Vertrieb GmbH 1973. 283p.

3. Subject-related Medical Classification Systems

3.1 Ophthalmology

27 American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolaryngology: Coding S)'stem for Disorders of the Eye (CDE). Orig.cn. In: InLNomenclature of Ophthalmology. Rochester, l .... rN (55901) ( 1 5 Second Strect, S.W.) 1977.

28 Cullen, J.F.: Diagnostic index for diseases of the eye. Based on the lCD, 8th redsion. Orig.en. Edinburgh, OD (EH3 9HA): Department of Ophthalmology. The Royal Infirmary (Chalmers Street) 1969. 5p. Also in: BriU.Ophthahnol. ( 1970)54, p.348-355.

3.2 Surgery

29 Stutz,J.; Steck, !v1., Ehrengruber, II. , Balmer, I.; Vereinigung Schweiz­erischer Krankenhiiuser (VESKA). Kommission r. medizinische Statis­tik und Dokull1entation: Operationsschliis.wl 1986. Systematisches und alphabetisches Verzeichllis. Klassifikatioll der diagnostischen t1nd thera­peutischen Eingriffe. Orig. de. Aarau, CH-5001: Verlag VESKA (Rain 32, PF 4202) 1986. 34p. (looseleHt)

30 Wintsch, K.; Vereinigung Schweizerischer Krankcnhiiuser (VESKA): TherapieschHissel flir plastische Chirurgie und I1andchirurgie. Aarau, CH-5001 : V[SKA (Gen'sekr. Rain 22, PF 4202) 1981. 3Ip.

31 Vereinigung Sclmeizeriseher Krankenhiiuser (VESKA): Schliisscl flir postoperath-e Komplikationen und Z"ischenfalle bei Narkosc und Oper­ationen. Orig. de. Aarau, CH�5001 : VESKA (Oen.Sekr. Rain 32, PF 4202) 1979. 12p.

32 Scheibe. 0.: Operathw Thcrapieschliisscl. Version 1982. Orig. de. Stuttgart, fRG: Chirurgische Klinik des Biirgerhospitals 1982. 1 55p. (Published by the author)

33 Schweizerische Arbeitsgemeinschaft fiir Osteosynthese: AO-Doklimentation.Orig.de.

Sections on the coding ofsurgicH I opera tions are also induded in the fol­lowing systems, already mentioned above under Nos.17, 1 8 and 25.

3.3 Dermatolog),

34 British Association of Dermatologists: Intcrnational Coding Index for Dermatology, compatible with lCD, 9th reL Orig.en. Oxford, GB: Black­well Scientific Pub). 1978, ISBN 0·632-00272--7

35 Bronn, C.S.: Systematized Nomenclature of Dcrmatology (SNO­DEn�J). Orig.en. Chicago, IL American Academy of Dermatology and College of American Pathologists 1978.

3.4 Ncurology and NCllro-SlIrgcry

36 Application of the International Classillcation of Diseases to Neuro­logy (ICD-NA). Published for trial purposes. Orig. en. Geneva, CH: World Health Organization 1987. 252p., ISBN 92-4-154205-5

36a Applicalion a la Ncurologie de la Classillcation internationale des I\Ia­ladies(CIi\1�AN). Publiee pour evaluation. Orig.Fr. Geneve,CH: Organi­sation Mondiale de la Sante 1989. 241p., ISBN 92·4-254205-9

37 Berlit, P.(Ed).: Neurologischer DiagnosellschHissei der InternationaIen Klassifikafion der Krankheiten der WHO (ICD-NA). Orig.de. Berlin-Hei­delberg-New York: Springer Verlag 1987. 233p., ISBN 3-540-17873-2

38 Deutsche Oesellschaft mr Neurologic und Neurochirurgie: Neurolog­isch-Ncurochirurgisches DiaguosenwrLeichnis (NDV). Orig.de. Dlisse1-dorf, FRO: Neurochirurgische Klinik der Universit:lt DUsseldorf, (l\·loor­enstr.5, Prof.W.Bock) 1976. 124p.

3.5 Oncolog)'

39 International Classification of Diseases for Oncology (lCD· O).Orig.en. Geneva, CH: World Health Organization 1976. 13lp., ISBN 92-4-154056-7

(Except for the fol\owing French and German editions·· where the Ger­man Olles have been divided into two editions (40-42) there exist also trans­lations ofICD-O into Spanish and Portuguese).

40 Classification internationale des maladies pour I'oncoiogie (CIM­O).Orig.l'r. Le VCsinet, FR-78 1 1O: INSERM (Institut national de la Sante et de la Recherche IIH?dicale, 44 chemin de la Ronde, B.P.34) 1980. 160p.

41 Jacob, W. (Ed.); Scheida, D., Wingert, F. (Eds.): TUlllor·lHstologie­Schliissel (ICD-O-DA). International Classification of Diseases for Onco­logy. Deutsche Ausgabe. Orig.de. Berlin-I Ieidelberg-New York: Springer Verlag 1978. 17 1p., ISBN 3-540-08230-1 (This is the morphology part ofICD·O).

42 Wagner, G. (Ed.): Tumor-LokalisationsschlftsseL International Classi­fication of Diseases for Oncology. Topographischer Tei!. 2.vollig iiberar­beitcte Aufl. Orig. de. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer Verlag L979. 106p . • ISBN 3-540·09481-4

43 Dcutschsprachiger TNM-AusschuB: TNM Klassifikation der malig­nen Tumoren.3.Anf1. Orig. de. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer Verlag 1979. 179p., ISDN 3-540-09481-4

44 Spiessl, B.; Hermanek, P., Scheibe, 0., Wagner, O. (Eds.): TNi\J­Atlas. Illustrated Guide 10 the TNM/pTNi\I, Classifieatioll of Malignant Tumours. 2nd I'd. Orig. de. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer Ver� lag 1985. ca.280p., ISBN 3-540-1 1429-7

45 Osterreichischc Gl'sellschaft mr Pathologie: I1istologisclie TUlllor­klassifikation. I1istopathologische Nomenklatur und Klassifikation der Tumoren und tumorartigen Verii.nderungen. Orig. de. Wien-New York: Springer Verlag 1984. 185p., ISBN 3�21 1 -81814-6

46 Noltenius, H.: Systematik der Onkologie: Klassifizierung - l\Iorpho­logie - Klinik. (in 2 Biinden). Orig. de. Miinchen-Wien- Baltimore: Urban und Schwarzenherg 1980. 1 872p., ISBN 3-541-09631-4 (The volumes must beac<{uired together.)

47 Arbeitsgemeinschaft Knochentumoren: Knochentuiliorschliissci (Becker·Schliissel).Orig.de. Heidelberg, FRO: Deutsches Krcbsfor­sc!tungslcntrum 1975. 40p.

3.6 Orthopedics

48 Vereinigung Schweizerischer Krankenhiiuser (VESKA): n.heumato­logischer Diagnosensehlftssel. GemlHl ICD. ReLder WHO, 2.Aufl. Orig.de. Aarau, CH�5001 : VESKA (Gen.Sekr. Rain 32, PF 4202) 1983. l ip.

49 Winter, Thomas: Einfaeher orthopadiseh-traumatologischer Diag­noscnkurzschHisseLOrig.de. Berufsverband der Arzte fUr Orthopiidie e.V. 1986, Int'ormationen 1/1986 Berlin: 4p. (Contains a correlation index to the ICD codes.)

50 hml1ich, H.; Eichler, U.: Orthopadischer DiagnosenschlftsseI.Orig.de. Stuttgart, FRO: Schattaller Verlag 1974. (ls compaliblewith ICD-8, lCD/E.)

51 Mathies, H. (Ed.); Wagenhiiuser, F.J.: Klassifikation der F.rkrankuu­gel1 des Bewegungsapparates. Orig.de. Base\, CH: Eular Verlag 1978. 198p.

52 Pitzen, P.; Koch, W.: Verzciehnis der orthopadischen Krankheiten lind Vcrlet:wngen des l laltungs- und Bewegungsapparates. Orig.de. r-..-riin­chen, fRO: Duchhandlung Otto Spatz 1963/64.

1 58 Int. Classif. 16 ( 1989) No. 3 - Special Bibliography - I Icalth-related classification systems

3.7 Pediatrics

53 Weidtmann, V.: Diagnoseschliissei flir die Piidiatrie. Orig.de. Lubl.'ck-2400: Hansisches Verlagskontor I LSchefilcr (Friedrich- Wilhelm-Platz 3), 1982. 262p. 2nd ed., he,lvi1y enlarged and revised ed. Herlin-Heidel­berg 1989. 229p. (Is cOinpatib!c with rCD-9, IUI$ a 5-digit enlargement.)

54 Kantonales Fraucnspital Bern. Abt.!:Neonatologie: Systcmatischer Diagnost'nschlUsscl fiie NeugcboTene. Erganzung zum JCD·Code, 9.Rcl". Orig.de. Aaral!, CH-500 1 : VESKA (Gcn.Sckr. Rain 32, PF 4202) 1980. 18p.

55 Kinderchirurg.Abteiiungen der Spitaler Basel und St.GaHen: Syste· matischer SchJiisscl fiie Kindcrchirurgischc Diagnosell. l .Tdl: 1\lifibildun· gen tlnd Anomalie". 2.Tcil: l'rak(uren lind Verlctwngen. ErgiinzungzuIll lCD-Code, 9.Revision. Orig.de. Aarau, CH-500 1 : VESKA (Gen.Sekr. Rain 32, PF 4202) 1982. 21p.

56 The Cardiff Diagnostic Classification: Codes designed for lise in pediat­ric departments. Orig.en. London, OD: British Pediatric Asso<:iation 1969. 163p.

3.8 Pathology

57 Wells, A.H.: Systematized NomE'nclatllre of Pathology (SNOP). 2nd printing.Orig.en. Chicago, IL: Collcge of American Pathologists. COlll­mittee on Nomenclature and Classification of Diseases 1969. 439p.

58 Wingert, F.; Graepcl, P.: Systematized Nomenclature of Patho­logy.Deutsche Utx::rsetZllllg. Mllilster/W, FRG: lnstitut fiir �-ledil.illi­sche 1nformatik und Biolllathematik der Universit<lt .MUnster 1975. 327p. Schrilknreihe des Instituts, Heft I (This is the German trahs1ation of 57)

59 Jacob, W. et al.: Pathoanatomischer Diagnosellsehliissel (Heidelberger PDS). Orig.de. Heidelberg, FRG: Pathologischcs Isntitut der Universitat Heidelberg 1974 (Is coll1patible with KDS, lCD, and SNOP.)

60 Becker, H.: Pathologisch-anatomiseher Diagnosenschliissel. Orig.de. Gral., AT: Pathologisches Institut der Unl\'crsitat Gnv: 1963.

3.9 Psychiatries

6 1 1'\"fcntal Disorders: Glossan' and Guide to their Classification in accord­ance ,\ith thc Ninth Re\isiOli of the International Classification of Dis­eascs.Orig.cn. Geneva, CH: World Health Organization 1978. 95p., ISBN 92-4- 1 54137-7

62 Troubles lIlentaux. Glossaire et guide de classification en concordance a\"CC la NellriclIle Ue\'isiOIl de la Cla.ssification des Maladies. Orig. fr. Gencve, CH: Organisation l .... fondia1c de la Sante 1 979. l06p., ISBN 92-4-254 137-0 (This is the French version of61 .)

63 Degkwitz, R.; Helmchen, H., Kockott, G., l .... rombour, W.; Deutsche Gesellschaft flIr Psychiatric und Ner\'Cnheilkunde (DOPN): Diagno­senschliisscl llnd Glossar psychiatrischer Krankhei(en. Deutsehe Ausgabe der lCD, 9.Rc\ision. Kapitcl V. Oligo de. Bcrlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer Vcrlag 1980. 125p., ISBN 3-540-09840-2 (This is the German version of61 .)

64 Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSi\l�III). Orig.cn. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association (APA), Committee on NOlllenelaturc and Statistics 1980. 494p.

3.10 Radiology

65 Frommhold,W., Frerick,D., Heilmann,H.-P., Schri.'lder,J., Stocks­meier,U.: DokumentationsschHisscl fijr die IWntgendiagnostik. Stuttgart, FRG: G.Thieme Verlag 1972. 70p. ISBN 3-1 3-491501-4

66 Index for Uoentgen lJiagnoscs (ACR-Index). Orig.en. Chicago, IL: American College of Radiology 1961.

A section on the coding of radiological procedures i s also contained in le-p, Vol.2, see 18 above.

3. 11 Urology

67 Vereinigung Schweizerischer Krankenhiiuser (VESKA): Urologischer Schlilssd 1.Teil: Diagnosen, I1.Tcil: OperationNI. (Re\·. 1987). ErgiillZuug ZUlli lCD-Code, 9.Rcrision. Orig. de. Aarau, CH-5OO I : VESKA (Gen.Sekr. Rain 32, PF 4202) 1981. 29p.

3.12 Dentistry and Stomatology

68 Application of thE' International Classification of lliseases to Dentistry and Stomatology (ICD-Dt\). 2nd ed. Orig.cll. Geneva, CH: World Health Organisation 1978. 150p., ISBN 92-4- 154132-6

69 Classification illternationale des maladies; adaption a I'odol\to�tomafo­logie (CIi\l�AO). Orig.fr. Genc\'e, CH: Organisation mondiale de la Sante 1978. 1 57p.

4. Codes in the Area of Primary Care

70 World Organization of NatioIHI] Colleges, Academics ,md Academic Associations of General Practitioners/Familiy Physicians (WONCA): In­ternational Classification of Health Problems ill Primary Care (ICHPPC� 2�Defined), 3rd ed. Orig.en. New York-Toronto: Oxford University Press 1983.

7 1 Internationale Diagnosenliste flir Gesundheitsprobleme in der prima­rantlichen Versorgllng (WONCA�Schlfissel). Orig.de. Sehriftenreihe des Zentralinstitutes fUr die kasscnarztliche Versorgung in der Bundesrepub­lik Deutschland, Vol 9. Koln: Deutscher Arzte-Vcrlag 1978. p.l47-174 (Germanl,lnguage version of70.)

72 Schneider, D.; Appleton, R.A., McLemore, Th.: A reason for Visit Classification for Ambulatory Carc (RF\,). Orig.en. US Public Health Service. National Center for Health Statistics 1979, DHEW Publ. No. 79-1352 (Code for contact cases of family doctors.)

73 Kramer,P. et al: (GCflnan-language translation of72). Koln·41, FRO: Zentralinstitut fiirdie kassemlntliche Vcrsorgung in der BundesrepubJik Deutschland (Herbert-Lewin-Str.5). 1982.

74 International Classification of Primary Care (IC-PC) (alias: Reason­for-Encounter Cia!.sificatioll RFE-C). Orig.en. Hyausville, 1\."ID (20782): WHO Collaborating Center for Classification of Diseases for North America, NCBS/PHS. (WHO Classification for the Coding of patients' reasons for locating a primary medical utility. The IC-PC is being tested at present in field research. Information is available from the Center nallled above, 3700 East-West Highway, Hyattsville, rvm 20782, USA, Mrs.Sue Meads.)

75 i\'Ioehr, .T.R.; Hae1m, K.D.: "erdeller Problelll-Li�tc-. Orig.de. Schlif .. tenreihe des Zentralinstittlts ftir die kassenarztliche Versorgung in der Bundcsrepublik Deutschland, Vol 7, 1977. p.I64-166

5. Classification Systems for Drugs and AdYerse Reac tions

For the International Classit1cation of Procedures in Medicine (Ie-p), \'01.2, Section 6 and 7, sec 18.

76 Bostel,F.; Universit,lt Heidelberg. r-.kd.Gesamtfakult,lt: Sehlil,>sclsJs­felll zlIr ErfasslIlIg und Klassifikafioll "on I'IledikalllentclI. (Taxonomy for the description and classification of drugs) Orig.de. Heidelberg, FRG 1979. 68p.

77 WHO-Adrcrsc Reaction Terminologr. Orig.en. Uppsala, SE: WHO Collaborating Centre for International Drug Monitoring (Box 607, S-75125 U ppsa1a)

78 COSTART (Coding Symbols for Thesauru<; of Ad\'c-cse Reaction Terms.2nd ed. Orig.en. Rockvi!le, MD (20857): U.S. Department of He,lith, Education and Welfare; Food and Drug Administration (5600 Fisherslane) 1985.

79 HARTS (lloechst Ad\'erse Reaction Tc-rminology Slstem). Orig. de. Frankfurt/Main 80, FRO: Hoechst AG. i\-iedil.inlscheAbteilung

Authors

Appleton, R.A. 72 Balmer, I. 29 Becker, H. 60 Derlit, P.(Ed). 37 Bostel, F. 76 Brown, C.S. 35 C' ('M, R.A.(Ed.) 24 Cullen, J.F. 28 Degkwitz, R. 63

Ehrengruber,H. 16 29 Eichler, U. 50 Frerick, D. 65 Frommhold, W. 65 Oraepel, P. 58 Haelm, K.D. 75 Hayden, A.c. 25 Heilmann, H.-P. 65 Helmchen, H. 63 Hermanek, P. 44 Herrmann, r-,.·L 16

Immich, H. 23 50 Jacob, W. (Ed.) 4 1 Jacob, W.etaL 59 Koch, W. 52 Kockott, G. 63 Kramer,P. 73 Kuster,A. 1 6 Mathies,H.(Ed.) 5 1 :r-.-fcLemore, Th. 72 l\·foehr, J.R. 75 Ivlombour, W. 63

Noltenius, H. 46 Pitzen, P. 52 Scheibe, O. 32 44 Schcida, D. 4 1 Schneider, D . 72 Schroder, J. 65 Spiess], B. 44 Steck, M . 29 Stocksmeier, U . 65 Stutz,J. 1 6 29 Thompson, E.T. 25

Wagenhiitlser, F.J. 51 Wagner,G.(Ed.)42 44 Wanner, J. 16 Wcidtmann, V. 53 WeUs, A.H. 57 Wingert, F. 58 Wingert , F.(Ed.) 2 4 1 Winter, Thomas 49 Wintsch, K. 30 Wipf, �'L 1 6

lilt. Chlssif. 1 6 (1989) No. 3 - Special Bibliography Health-related classilkation systems 1 59

Reports and Com m unications

IFLA-Section on Classification and Indexing. Annual Report 1988/89

De\'elopmcllts between Conferences

The Section's presentation at the 1988 Brighton Con­ference by Nancy \Villiamson, "Classification Online: Present and Future", appeared in "International Catalo­guing and Bibliographic Control" as did Robert P.Hol­ley's account ofSectiol1 activities, "Report of the work of the Section on Classification and Indexing 1987-88". A report on Section activities also appeared in "Interna­tional Classification". In J unc, the Section sent out its an­nual Newsletter to the 68 Section members, and to others with interests in classification and indexing.

'Vorkil1g Group on "Guidelines for Subject Authority Files"

The Working Group on "Guidelines for Subject Auth­ority Files" made significant progress over the past year. The North American members of the Working Group and Standing Conullittee met at the Library of Congress in Washington for a full day, I I January 1989, after the American Library Association Conference. Barbara KELM, WG Chair, was also able to attend from the Federal Republic of Germany. During the next two months, each member of this smaller group completed a section for the draft version. Barbara Kelm sent out the draft version for European review. Several North Ameri­can members met again after the American Library Asso­ciation Annual Conference in July to make further revi­sions.

The Working Group met on 20 August during the 1989 Conference. The WG discussed the written com­ments that had been forwarded as part of the review. The members were able to arrive at basic agreement on al­most all issues. The remaining conceptual difficulty is finding appropriate notation to express relationships among subject terms. This notation must accomodatc thesauri constructed according to international stan­dards and mixed systems such as "Library of Congress Subject Headings". Elaine SVENONIUS volunteered to write a position paper with an evaluation of the advan­tages and disadvantages of the various alternatives. The WG approved expanding membership to include rep­resentatives from the newly elected members of the Sec­tion's Standing Committee. The \VO intends to have the final document ready for external review by the close of the 1990 IFLA Conference.

160

Meetings

The Section had one professional paper session and two meetings of the Standing Committee at the Paris 1989 Annual Conference. In addition, Robert P.HOL­LEY, Section Chairperson, presented a "Report from the Section on Classification and Indexing" at the Divi­sion of Bibliographic Control Open Forum. The Open Meeting on Tuesday, August 22, 1989 had record attend­ance as an estimated 230 filled a large conference room. Marcia BATES (Los Angeles, CAl proposed "Designing Online Catalog Subject Access to Meet User Needs". Su­zanne JOGUELET (Lyon, France) next spoke on the subject approach to information in France with "L'acces par sujets et Ie marche de J'infonnation en France". Fi­nally Joyce E.BUTCHER (London, UK) gave a paper, co-authored with Ross TROTTER, on "Building on PRECIS Strategies for Online Subject Access in the Brit­ish Library".

At its lirst meeting on 19 August, the Standing Com­mittee received the financial report and reviewed develop­mcnts since the Sydney Conference. Thc eligible mem­bers unanimously elected Dorothy MCGARRY (USA) as Chairperson and Donna DUNCAN (Canada) as Sec­retary/Treasurer. Nancy W ILLIAMSON will write a re­port on her completed section project to study the Li­brary of Congress Classification. After hearing a report on the activities of the Section Working Group, the SC next discussed possible papers for the 1990 Stockholm Conference. Since the Stockholm Conference will pay in­creased attention to Third World concerns, the Section will invite a speaker on issues in classification and index­ing in developing countries. The second paper will follow the Section's tradition of treating subject access in the host country's region.

The SC meeting on 24 August discussed WG develop­ments during the Paris Conference and heard a report from Werner STEPHAN on developments in subject ac­cess at the Deutsche Bibliothek.

Workshop on the 20th Edition of the Dewey Decimal Classification

The Section also sponsored a "Workshop on the 20th Edition of the Dewey Decimal ClassificationK" on Thursday, 24 August, 1989. The morning sessions con­centrated on the theoretical aspects of DDe. Russell SWEENEY (Leeds, UK) gave the keynote speech, "An overview of the international use of the Dewey Decimal Classilication". Richard GARDNER (Montreal, Ca­nada) led a panel discussion on translating DDC into various languages. Mohammed M.AMAN (Milwaukee, USA) and Shawky SALEM (Kuwait) treated "The use of the DOC in the Arab world". Daniele DANESI (Florence, Italy) described "Translating Dewey in Ita­lian". Annie BETHERY (Nanterre, France) concluded this section with her talk on " L'utilisation en France de la Classification Decimale de Dewey". Julianne BEALL (Washington, DC) treated the "International aspects of DDC20". Paule ROLLAND-THOMAS (Montreal, Ca­nada) concluded the morning session with the "Dewey Decimal Classification, Edition 20: A critical review".

Inl. Classif. 16 (1989) No. 3 - Reports and Communications

The afternoon session concentrated on practical mat­ters. Joan S. MITCHELL (Pittsburgh, USA) had the task of giving a paper on the "Dewey Decimal Classifica­tion, Edition 20: an overview of the changes". Julianne BEALL then returned to explain "The new computer science schednle". Russell SWEENEY did the same for music in his "Grande Messe des 780's (with apologies to Berlioz)".

Papers presented:

Marcia J.BATES: Designing Online Catalog Subject Access to Meet User Needs. More and more research evidence is demonstrating that people think about and describe subjects, and search by subject in cata­logs, in dramatically different ways from what librarians have al­ways assumed. For excample, a group of people describing a sub­ject or searching by subject almost invariably produce a very large number of diflcrent terms for a given topic, and even the most frequent of these terms constitutes a minority of all the de­scriptions of the topic. Yet subject cataloging systcms are based 011 the assumption that people can produce and use one of a small handful of approved terms or cross references. This re­search evidence explains some of the well-documented prob­lems users have had with subject searching in catalogs. Now that we havc much greater flexibility in the design of cata­logs in the online environment, we have the opportunity to de­sign online catalogs and the catalog search interface to meet user needs and psychological characteristics much better than has been possible before now. The research evidence regarding sub­ject searching is first reviewed in this article. Theil a number of suggestions are made for improvements in the design of online subject catalog interfaces to match the characteristics of user search behavior. In particular, a "Superthesaurus" is proposed, i.e., an online user thesaurus, which is designed to assist users in moving from their initial search term to the actual Library of Congress Subject Headings or other subject indexing terms used in the catalog.

Suzanne JOUGUELET: Snbject Access and the Mar­ketplace for Bibliographic Information in France

The concept of a marketplace now applies to bibliographic records. The recent "Master Plan for Bibliographic Informa­tion" speaks ill thc economic terms of supply and demand. Who are currently the producers in the French marketplace? Under what conditions do they distributc their records'? To what extent is the subject access to these records adequate for user needs? The needs of the professional librarian should not replace those of the user. The purpose remains successful searching by the end user,

Joyce Elaine BUTCHER, Ross TROTTER: Building on PRECIS: Strategies for Online Subject Access in the British Library. Central to the British Library's Cataloguing Action Plan are two aims: I) to reduce the costs of its cataloguing operations and 2) to achieve compatibility of access to its records both current and retrospective in an automated catalogue environment. A new approach to subject cataloguing is planned to make a signifi­cant contribution to these aims.

This paper describes the work currently being investigated and developed in the British Library to build on PRECIS (PReserved Context Index System) to achieve eflective subject control and access to its bibliographic records whilst reducing the costs of its cataloguing operations. Robert P .Holley

Dr.R.P.Holley, Associate Dean of Libraries, 'Vayne State University, Detroit, MI, 48202, USA in Deutsch. Orig.de. Koln-41, (Linden burger Allee 44) 1981. 8p.

ASIS Annual Meeting

Papers on classification and thesauri were much in evi­dence at the ASIS Annual Meeting in Washington, D.C., Oct.30 to November 2, 1989. SIGICR, the Special Inter­est Group on Classification Research, sponsored one

Int. ClassiC 16 (1989) No. 3 -Reports and Communications

meeting and cosponsored seven others at that con­ference. Among the topics covered were progress in con­version of classification to machine readable form, the re­vision of the NISO standards for thesaurus construction, and research into the compatibility of subject access to biomedical information systems. Hypertext for im­proved subject access and the thesaural requirements for an intermediary expert system were also topics of con­cern, as were facetted classification in tomorrow's infor­mation systems as well as classification and computing. In a program on "The information science and technol­ogy knowledge base: Who controls itT the speakers took a critical look at library and information science access to its own body ofliterature, through the history and back­ground (Marjori HLA V A), bibliographic access to the literature (Candy SCHWARTZ), and quality of access (Nancy NORTON and Bonnie CARROLL). Also David BATTY reported on a project to create a library and information science thesaurus. "Image classification research: new strategies and techniques" was also a sub­ject for discussion. I t would seem that classification is very much alive and well in the design and development of online systems. Nancy \Villiamson

CRG 272

The 272nd meeting of the Classification Research Group was held at University College London on July 14,1989 with 13 persons present. Discussions were con­cerned with the position of the CRGwith respect to a new policy of the British Library communicated to them in a letter before the meeting, which showed that the Library would in the future be favouring verbal access as against using the capabilities of classificatory structures, Mr. NEILSON wondered how the ideas of CRG members could make an effect on institutions like the British li­brary or on the commercial sector. He noticed that there was no large scale successful online host offering classifi­cation for retrieval purposes. Two aspects of classifica­tion in relation to retrieval concerned him: (I) how to dis­play a classification structure online, as on a printed page? and (2) can one use a classification structure to help put questions to a hidden store? He invited the Group to consider how classification could contribute to com­puter-based information handling. He pointed also to the user's problem by raising the value of notation. In an online situation it is only possible to search via the nota­tion. Schemes such as the Bliss Classifica tion do not per­mit this. Therefore one should rather reproduce the struc­ture and slot individual items into it. The meeting con­cluded with proposals for research topics such as to find out the degree of detail that was useful in a classification system, the value of structure, etc., also possibilities of using a three dimensional display on a screen. Some func­tional application for this, however, would be needed.

CRG 273

At the 273rd meeting of the Classification Research Group, held at University College London on Oct.26, 1989 with 1 5 persons present, Prof. B.C.VICKERY spoke "On the use of faceted classification in interfaces

16 1

to online search, such a Tome Searcher". He and his wife had become interested in developing software interfaces for searching systems which incorporate a much greater amount of knowledge than normal, e.g. the structure of the terminology of the subject. He had turned to classifi­cation in order to see how the use of categories/facetsj classes could be used to assist in the solution of the prob­lems. Thus, using a microcomputer they built a proto­type interface to a local database. The results were taken up by a small firm: Tome Associates. A commercial prod­uct, "Tome Searcher" to access online databases was de­veloped. Prof. Vickery explained the methodology using a diagram that he had circulated to the CRG members present, which, however, represented only one particular use made of the ideas involved, namely searching. He spoke also on the use made of classification, of the dic­tionary in the form of a thesaurus, and of categories. Problems were found with compound terms and un­known tenus. For them the user could be asked to state the category to which they belong. Finally he dealt with the modification of search statements to be introduced either before or after an online search. - The next CRG mccting was fixed for Dec. 7, 1989.

DGD/KTF 44th Meeting

On Sept.25, 1989, the Committee on Classification and Thesaurus Research of the German Documentation Society (DGD/KTF) met at DGD in Frankfurt with 1 3 persons present. The program for future activities was discussed and elections held. Dr.Winfried SCHMITZ­ESSER was reelected chairman, Mr.Ernst LUKAS was elected vice- chairman. Concerning the program it was decided ( I) to hold a preconference Workshop in Dann­stadt on Thesaurus Software, Aug. 1 3 and/or 14, 1990 (to precede the ISKO 1st International Conference - see ISKO News I), (2) to contribute some papers to the meet­ing on Concept Relationships organized by Prof.Dr.R.Wille, Darmstadt, March 9- 1 1 , 1990 and (3) to contribute also to the special section on Documenta­tion Languages and Ordering of Knowledge of the Con­ference on Terminology and Knowledge Engineering, Oct.2-4, 1990 a! Trier.

In the afternoon session, n.1r.Lukas introduced into the Software INDEX for the construction of thesauri and multilingual dictionaries. It runs under VMS and will also be applicable with UNIX. There were three fur­ther presentations by Dr.Jochen GANZMANN, Frank­furt, Mr.Klaus RITZLER, Hamburg, and MS.Dorothee SICK, Saarbriicken who extended each on Criteria for the Evaluation of Thesaurus Software.

Conference on Concept Relationships

I n continuing a conference series started in Jan.1986 on Concept Analysis (see the proceedings volume by Ganter/Wille/Wolff: Beitriige zur Begriffsanalyse, Mannheim 1987), an invitation was released for a con­ference on Concept Relationships to be held on March 9- 1 1 , 1990 at the Mathematical Institute of the Dann-

162

stadt Technical University. Experts and researchers from the fields ofinfonnation and cognition sciences are invited to hand in proposals for papers to the address given below. Prior to the conference, an introductory course on formal concept analysis is envisaged by the Re­search Group "Concept Analysis" of the Mathematical Institute.

For further information please contact: Prof.Dr.Ru­dolf Wille, FB Mathematik, Technische Hochschule, D-6100 Darmstadt (TeI.0615 I / 163415).

2nd Can for Papers, TKE'90

From Oct.2-4,1990, the Association for Terminology and Knowledge Transfer, Trier and Infoterm, Vienna, will organize its second international congress on "Tenui­nology and Knowledge Engineering. Applications". I t is supported by some 1 9 organizations and institutions. The second call invites papers to be presented in the fol­lowing sections: I ) Terminology and knowledge theory, knowledge engineering - New applications; 2) Knowl­edge-based systems; 3) Natural language processing and knowledge engineering; 4) Documentation languages and ordering of knowledge; 5) Electronic dictionaries; 6) Descriptive terminology knowledge engineering in the social sciences and humanities; 7) Information manage­ment in organizations; 8) Computer support in technical communication; 9) Terminology and knowledge trans­fer tools.

Keynote lectures have been announced as follows: G.ENGEL, H.PICHT: New professional profiles in knowledge engineering and knowledge transfer. -A.MELBY: Terminology and technical documents: The importance and limitation of formal systems. E.OESER: Terminology science and knowledge theory. Report of the pre-conference in Vienna, September 1990. - F.RIGGS: Descriptive terminology for the social sciences. - M.SCHAAR: Multilingual information and knowledge management. - D.\VALKER: Lexical re­sources for the management of massive text files.

A number of workshops in the framework of the Con­gress as well as 2 meetings in conjunction with it have also been announced in this 2nd Call. They will be on the fol­lowing topics with their organizers in brackets: ( 1 ) Large terminological databanks - Common problems and co­operation (M.Williams, Canada); (2) Terminology and knowledge engineering: New professional profiles, teach­ing and training (G. Engel, Denmark); (3) Multilingual­ism, terminology and translation (G.Muskens, ECC­SID); (4) (Tutorial) Multilingual information and knowl­edge management for commercial cooperation (M.Schaar, Stuttgart); (5) Problems of ethnicity tennino­logy (Sept.29-30) (F. Riggs, Honolulu); (6) Meeting of managers of large terminological data banks (to be held in Luxembourg) (M.Williams).

Chairmen of the Congress: Prof.Dr.H.Czap and Prof.Dr.B.Rieger, Universitiit Trier, PF 3825, D-5500 Trier. Steering Committee: lnfotenn, P.O.Box 130, A-1021 Wien, Austria.

lIlt. Classif. 16 ( 1 989) No. 3 Reports and Communications

I S KO N ews 1 1. Welcome

\Ve herewith welcome the already more than 100 mem­bers (as of Dec. I , 1989) of the INTERNATIONAL SO­CIETY FOR KNOWLEDGE ORGANIZATION (ISKO) who registered since the founding day, July 22, 1989 as well as all future members. \Ve thank you for trusting us and hope for a fruitful and blessed cooper­ation with you.

We plan to issue from time to time a membership list in order to improve communication and to inform mem­bers of other members nearby. A first address-list will be sent to all members by the end of March 1990. Please note that ISKO already has accepted members from 20 coun­tries, namely (in chronological order of registration): \-Vest Germany, East Germany, Japan, Australia, Den­mark, France, Hungary, India, USA, Austria, England, Sweden, Switzerland, Canada, Belgiulll, Iceland, Portu­gal, Poland, the Netherlands, and the R.O.China.

2. National Coordinators

The following members have volunteered to help out as coordinators for their respective countries:

1'{rs.H.Albrechtsen, Denmark Prof.W.Godert, West Germany (see also 6. below) DrJ.r-.'laniez, France Prof.Y.Nakamura, Japan 1..,,1r.M.P.Satija, India

The General Secretariat would appreciate to hear from members of the other countries whether anyone is willing to assume the task of a coordinator for his/her respective country.

3. Sponsorships for I\']cmbers

At its meeting ofSept.2S, 1989, the Executive Board de­cided to call upon all members from the socalled indus­trial countries to become sponsors of colleagues from countries with a weak monetary situation, e.g. from Eastern European and Third \Vorld countries such as Latin America, Africa and Asia. The sponsorship would cover the full membership fee of OM SO.-jUS$2S.Sueh a sponsorship should be valid as a start for two years, after which a beneficiary should apply again.

Members willing to becom.e sponsors and persons who would like to become members but cannot pay the fee for the time being are herewith requested to so inform the General Secretariat.

Partners to such a sponsorship should know of each other. The Executive Board welcomes any personal and/or professional relationships growing out of such an encounter.

4. Rcduced !V]cmbership Fec for I\']cmbers from Eastern EUrO}lean and Third \Vorld Countries

If it can be arranged in an Eastern European or Third \Vodd country that anllual mem.bership fees are col­lected by a coordinator and sent in a lump sum (by check)

Int. ClassiC 16 ( 1989) No. 3 - ISKO News

to the General Secretariat, then the membership fee can be reduced - according to a decision by the Executive Board - to only OM I S.-jUSS8.- for such Eastern Euro­peans and to only OM 1O.-jUS$S.SO for such members from Third World Countries.

S. The Scientific Ad,.isory Board

The proposed members of the Scientific Advisory Board have accepted their nomination and expressed their readiness to serve on this body. \Ve are happy to an­nounce the names of these persolls as follows: Austria:

Canada:

Denmark: England:

Prof.DrJ.HOlzl (for product- and commodity classifi­cation) Prof. Nancy Williamson, Toronto (for FID/CR and the LCq MrJ.Friis-Hansen, Copenhagen r-,'fr.K.G.B.Bakewcll, Liverpool I\'1r.D.J.Foskett, Gerrards Cross (for Be)

FR Germany: Prof.W.Godcrl, Hamburg/Cologne

France:

India:

Japan: Netherlands: Poland: Switzerland: USA

USSR: International:

Dr.Schmitz-Esser, Ihunburg Prof.E.de Grolier, Paris lvtmc. N.Dusoulier, Nancy Prof.Dr.M.A.Gopinath, Bangalore (lor Ce) Prof.Krishan Kumar, New Delhi Prof.Y.Nakamura, Tokyo Drs.G.J.A.Riesthuis, Amsterdam Prof.Dr.E.Scibor, Warsaw Dr.O.Sechser. Zurich (for AI problems) ProLP.A.Cochrane, Washington, DC 1k Petcr Paulson, Albany, NY (for the DDC) Prof.Dr.D.Soergel, Washington, DC Dr.E.R.Sukiasyan, r-.loscow (for BBK) Mr.L.Rolling, CEC, Luxembourg Mr.A.Gilchrist, Brighton (for FID/UDe)

At the ISKO founding meeting of July 22, 1989, Dr.W.Schmitz-Esser was appointed chairman of the Scientific Advisory Board.

6. Founding of the German ISKO Chapter

On Oct.6, 1989 the founding meeting of the German ISKO-Chapter took place in Frankfurt. The elections re­sulted in Prof. Winfried GODERT, Hamburg jCologne, becoming chairman, Dr.Peter JAENECKE, Pforzheim, first vice�chairman and Dr. Bernd LORENZ, Regens­burg, second vice�chainnan. A statute for the work of the German Chapter will be elaborated soon. A number of topics for handling by \Vorking Groups \vere proposed, e.g. "University Education in Knowledge Organization" by Dr.N.MEDER, "Cognition and Knowledge Organiz­ation" by Dr. P.JAENECKE, "Indexing, Classifying and Retrieval" by Dr.R.FUGMANN, and "Universal Organization of Knowledge", by Dr.I.DAHLBERG. In a telephone call after the meeting, Dr.H.GASTHUBER, Vienna, declared himself willing to chair a \VG on "Prod­uct and Commodity Description and Classification". Further method- and subject-oriented groups are being planned.

7. hwitation to join ISKO Working Groups

According to the ISKO Charter, Working Groups can be established both on a national and an international level. In both cases effective work depends on the willing­ness of a number of members to colla bora te on a certain topic and to strive towards a certain goal. Any results, however, presuppose the possibility to communicate either via meetings, telecommunication or simply by

163

mail. In West Germany the following WG topics have found interested "solicitors"/chairpersons inviting col� leagues of the German-speaking community to partici­pate in such efforts.

(It is, of course, possible that a WG ofthe same nature might be established in other countries, too, and perhaps also 011 an international level, which might lead to a coor­dination of a national 'VO work. It is, however, also possible that other topics are preferred by the members of other countries. In that case they are invited to indicate such interests to all other members in future issues of ISKO News.)

7.1 'VG "Indexing, Classifying and RetricmP'

The scope of this WGcompriscs all problems involved in thcperceplioll of the essence of documents to be made retrievable, and in the represellta· tioll of this essence ill sumcient predictability and representatiOllal fi­delity i.e. in an index-lingual form. Subject of the investigation are also index languages (thesauri, classification systems) and their syntax) as well as the various modes of employment and also the consequences ofthcir re­duced or even omitted usage. Opportunities and limitations of searching files with wholly or partially automatically indexed documents and with unindexed documents, will be studied too, as well as the criteria for the evaluation of search results.

The first meeting of the Working Group is planned for Spring 1990 and will be devoted to the question, why intellectual indexing has often seem­ingly or allegedly not better performed than automatic indexing. Col­leagues interested in the Working Group and especially in this topic are in­vited soon to contact Dr. Robert Fugmann, Alte Poststr.13, D-6270 Id­stein.

7.2 \VG "Cognition and Knowledge Organization"

This WG is concerned with the storage and retrieval of knowledge con­!ained in biologicalalld technical systems. Next to classical knowledgeac­quisition and representation, those problems should be identified and solved which follow from the realization of knowledge-based systems. Concepts from epistemology and research results ofthe cognitive sciences should help in deepening the understanding. Since insuf!1cient informa­tion exchange often causes identical problems to be treated under diner­ent terills in difterent disciplines, the WG aims at promolingcommunica­tion among its members and identifyingcolHmon features in the difterent areas of work. [fnecessary, thc)' should be clarified conceptually. - The constituent meeting oflhe WO on Cognition and Knowledge Organiza­tion will take place in 1·lay 1990 at Saarbriicken Oil the occasion of the workshop on "Knowledge Representation and Thesauri/Classification Theory". At this meeting the cOllceptual goals of the group should be determined and questions concerning the WG's establishment should be taken up. Members interested should please (with as mall)' propos.llis for the work as possible) turn to: Dr. Peter Jaenttke, SEL Akatcl, Ostendstr. 3, D-7530 Pforzheim, TeL: 07231-71041, Fax: 0723 1-71045. E-mail: jae&rcp.seLde

7.3 \VG "Uni\'ersal Organization of Knowledge"

Since there exists a sumcient number of universal classification systems (DDC, UDC, LCC, CC, BC, LBC) it is possible to pinpoint their com­mon and diverting features and also their advantages in particular appli­cation cases. H is intended to identify -on the basis of such studies -to elab­orate the desiderata for and the design principles of an optimally function­ing universal system fordiflerent application purposes. Consequently the design orsuch a system - according to the principles elaborated - should be attempted. Next to this, it seems also necessary to establish a framework for the possible relating of descriptor lists and special classification sys­tems to the designed universal system. - Members interested in such wa activities should turn to: Dr.l.Dahlberg, Woogstr. 36a, D·6OOO Frank­furl 50.

8. Planning the First International Conference, Daflll� stadt, Aug.14-17, 1990

Preparatory work for our first international conference on "Tools of Knowledge Organization and the Human Interface" is making progress. With the issue Int.Classif. 1989-2 all members and all subscribers received

1 64

aCalifor Papers. TheCal1 was also added to thepcriodicals "LDV-Mittei­lungen" and "Intcrnationale Aufgaben der DGD", both of October 1989. The German Documentation Society (DGD) agreed to collaborate with us through its Committee on Classification and Thesaurus Research (DGD/KTF). Both FIDICR and the IFLA-Section all Classit1cation and Indexing have been invited to co-sponsor the conference. The following spe.1kers have so far agreed to come: Charles R.HILDRETH, Karen MARKEY DRABENSTOTT,Pauline A.COCHRANE, USA; Douglas FOSKETT, Alan OILCHIUST, Brian and Aline VICKERY, U.K.; Eric de GROLIER, Gian Piero ZARRI, France; 1-fasanobu FUJIKA \VA, Japan; Hallne ALBRECHTSEN; Denmark, Gerhard RIESTHlHS, Anato} VASILJEV, The Netherlands; Otto SECHSER, Switzerland; Erich MATER, German DR; Alice STERN, Luxembourg; Edouard SU­K[ASYAN, USSR; Erhard OESER, Austria; Prithvi N.KAULA, India; Rafael CAPURRO, Gerd BAUER, FR Germany. Originally t1xed for Dec.31 , 1989, the deadline for responding to the Call has now been post­poned to Jan.IS, 1990.

The conference will take place in three lecture halls of Darmstadt Tech­nical University. There will also be an exhibition demonstrating different online access se.1fch capabilities.

9. Conferences Around the First ISKO Conference

The Society for Conceptual and Contents Analysis by Computer (SCCAC), Bowling Green, Ohio, has shown interest in combining its next conference with our first one. I t will invite for a preconference on Aug. 14, 1990 at Darmstadt. Also, DGD/KTF (see above) will hold a workshop that dayin Darmstadt on Thesaurus Software.

10. Planning of the Second International ISKO Con­ference 1992

It having been decided to hold international conferences every two years (in a different country each time), the sec­ond one will be held in New Delhi, India, in 1992, just prior to the IFLA conference scheduled to take place there in late August 1992. Prof.Krishan Kumar from Delhi University, the current President of the Indian Li­brary Association, shares our views that the advancecon� ference planned in celebration of S.R.Ranganathan's 1 00th birthday would be a very fine occasion for a joint conference with ISKO.

1 1 . IHembership invitations

According to the idea we had of the Society, all col­leagues active in the field of knowledge organization in one way or another should become members of ISKO. This is why ISKO was conceived in the first place and why the membership fee was set as low as possible. We ask all of our members therefore to make efforts to per� suade their colleagues to join the Society. Rcally good re­sults can only then be achieved if the Society unites , if possible, all competent colleagues.

12. Charter and Preamble

Our Charter as published in English and German in the following is introduced by a Pream ble emphasizing es� pecially that ISKO is a Society of personal members. We would like to add that we place a special value on the idea of the members mutually supporting each other in their work, meaning that the society will not admit negative competitive actions, nor any pursuit of egotistical mo� tives. Only under these conditions can we serve our ncigh� bour colleague properly by our work, and only then � ac­cording to our conviction � will God's blessing flow into us and into our work!

[nl. Classif. 16 ( 1989) No. 3 - [SKO News

International Society for Knowledge Organization (ISKO)

Charter and Preamble

I. Preamble

I , It is the declared purpose ofthe International Society for Knowledge Organization to provide personal con­tacts and opportunities for cooperation to the vwrld­wide community of colleagues who devote them� selves to the creation, expansions, revision, and appli� cation of tools for the organization ofknowlcdge ac­cording to conceptual points of view.

2. The International Society for Knowledge Organiza­tion therefore considers itselfin the first and foremost place as an association of personal members which, however, does not bar institutions from likewise ac� quiring membership together with their personal rep� resentatives .

3, Thus, responsibility and initiative to make this so� ciety their worldwide forum lies in the hands of the personal members collaborating in their concern for knowledge organization in common efforts, refrain­ing therefore from pursuing their subjective interests and respecting the postulates of integrity and truth, mutual recognition and assistance.

II. Charter

Art,l: Name of the Society The Society bears the oflicial name "Internationale Ge­sellschaft nil' \Vissensorganisation e. V." and is to be regis� tered at the Amtsgericht (District Court) of Frankfurt, FRO.

The English translation of the name is: "International Society for Knowledge Organization". Translations into other languages must be approved by the Executive Board, hereinafter called "Presidency".

Art.2: Legal Scat, Legal and Non-Profit Character of the Society

1. The Society's legal seat is Frankfurt. FRO. 2. The Society will engage in the exclusive and direct pur­

suit of nonprofit activities and will thus assume the char� acter of a non�profit organization primarily for the pro� motion of science as well as of culture and education. Consequently, all income and any profits achieved shall be assigned to the Society'S aims according to the char� ter. The Society thus acts selOessly and, therefore, docs not primarily pursue economic aims.

3. In view of the foregoing the members of the Society will be paid no dividends or monies by virtue of their mem bershi p.

4. No person may be favoured by any administrativeex� penditure alien to the Society's aims or by a dispropor� tionate remuneration of work or services undertaken.

5. All the Society's officers and active members will work on a honorary basis. Expenses for materials and services will be refunded only if previously ap� proved in writing by the Presidency.

Int. C1assif. 16 ( l 989) No.3 - ISKO News

Art.3: Financial Year The financial year is the calendar year,

Art.4: Aims and Tasks of the Society It is the aim of the Society to promote research, devel­opment and application of all methods for the organ­ization of knowledge in general or of particular fields by integrating especially the conceptual approaches of classification research and artificial intelligence. The Society stresses philosophicological, psychologi­cal and semantic approaches for a conceptual order of objects. In particular, the Society will a) awaken and support an understanding for the

practical and heuristic usefulness of such an or­ganization of knowledge;

b) promote on a national and international level the exchange of information Hnd experience of scien­tists and practitioners in this area, especially by giving advice in the construction, perfection and application of such organization tools as classifi­cation systems, thesauri, terminologies, nomen­clatures as well as the syntactical tools going with them;

c) observe internationally the progress made in this work;

d) concentrate on major points of this knowledge field in special working groups;

e) hold regular meetings in order to support these ac­tivities.

2. The Society works on an international level. Ifcondu� cive to its goals, the Society will collaborate with other groupings, associations, and institutions pur­suing similar aims.

3 . The Society pursues these aims among other things by: a) promoting and carrying out studies, research

work, conferences and other categories of scien­tific cooperation;

b) disseminating knowledge to research workers, scientists and the general public.

4. The oflicial organ and communication medium of the Society for the international scientific exchange is the journal "International Classification".

Art.S: Membership I. Any natural person with an obvious and evident inter­

est in the aims of the Society can become a member. 2. The Society accepts persons of all countries and na�

lions as members. 3. A legal entity fulfilling the same preconditions as a

natural person and recognizing the scientific aims of the Society can become a "corporate member" with the same rights as a personal member.

4. The Society has the following membership categories: a) Regular members: every natural or legal person; b) Sponsoring members: natural or legal persons or

165

institutions that support the Society's aims by fin­ancial or other contributions;

c) Honorary mem.bers: Natural persons having earned great merits for the Society. They will be nominated by the Presidency and elected by the Gencral Assembly.

5. Members' Rights All membcrs are a) entitled to vote in the Gencral Asscmbly, b) eligible to any OITice in the Society, c) entitled to participate in the Society's conferences

and to make use of its facilities and of the mem­bers' privileges. Only natural persons are eligible for election.

6. Members' Duties All members declare through their membership appli­cation that they will recognize the Society's aims, its Charter and its basic resolutions and will pay their membership fcc within the first quarter of the year.

7. Begining of Membership a) Regular membership must be applied for in writing. b) Membership commences exactly on the day when

membership is con firmed by a member of the Managing Presidency.

8. Termination of Membership lVlembership will be terminated: a) by withdrawal from the Society, which must bean­

nounccd to the Presidency in writing not later than Octobcr 1st of any year;

b) by the member's death or with the cessation of his or her legal capacity;

c) by expulsion: The Presidency may expel a mcm­ber for compclling reasons, especially if the mem­ber is more than two years in arrears with the pay­ment of his or her membership fee. Before such ex­pUlsion the member will be invited to explain the reasons for his or her actions.

Art.6: Financing The Society will obtain the necessary funds from: Membership fees, income from meetings of aU kinds, publications and other serviccs as well as donations, sub­sidies, gifts, bequests and other contributions from mem­bers and non-members.

Art.7: The Bodies of the Society The Society's bodies are: 1 . the General Assembly 2. the Presidency 3. the Scientific Council 4. the Regional Chapters and Working Groups

Art.S: The General Assembly I . The General Assembly is the supreme body of the So­

ciety 2. The General Assembly is competent for the following:

a) acceptancc and approval of the Presidency's prog­ress report

b) approval of the balance of accounts and the Audi­tor's written examination report;

c) a vote ofconfidcnce in the Presidency;

166

d) election of the members of the Presidency and their deputies;

e) election orthe Auditor and his two dcputies; t) election of Honorary :lVIembers; g) fixing ofthe membership lees; h) acceptance and approval of the financial budget

for the next period under review; i) am.endments to the Charter; j) a resolution for the dissolution of the Society.

3. An Ordinnry General Assembly will be held once every two years at least. The Presidency will invite all members to it and at the same time will publish the agenda not later than three months prior to the date set for the General Assembly. Amendments to the agenda may be passed only by a three quarters ma­jority of all members present at the Assembly.

4. An Extraordinary Gcneral Assembly will bc con­vened: a) by resolution of the Ordinary General Assembly; b) by decision ofthe Presidency; c) by written request by one third of all members,

with statement of the reason and the purpose. 5. The General Assembly will be chaired by a chairman

clected at the beginning of the meeting. 6. Quorum, Voting and Election

a) The General Assembly will constitute a quorum regardless of the Hum.ber of members present.

b) Elections and resolutions will be passed by a simple majority; in case of a parity of votes, the President will havc the casting vote.

c) Members may authorize each other in writing to vote in the General Assembly. Any member so authorized may represent no more than three other members.

d) The proceedings of the General Assembly and its decisions will be put on record in minutes counter­signed by the Chairman of the General Assembly and by its reporter.

e) The General Assembly may pass a special regula­tion governing the elections proceedings.

7. Amendments to the Charter may only be passed by a three quarter majority of the members present in the General Assembly if the invitation to the General As­sembly included the item " Amendment to the Charter".

8. The General Assembly will elect an auditor and one or two deputy auditors for the auditing of the So­ciety's accounts. They work all a honorary basis and are Society members.

9. The auditor will report the result of any audit to the General Assembly

10. The balance of accounts specified as to income, cx­penses and assets will be given in written form to the members if the Presidency so decides.

Art.9: The Presidency 1 . The Presidency consists of the following persons,

who must all be Socicty members: a) The President; b) two Vice-Presidents having equal rights, c) the Treasurer; d) and three further members.

lilt. Classif. 16 (1989) No. 3 _ . iSKO News

2. The Managing Presidency (the Legal Presidency as meant in Art.26 of the German Civil Code) consists of the persons mentioned under a), b), and c),. The President on the one hand, and the two Vice�Presi­dents, and the Treasurer on the other hand are en­titled to represent the Society within the meaning of Art.26 of the German Civil Code by themselves, with the Vice-Presidents and the Treasurer only then being entitled to represent the Society when two of them are together, and they will internally rep resent the Society only if the President is prevented from doing so.

3. The Presidency will be elected for a four years' term. Reelection of its members is permissible.

4. In the event that Presidency members retire fro111 this omce before the end oftheir term or ifthe General As­sembly is not able to elect all Presidency members, the Presidency may complete itself by cooptation from the membership until the next General Assembly session. The cooptation nceds a confirmation from the next membership assembly. The Presidency may invite Society members and as well as other persons to its sessions as expert ad­visers. The Presidency should consist of persons from different countries and of various nationalities.

5. Responsibilities of the Presidency The Presidency is especially responsible for the fol­lowing: a) attending to the realization of the Society's aims

according to Art.4; b) management of the Society'S property and execu­

tion of the resolutions passed by the General As­sembly;

c) preparation of and convening the General Assem­bly;

d) presentation of the progress report and of the bal­ance of accounts for the period under review;

e) preparation ofthe financial budget for the follow­ing period;

f) consultative cooperation with the Scientific Coun­cil with respect to its program;

g) consultative cooperation with the chairmen of the regional cha pters and establishment of work­ing groups;

6. Competences within the Presidency a) The Presidency will be convened by the President b) Each Presidency meeting properly convened will

constitute a quorum under the condition that at least four of its members take part, including at least two members of the managing Presidency. The Presidency may pass resolutions in written form, ifall its members participate in the vote.

c) Documents legally binding the Society as well as extraordinary legal business on internal Society matters are to be signed by the Presi dent alone or by the two Vice-Presidents jointly as per Art.9, Section 1 , b).

d) Authorization to transact bank busincss for the Society on internal Society matters will be granted only by the President together with the treasurer.

Int. Classif. 16 ( 1989) No. 3 · ISKO News

e) The Presidency may adopt business rules for its work.

Art.! 0: The Scientific Advisory Council I . The Scientific Advisory Council (hereafter "The

Council") gives advice to the Presidency and to the \Vorking Groups in the planning and execution of their tasks and projects.

2. The Council has frce choice in the determination of the form and the contents of its advice and of its inves­tigations and work and is not bound to any specific scientific, philosophical, ideological, religious or pol­itical opinion. The Council should represent as many difTerent forms of perception and opinion as possible.

3. The Council should consist of a minimum of seven and a maximum 2 1 qualified scientific members. For the initial constitution of the Council its members will be appointed by the Presidency. Afterwards, ad­ditional members will be elected by the members of the Council themselves. The Presidency has the right to submit proposals and to take part in all discussions of the Council without beingelltitled to vote.

4. The Council elects Olle of its members as Chairman, who by virtue of this office is at the same time a mem­ber of the Presidency.

5. The Council may adopt business rules for its work.

Art.lI: The Regional Chal)ters aud the Working Groups 1. The regular members of each country or language

area can organize themselves in chapters. 2. Their organization and work must adhere to regula­

tions which must have been accepted beforehand by the Presidency.

3. \Vitllin the Regional Chapters and also on an interna­tional level \Vorking Groups may be established in which experienced members cooperate 011 specific projects falling within the general tasks of the Society (Art.4). Organization and work of these Working Groups must adhere to rules established in accord­ance with the Presidency.

Art.I2: Dissolution of the Society I . The Society may be dissolved only by a three-quar­

ters majority of all members present at a General As­sembly expressly convened for the purpose of the So­ciety's dissolution or of all members of the Society in the event of voting by letter.

2. The members will decide about the disposal ofthe So­ciety's assets by a simple majority. Any remaining assets must be used directly and exclusively for non­profit institutions pursuing the same or a similar pur­pose as the Society.

3. After the Society'S dissolution, or after its present rai­son d'ctre has ceased to exist, the assets of the Society will, after any existing debts have been paid, be trans­ferred to a non-profit organization, which must use them directly and exclusively for scientific purposes. The members select this organization at the Member­ship Assembly according to Art. 13 , 1 above.

Frankfurt, July 22nd 1989.

167

Internationale G esellschaft fUr Wissensorganisation e.V. International Society for Knowledge Organization (ISKO)

Satzung mit Praambel

I. Praambel

1 . Zweek und Ziel der Internationalen Gesellsehaft fiir \Vis� sensorganisatioll ist es, allen Kollegen auf dieser Erde, die sich dem Erstellen, Erweitern, Revidieren und An� wenden von \Verkzeugen zur Ordnung von \Vissen nach begriffiichen Gesichtspunkten widmen, die Moglichkeit zu personlichen Kontakten und zur Zusammenarbeit zu geben.

2. Die Internationale Gesellschaft fUr Wissensorganisa� tion versteht sich daher in erster Linie als eine Gesens� chaft von person lichen Mitglicdern, was jedoch nicht aussehlieGt, daO aueh Institutionen mit ihren person� lichen Vertrctern die Mitgliedschaft erwerben konnen.

3. Somit liegt es in der Verantwortung und Initiative der person lichen Mitglieder, diese Gesellschaft weltweit zu ihrem Forum zu machen, in welchem sie ihre Anliegen der \Vissensorganisation in gemeinsamen Bemiihungen bearbeiten, llllter Verzicht auf eine Verfolgung subjek­tiver Interessen und den Postulaten der Redlichkeit und Wahrheit sowie der gegenseitigen \Vcrtschatzung und Hilfsbereitschaft verpflichtet.

II. Satzung

§ I Name der Gesellschaft Der Vereill fHhrt den Namen "Internationale Gesellschaft !\ir Wissensorganisation". Sie ist in das Vereinsregister des Amtsgerichts Frankfurt einzutragen.

Die englische Ubersetzung des Namens lautet: "Interna­tional Society for Knowledge Organization". Ubersetzun­gen in weitere Sprachen legt der Vorstandfdas Prasidium der Gesellschaft fest.

In Angleichung an den internationalen Sprachgebrauch wird del" Vorstand im nachfolgendell Text stets "Pr�isidium" und der Vorsitzende des Vorstandes und die stellvertretcll­den Vorsitzenden des Vorstandesjeweils "Prasident", bzw. " Vizeprasident" genannt.

§2 ){echtssitz, Ucchtscimrakter lind Gemeiunlitzigkeit der Gcsellschaft

1. Die Gesellschaft hat ihren Rechtssitz in Frankfurt am Main.

2. Die Gesellschaft verfolgt ausschlief31ich und Ulllllittcl­bar gellleinniitzige Zwecke im Sinne des Abschnitts "steuerbegiinstigte Zwecke " der Abgabenordnung durch Forderungder Wissenschaft und Bildung. DieGeN sellschaft erstrebt keinen Gewinn und verwendet aile Einnahlllen sowie etwaige Oberschiisse allsschlief31ich fiir satzungsgelllii13e Zwecke, Der Verein ist dcmnach selbstlos tatig; er verfolgt deshalb auch nicht in erster Linie eigenwirtschaftliche Zwecke.

3. Die Mitglieder erhalten keine Gewinnanteile und in ihrer Eigenschaft als Mitgliedcr auch keine sonstigen ZlIwendungen aus Mitteln der Gesellschaft.

4. Es darf keine Person dmch Verwl1!tungsausgaben, die den Zwecken der Gesellschaft fremd sind, oder durch un� verhiillnismaBig hohe Vergiitung erbrachter Leistungen begiinstigt werden.

168

5. Alle Gesellschaftsorgane arbeiten ehrenamtlich. Sa� chauslagen und Arbeitsleistungen, die Mitglieder fUr Projekte und Vorhaben der Gesellschaft erbracht haben, werden nm erstattet, wenn und insoweit dies zuv�r mit dem VorstandfPrasidium vereinbart worden ist.

§3 Rechnungsjahr Rechnungsjahr ist das Kalendeljahr.

§4 Zweckc lInd Aufgaben der Gesellschaft 1 . Zweck der Gesellschaft ist cs, die Erforschung, Entwick�

lung und Anwelldullg aller Methoden zur Organisation von \Vissen allgemcin oder eines speziellen Gebietes zu fOrdern, und dabei besollders die begrimichen Ansatze der Klassifikationsforschung und der kiinstlichen Illtel­ligenz zu illtegrieren.

Die Gesellschaft betont philosophisch�logische, psy­chologische und scmantische Ansiitze zur begritllichen Ordnung. Insbesondere will die Gesellschaft a) das Verstandnis fUr den praktischen und heuristi­

schen Nutzen soIcher Ordnungen wecken und pflegen,

b) den Tnforll1ations� und Erfahrungsaustausch der \Vissellschaftler und Praktiker auf diesem Gebiet und die Zusanunenarbeit unter Ihnen international und national fOrdern, besonders auch durch Unter­stiitzung belm Aufbau, bei der Vervollkolllmnung und bei der Anwendung von Ordnungswerkzeugen wie Klassifikationssysteme, Thesauri, Tcrminolo­gien, Nomenklaturen sowie der hierzu gehorenden syntaktischen Hilfsmittel,

c) die Fortschritteaufdiesem Gebiet intenlational beo­bachten,

d) ill spezieilen Arbeitsgruppen die Schwerpunkte dieses \Visscnsgebietes konzentriert bearbeitel1,

e) regelllliiBige Tagungcn zur Unterstiitzung dieser Ak� tivit[iten veranstalten,

2, Die Gesellschaft arbeitet international. \Venll cs dem Ge­sellschaftszweck dient, kooperiert sie mit anderen Vere� inigungen und Institutionen verwandter Zielsetzung.

3. Die Gesellschaft verfolgt diese Ziele unter anderem durch: a) Forderung und Durchfiihrung von Studien, For­

schungsarbeiten, Fachtagungen und sonstigen For­men wissenschaftlicher Kooperation,

b) \Vissensverbreitung/in Forschung, Lehre und Offen­tlichkeit.

4. Organ der Gesellschaft und Kommunikationsmittel fijr den internationalcn wissenschaftlichen Aus­tausch ist die Zeitschrift "International Classifica� tion".

§5 Mitglicdschnft 1 . Jede naHirliche Person mit deutlichem oder llachweis­

barem Interesse an den Zielen der Gesellschaft kann MitN glied der Gesellschaft werden.

2. Die Gesellschaft nimmt Angeh()rige aller Staaten und Volker als Mitgliedcr auf.

Tnt. Classif. 16 (1989) No, 3 - ISKO News

3. Eine juristisehe Person, die die gleiehen Voraussetzun� gen erfiillt und sich zu den wissenschaftliehen Zweeken del' Gesellsehaft bekennt, kann "korporatives" Mitglied mit den Rcchten eines pcrsonJiehen Mitgliedes werden.

4. Die Gesellschaft kennt folgcnde Mitgliedsehaftsarten: a) Ordentliche Mitglieder: jede natiirliche odeI' juristiw

sehe Person, b) Fordernde Mitglieder: natiirliche odeI' juristischc

Personcn odeI' Institutionen, dic den Vereinszweck durch finanzielle Leistungen odeI' Zuwendungen un� terstiitzen,

c) Ehrenmitglieder: natiil'liche Personen, dic sieh mn die Gesellsehaft besonders verdient gemacht habcn. Sie werdcn von del' 1vIitgliedel'vcrsammlung auf Anw trag des Priisidimlls gewiihlt.

5. Rechte del' Mitglieder: Aile Mitglieder haben a) Stimmberechtigung in der Mitgliederversammlung, b) das aktivc \Vahlrecht, c) das Recht, an Veranstaitullgen del' Gesellschaft teil�

zunehmen sowie ihre Einrichtungen und die fiir Mit­glieder bcstehenden Vergiinstigungen in Anspruch zu Bchmen.

Das passivc \Vahlrecht haben nur natih:liche Personen. 6. Ptlichten dcr Mitglieder:

AIle Mitglieder erkliiren sich durch ihren Heitritt dazu bereit, die Ziele del' Gesellschaft, ilue Satzung und ihre grundlegenden Beschliisse anzuerkel1nen und den Mit­gliedsbcitrag im ersten Quartal des lahres zu entrichten.

7. Beginn der Mitgliedschaft a) Die ordentliche Mitgliedschaft ist schl'iftlichzu bean�

tragen. b) Die Mitgliedschaft beginnt mit dem Tag, Zll dem dies durch ein Mitglied des geschaftsfiihrenw den Priisidiums bestiitigt wird.

8. Beendigung del' Mitgliedschaft Die Mitgliedschaft in del' Gesellschaft erlischt durch: a) Austritt ZUI11 Jahresende, der dem Prasidium spa�

testens bis zum I .Okt. schriftlich zu erklaren ist, b) Tod des Mitglieds odeI' Verlust seiner Rcchtst:1hig­

keit, c) Ausschlul3: Aus wichtigem Grund, insbesondere

wennein Mitglied Hingerals zwei Jahremit seiner Bei­tragszahlung im Riickstand ist, kann das Prasidium ein Mitglied ausschliel3en. Vor dem Ausschlul3 ist das Mitglied zur Stellungnahme aufzufordern.

§6 Finanzierung Die Gesel1schaft el'wirbt die notwelldigen Mittel durch: Mitgliedsbeitrage, El'trage aus Veranstaltungen, Veroftcn� tlichungen und sonstige Leistungen sowie durch Spenden, Subventionen, Geschenke, Vennachtnisse und sonstige Zuwendungen von Mitgliedern und Nichtmitgliedern.

§7 Organe dcr Gesellschaft Die Organe der Gesellschaft sind: 1 . Die MitgliedcrverSanll111ung (MV), 2. Das Prasidiul11, 3. Der wissenschaftliche Heirat, 4. Regionale Sektionen und Arbeitsgruppen,

§8 Die lVlitglieder\'(�rsammlung 1 . Die Mitgliederversammlung (MV) ist das oberste Organ

der Gcsellschaft 2. Es ist zustandig fiir:

a) die Entgegennahme und Genehmigung des Tatig­keitsberichtes des Prasidiums,

b) die Genehmigung des Rechnungsabschlusses und des schriftIich verfaI3ten Pl'iifungsberichtesdes Rcchw llungspriifers,

c) dic Entlastung des PrasidiuI11s,

Int. Classif. 16 ( 1989) No. 3 - ISKO News

d) die \Vahl des Priisidiums (auGer dem Vorsitzenden des wissenschaftlichen Beirats),

e) die \Vahl des Rechnungspriifers und dessen zweier Stellvertrcter,

f) die \Vahl der Ehrenmitglieder, g) die Festsetzung del' Hohe del' Mitgliedsbeitrage, h) die Entgegennahme und Genehmigung des Finanz­

plans fUr den folgenden Berichtszeitraum, i) Satzungsiinderungen, j) dCIl BeschluB zul' AuOosung del' Gesellschaft.

3. Eine ordelltliche Mitgliederversammlung ist min� destens alle zwei Jahre abwhalten. Das Pdisidium ladt hierzu aile Mitgliedel' mIter Hekanlltgabe del' Tagesordw Bung mindestens drei Monate vor dem Tennin ein. An� derungen diesel' Tagesordnung konnen nUl" mit Zustimw mung von drei Vierteln aIler Anwesellden beschlossen werden.

4. Eine ausserordentliche Mitgliederversammlung ist ein� zuberufen: a) aufReschluI3 der ordelltlichen MitgliederR versammlung b) aufBeschluI3 des Priisidimlls c) aufschriftlichen Antrag von mindestcns einem Dritw

tel aller Mitglieder unter Angabe von Grund und Zweck.

5. Die Leitung del' Mitgliederversamlung obliegt einem zu Beginll del' Versammlung zu wahlcnden Versammlung­sleiter.

6. BeschluBfiihigkeit, Abstimmungen und \Vahlen: a) Die Mitgliederversal11mlung ist ohne Riicksicht auf

die Zahl der anwesenden 11itglieder beschluI3fahig. b) Abstimmungen werden mit einfacher Mehrheit del'

anwesendell Mitglieder elltschieden, soweit die Sat­zung nicht anders regelt (8, 7). Bei Stimmengleich� heit entscheidet der Priisident.

c) Fiir die Stimmenabgabe in del' Mitgliederversall1m� lung konnen Mitglieder einander schriftlich bevoll� miichtigen. Ein bevolhnachtigtes Mitglied darfh6ch­stens drei andere Mitglieder vertreten.

d) Uber die Mitgliederversamm!ung und ihre Hew schlUsse ist ein Protokoll anzufertigen, das vom Verw sanllnlungsleiter und dcm Protokollfiihrer zu unter� zeichnen ist.

e) Die Wahlen werden durch eine eigene \Vahlordnung geregelt.

7. Satzungsiinderungen konnen nur mit Zweidrittclw mehrheit der erschienenen Mitglieder beschlossen wer� den, sofern die Einladung WI' Mitgliederversammlullg den Tagesordnungspunkt "Satzungsandel'ung" enthalw ten hat, untcr Aufi'iihrung del' Anderungsvorschliige.

8, Zur Priifung des Rechnungsabschlusses del' Gesellsw chan wahlt die Mitgliederversammlung einen Rechw nungspriifer und bis zu zwei Stel1vcrtreter. Sic arbeiten ehrenamtlich und sind Mitglieder der Gesellschaft.

9. Das Ergebnis del' Rechnungspriifung gibt del' Rech� nungspriifcr in der Mitgliederversammlung bekannt.

10. Auf ReschluB des Prasidiums odeI' del' Mitg1iederver� sammlung wird del' Rechnungsabsehluf3 nach Ein� nahmen, Ausgaben und Vennogen spezifiziert den Mit­gliedern schriftlich bekannt gegeben.

§9 Das Pdisidium 1 . Das Prasidium besteht aus folgcnden sieben Personen,

die aile Mitglicder del' Gesellschaft sein llliissen: a) dem Priisicienten, b) zwei gleichberechtigten Vizepr�isidenten, c) dem Schatzmeister, d) und drei weiteren Mitgliedern.

2. Das geschaftsfUhrende Pl'asidium (del' Vorstand im Sinne von 26 BGB), besteht aus dem Prasidenten, den zwei Vizeprasidenten gemaI3Abs.1 ZifTern a) und b) und

169

Schatzmeister. Del' Priisidellt einerseits, die beiden Vize· prasidentcn, del' Schatzmeister andererseits sind jeweils zur Vertretung dcr Gesellschaft im Sinne von 26 BGB be· rechtigt, wobei die Vizcprasidenten und der Schatzmeis· ter zu je zweien gemeinschaftlich vcrtretungsberechtigt sind und im Innenverhiiltnis den Verein nur dann vel'· tretell diirfen, wenn del' Priisident verhindert ist.

3. Die Amtszeit des Prasidiums betriigt vier Jahre. Dic \Viederwahl seiner Mitglieder ist moglich.

4. Schciden Prasidiulllsmitglieder vor Ende ihrer Amtszeit aus, oder kann auf einer MV das Priisidiulll nicht voll· sWndig gewahlt werden, daun kann sich das Priisidium bis zur nachsten Mitgliederversammlung aus dem Stamm der Mitglieder auf dem \Vege der Kooption erganzen. Die Kooption bedarf der Bestatigung auf der nachsten Mitgliederversammlung. Das Prasidium kann Mitgliederder Gesellschaft und an· dere Personen als sachverstandige Berater zu seinen Sit­zungen hinzuziehen. 1m Prasidium soil ten Personen un­terschiedlicher Nationalitat und Staatsangehorigkeit vertreten sein.

5. Aufgaben des Prasidiums Das Prasidium ist insbesondere fiir folgende Angelegcn­heiten zustandig: a) es triigt Sorge flir die Umsetzung del' Zielc del' Ge­

sellschaft gemaJ3 4, b) die Verwaltung des Vereinsvennogens und den Vollw

zug del' von del' Mitgliederversammlung gefal3tcn Be­schliisse,

c) die Vorbereitung und Einberufung del' Mitglieder· versammillng,

d) die Erstattung des Tatigkeitsberichtes und des Rcch­nungsabschlusses fiiI' die Berichtsperiode,

e) die AlIfsteIlung des Finanzplans fiir die kommcnde Berichtsperiode,

f) die Zusammenarbeit mit dem wissenschaftlichen lleirat beziiglich dessen Aufgabenstellung,

g) die Zusammenarbeit mit den regionalen Sektionen lind Arbeitsgruppen.

6. Zustandigkeiten illllerhalb des Priisidiums:

170

a) Das Prasidium wird Yom Prasidenten einberufen. b) Jede ordnungsgemaJ3 einberufene Prasidiumssit­

zung ist beschluHfiihig, wenn mindcstens vier Prasi­diulllsmitglieder danm teilnehmen, darunter min­des tens zwei Mitglieder des geschiiftsfiihrenden Prii­sidiums. Das Pdisidium kann in schriftlichem Ver­fahren beschlieJ3en, wenn aIle Prasidiumsmitglieder damn beteiligt werden.

c) Die Gesellschaft verpflichtende Urkunden und au­J3crgewohnliche Rcchtsgeschufte sollen im Innenver· haitnis zum Verein vom Prasidenten aHein odeI' jeweils gemeinschaftlich von den beiden Vizeprii­sidcntcn gemaJ3 9 Abs. l , Zifler b. unterzeichnet wer· den.

d) Bankvollmachtcn diirfen im Innenverhaltllis ZUlU Verein nm vom Priisidcnten zusammen mit dem Schatzmeister erteilt werden.

e) Das Prasidium kann fiir seine Arbeit cine Geschaft· sordnung beschliessen.

§lO Der wisscnschaftlicitc Beirat I . Der \Vissenschaftliche Beirat beriit das Prasidiul11, die rew

gionalen Sektionen und die Arbeitsgruppen bei der Pla­nung und DurchfUhrung ihrer Arbeiten und Vorhaben.

2. Der Wissenschaftliche Beirat ist in del' Bestimmung seiner Beratungsweisc und winhalte, Untersuchungen und Arbeitcn frei und keiner bestimmten wissenschaf· tlichen, philosophischen, weltanschaulichen, religioscn oder politischen Position vcrpflichtet. Er soll moglichst viele unterschiedliche Betrachtungsweisen und Auffas­sungen reprasentieren.

3. Dem \Vissenschaftlichen Beimt sollen mindestens sieben und hochstens 2 1 wissenschaftlich qualifizierte Pcrsonen angciloren. Die Griindungsmitgliederdes \vis� senschaftlichen Beirats werden vom Prasidium bestcllt. \Veitere Mitglicder werden nach Bedarf vom Wissens­chaftlichen Beirat selbst gewiihlt. Das Priisidium hat ein Vorschlags- und Mitspracherecht.

4. Del' \Vissenschaftliche Beirat wiihlt aus seiner Mitte heraus einen Vorsitzenden, del' kraft Amtes zugleich dem Priisidiul11 der Gesellschaft allgehort.

5. Der \Vissenschaftliche Beirat kann fiir seine Arbeit cine Geschaftsordnung beschlieOen.

§1 1 Die Regionalcn Sektionen/Chapters lind die ArbeHsgrup­pen

1 . Die ordentlichen Mitglieder eines jeden Landes oder Spmchbereiches konncn sich in Sektionen (engI.Chap­tel's) organisieren.

2. Ihre Organisation und Arbeit WiTd durch eine eigene Geschaftsordnung geregeit, die das Priisidiulll ge­nehmigt haben muB.

3. Innerhalb der Sektioncn und auch auf internationaler Ebene konnen sich Arbeitsgruppen bilden, die einzellle konkretc Vorhaben entsprechend den Aufgabenge­bieten del' Gcsellschaft (§4) bearbeiten. Organisation und Arbeit dieser Arbeitsgruppen wird durch cine eigene Grcmienordnung geregelt.

§12 Aunasllng der Gesellschaft I . Die Auf10sllng der Gesellschaft kann nur von einer

Mchrheit von drci Vierteln del' auf einereigenszur Auf1o­sung der Gesellschaft einberufenen Mitglicderversamm­lung anwesenden Mitglieder oder aller Mitglieder der Gesellschaft bei brieflicher Abstilllmung beschlossen werden.

2. Uber die Verwendung des Gesellschaftsvennogens be­schliefien die Mitglieder mit einfacher Mehrheit. Das Vermogen ist ulllllittelbar und ausschliel3lich fiir gellleinw niitzige Vereinigungen zu verwenden, die dem gleichen oder einem iihnlichen Vereinszweck dienen.

3. Bei Auf10sung odeI' Autllcbung del' Gesellschaft oder bei \Vcgfall ihres bisherigen Zwccks hillt das Vermogen del' Gesellschaft nach Abdeckung aller Verbindlich­keiten an eine gemcinniitzige Einrichtung, dic es un mit­telbar und ausschliefilich fUr wisscnschaftliche Zwecke zu verwenden hat. Die Mitglieder bestimmen diese Ein� richtung in der Mitgliederversammlung gemaB § 1 3 . 1 .

Frankfurt, 22.Juii 1989

Int. ClassiC 16 ( 1989) No. 3 - ISKO News

F I DleR N ews 26

1989 has been a very busy year internationally in classi­fication theory and practice. Among the activities were: Conference in Edmonton, Canada, a seminar on the Dewey Classification, Edition 20, during IFLA in Paris, France; programmes 011 various aspects of classification research and practice, as well as thesaurus construction, at ASIS in \Vashingtoll; the founding of a Be\V intcrtla­tiona I classification society in Frankfurt, West Germany_

Congratulations to Ingetraut DAHLBERG and the OHicers of the International Society for Knowledge Or­ganization (ISKO). Best wishes for ISKO's future!

The 5th International Study Conference for Classifica­tion Research

The date of this conference has been moved back to June 199 1 . This change will allow more time for careful planning and will make it possible to place it in a morc fa­vourable position with reference to the two classification conferences held in North America in 1988 and 1989, as well as the AS IS Annual Conference to be held in To­ronto, Canada in November 1990, Theexact dates and lo­cation for the Study Conference are currently in the plan­ningstage anda call for papers will be issued early in 1990.

FID 45th Conference and Congress, Hayana, Cuba

A change of dates has been announced for this con­ference. It will now be held Sept. l7-22, 1990. FID/CR is planning a combined business and programme meeting for the Cuban Conference. The agenda is expected to in­clude a presentation on UDC, its present status and fu­ture directions; a review of classification research and progress since the 4th International Study Conference in Augsburg (in preparation for the Toronto Conference); as well as a review and update on FIDICR activities gen­erally.

FIDICR Future Directions

As part ofthe assessment ofFJD/CR activities and pro­jects, the Chair travelled to The Hague in May 1989 to meet with Ben GOEDEGEBUURE, F1D Executive Di­rector, and with members of the Management Board for UDC, Very fruitful discussions took place and import­ant lines of communication were established, All past and proposed activities of FIDICR were examined and plans for future projects will be presentcd to the FID/CR membership over the next few months. Among the more important results of these meetings were the establish­ment offonnal liaison with the IFLA Standing Commit­tees on Classitication and Indexing, and Cataloguing, and with INFOTERM as well. The FID/CR chair was appointed to serve on the Task Force on UDC System Development.

In!. Classif. 16 ( 1989) No. 3 - FIDleR News 26

Task Force on UDC System Deyelopment

In October 1988, the UDC Management Board estab­lished the Task Force on UDC System Development, with the charge "to advise the UDC Management Board - in the form of a written report - concerning appropriate long term, strategic development of the Universal Deci­mal Classification as in i.ts entirety an efTective, flexible and durable system for use in classifying recorded infor­mation and knowledge". The Task Force was con­stituted early in 1989 with Dr.I.MclL W AINE, School of Library Archive and Information Studies, University College London as Chairperson. The Task Force is now well into its deliberations, having met during IFLA in Paris in August and again in The Hague in October. A third meeting is planned for Amsterdam at the beginning of February 1990. There is need to be seriously con­cerned about the future of UDC and therefore it is im­portant to act quickly, The Task Force is addressing all aspects of UDC and its problems including the needs of its users. Recommendations for the strategic develop­ment ofUDC will be set down in a report to be presented to the Management Board in the early spring of 1990.

International Conference on Library Classification and its FUllctions, Edmonton, Canada, June 20·21, 1989

Organized by the Faculty of Library and Information Studies, University of Alberta, this conference focussed on the general nature of library classification in its three functions - bibIiothecal, bibliographic, and cognitive. Eight papers were presented by authorities in the field and the overall approach of the conference was to move from the simple to the complex. Professor Andre NI­TECKI, University of Alberta presented the opening paper "The functions of classification" establishing the framework for the remainder of the Conference, Nitecki placed his remarks in the context of the changing role of classitication, in the light of internationalization and the differing traditions in the function of classification in North America and Europe and other parts ofthe world, In conclusion, he stated that at least two kinds ofclassifi­cation are necessary for present and future needs, one for storage and retrieval of physical objects and the second for the bibliographic and retrieval function.

Tony FELL, Grant McEwan Community College, ad­dressed the bibliothecal function, identifying and exam­ining in detail the major factors governing efficiency and effectiveness, Fell concluded that "users will continue to demand shelf browsing and comparison of related items to fulfil the desire for contact with actual library ma­terials". Professor Elaine SVENONIUS, University of California at Los Angeles, presented an analysis of the "Bibliographic Function of Classification", Setting her remarks in the historical context of the differing North American and European traditions, Svenonius assessed Cutter's approach and itsefTect on North American prac­tice, as well as considering classitication in the context of the classified catalogue. Svenonius sees online systems as having important potential for improved knowledge rep� resentation with a richer structure. She further specu­lates that an "ideal" classification could provide a useful

171

means of evaluating and developing existing classifica­tion systems, but views a wholly new classification for the online environment as "a lUxury not to be dreamed of'. Such specula tion raises the question as to how bibliothe­cal classification might best be adapted to a bibliographi­cal function online. Two aspects of the question were ex­plored - the objections raised to the online implementa­tion of traditional classification and some strategies for using bibliotecal classification online. From her analysis Svenonius proposed the use of "a kind of text fragment" to serve as an intermediary between the users input query and a set of classification numbers". In essence she was suggesting chain index entry as the intermediary. Ex­perimental work would be needed and the goal should be: improved precision withont destroying recall. Sve­nonins also called for new methods of display, perhaps in the form of tree structures. In conclusion she refutes Cut­ter's objections to the classified catalogue.

Continuing the examination of the function ofclassifi­cation in the international context, Professor Mary DYKSTRA, Dalhousie University, Halifax, Canada examined "Canada's role in bridging the North Ameri­can/European approach to classification". \Vith particu­lar reference to Canada, the United Kingdom and the United States, Dykstra analyzed the position of both li­brary practice and library education. She found that both public and academic libraries are tied almost en­tirely to the American tradition, and deviation from that tradition occurs most often in special libraries and special information agencies. At the same time a survey ofthe seven Canadian library and information science de­gree programmes suggested that while Canadian library and information science education might not be a strong bridge between the two traditions, it is more interIm­tiona I in its approach than is the American practice. In Canada there is an openness to the international perspec­tive and a critical awareness of the methods and practices beyond national borders.

As a conclusion to the first day of the conference, a paper by John COMAROMI, Editor, Dewey Decimal Classification provided a "Comparison of Major Classi­fication Schemes" including the BBK, Bliss's Biblio­graphie Classification, the Colon Classification, UDC, DDC and LCC, Factors considered were the "oper­ational considerations", that is the administrative, ma­chine capability, the indexing and notational and instruc­tional requirements, including the strength and weak­ness of each system. Finally, Comaromi's paper exam­ined each system in the context ofthe three functions, con­cluding that BBK, Bliss and Colon are superior in the cog­nitive sense, BBK and UDe function best bibliographi­cally, while Lce is bibliothecally superio!"' Ending on a practical note Comaromi stated that he felt switching classitication schemes is administratively foolish. Unlike NITECKI he felt any classification could serve both cog­nitive and bibliographic functions.

172

The second day of the conference emphasized the cog­nitive function of classification systems. Professor Ti­mothy CRAVEN, University of Western Ontario, Lon­don, Canada presented a paper on "The cognitive func­tion of classification: the role of library classification in thessurus construction". His discussion included an ana­lysis of the similarities and differences between classifica­tion schemes and thesauri, classification schemes as part of thesauri, the use of classification in thesaurus construc­tion and the use of thesauri in classification scheme in­struction. The concepts of facetting and citation order are deemed to be fundamental to both thesauri and classi­fication. Craven admitted he was not proposing any new departure but he perceived a variety of roles for classifica­tion in online systems. The second major paper related to the cognitive functions centred on automatic classifica­tion and document clustering. A paper by Professor Ger­ard SALTON, Cornell University, I thaca, New York, fo· cussed "On the use of cluster file organization in inforIna­Hon search and retrieval". Salton sees conventional files as providing fast response to a query with acceptable out· put, but their major drawback is that they preclude the kind of collection browsing readily available in convel1-tiona I libraries. Salton perceives browsing as a desirable feature of any information retrieval system. One ap­proach to this in the computerized system is "clustered document collections". He cited two basic problems for operational systems of this nature - the cost of the auto­matic document clustering of large files and the uncer­tainty of the effectiveness and effIciency of searches in do­cument clustered files. I n his final summary Salton con­cluded that clustered file organizations are useful for me­cHum-sized collections and using tight cluster, search ef­fectiveness could be somewhat superior to that obtained from inverted files, although response time in clustered files could be somewhat slower. More experimentation is needed to determine whether clustered file organizations are viable for collections of 100,000 documents or more. I n the final paper of the day, Professor c'R.WILSON, Department of Anthropology, University of Alberta, dis­cussed the "ExportabilityjTransfer of classification" from the point of view of a social scientist. \Vilson felt that there are major problems to overcome. Technologi­cal transfer is not simple, there are often cultural blind spots and the "best" system is not necessarily transfer­able,

Professor Nancy WILLIAMSON's task lVas to pro­vide an evaluation and conclusion for the conference. In summarizing the results, she noted that participants felt that classification still has a vital function to play in

' stor­

age and retrieval systems. Participants felt that new classi­fication schemes designed specifically for use in online systems are unlikely to be developed in the near future, but online systems themselves have greater potential for better use of existing classification systems.

N.\Villiamson

Int. CJassif. 16 (1989) No. 3 - FID/CR News 26

Book reviews

PORKSEN, Uwe: Delltsehe Naturwissellsehaftss­prachen, historischc und kritische Sfudien (German special science languages; historical and critical studies). Tiibingen: Gunter Narr Verlag 1986. 251 p. � Forum fiir Fachsprachenforschung, 2.

La publication de ce libre est l'aboutisscmcnt d'un projet (\ long tcnne et, sans aucun doute, la realisation d'un r' eve de I'auteur. Au fait, Uwe P6rkscll (Univ,Fri� bourg i.B.) IlOUS apprend que ce volume reunit des ar­ticles publies ca et hi entre 1972 et 1984 et destines des Ie cU:but a ' etre les chapitres d'un libre consacre a I'histoire de la langue des sciences naturelles. Les Imit exposes de ce volume sont groupcs en trois parties. La premiere partie (un chap.) relate Ie passage de la langue scientifique latine au langage scientitique allemand et la creation de nouvelles Jangues specifiques pour la biologie, Ia physique et la chimie. Ce chapitre parle egalement de l'accro' issement constant du vocabulaire scientinque et de la relation entre la langue scientifique et Ie Iangage de chaque jour. Les six etudes qui constituent Ia deuxieme partie sont consacree it des sujets tres divers, entre autres: Ie passage du latin, langue savante, it l'allemand scienti­fique (notons Ia comparaison du nombre des livres edites soit en latin, soit en allemand, it differentes epoques). Cette 2me partie traite egalement des rapports entre Ie langage courant et la langue scientifique et analyse Ie lan­gage metaphorique de Linne, Darwin, Goethe et Freud, ainsi que la tenninoiogie de la psychanalyse. Le chapitre qui expose la "naissance" d'un livre scientifique popu­laire est remarquablement informatif. La troisieme par­tie developpe des idees particulierement interessantes. Parlant de I'afllux des tennes scientifiques dans la langue allemande, l'auteur se pose des questions it propos de la purete de celle-ci. Uwe Piirksen aborde egalement ici Ie probU:me de la formation des enseignants du secondaire et disconrt sur Ie nombre croissant des institutions d'en­seignement superieur.

Lorsque I'auteur passe en revue Ies diflerents moyens d'exprimer un nouveau concept, it mentionne e.a. les em­prunts au materiel lexical d'autres langues. En notant des centaines de mots, il les classe soit chronologiquement, soit par sujet; on peut regretter I'absence de classification selon l'origine. A plusieurs reprises, Porksen insiste sur l'origine latine ou grecque de beaucoup de neologismes; H nous semble qu'il ait tort de ne pas assez accentuer l'im­pOltance des mots hellenogenes (Griechisch n'est Ill' eme pas mentionne dans Ie registre ... ),

Puisque ce volume reunit des textes ecrits au cours d'une periode d'nne douzaine d'annees, it n'est pas eton­nant que certains sujets sont abordes plus d'une fois, On remarque d'ailleurs un triple fi1 rouge a travers les differ­ents exposes: que Ie latin des savants a ete remplacee par des langues nationales en laissant beaucoup de traces dans cenes-ci, que Ie vocabulaire scientifique s'accro' it

Jnt. Classif. 16 (1989) No. 3 - Book reviews

de facon vertigineuse et qu'nne partie de ces nouveaux mots est bien acceptce par la langue de chaque jour.

On est toutefois queIquc peu surpris qu'un seul volume rcunisse des sujets si divers. Mais I'inter' et et la com­petence de l'auteur s'etendent it des domaines aussi nom­breux quedifTcrents, non seulement it ceux qui repondent au titre du livre, tels Ia chimie, la botanique, la physique, la biologie, Ics mathematiques, mais aussi ,:\ d'autres ma­tjeres tclles que la Iinguistique, la litterature, la philosop­hie, la psychanalyse, la pedagogie et Ia didactique.

C'est pourquoi ce libre pourrait donner it certains Jec­teurs une impression d'eparpillement; d'autres cepend­ant lui accorderont un caractere d'interdisciplinarite, Nous nOllS rangons panni ces derniers,

Catholic University of Leuven B-3000 Leuven, Belgium

Henri Leclercq

HILDRETH, Charles R. : Intelligent Interfaces and Re­triel'31 Methods for Subject Searching in Bibliographie Retrieval Systems. Washington, DC: Library of Con­gress/Cataloging Distribution Service 1989. III, 120p. ISBN 0-8444-0626-0. � Advances in Library Informa­tion Technology, 2.

Online Public Access Catalogs (OPACs) have become part and parcel of libraries of almost any size and mission!, They are replacing conventional library cata­logs oncard or microfiche, thus passing on the benefits of a very costiyenterprise called library automation to the li­braries' patrons. The holdings of libraries are no longer accessible only via authors' names or titles proper; in­stead, the complete bibliographic descriptions as well as "enrichments" of various kinds (from subject headings to abstracts) may provide access points for queries, with hitherto unknown possibilities of linking names, key­words, or subjects by employing Boolean operators, The history of OPAC use proves that the vast majority of queries are subject oriented, rather than "known item searches" for, say, a particular author or title, The feasi­bility of OPACs, both in terms of library management and usersatisfaction, depends on the quality of subject ac­cess. This involves two aspects, processing and storage of relevant data (subject headings, classification etc.) as well as the design of what has come to be termed the "front end", including both surface matters (menu de­sign) and internal ones (for instance, system guidance, query correction, relevance feedback etc,),

Speaking of online public access to library files is refer­ring to the numerous and comprehensive publications of Charles R.Hildreth. To Hildreth, OPACs never were a merely technical matter. Already in 1982, he pointed out unmistakeably that OPACs were to be considered and de­signed as the "human interface"'. Quite literally, OPACs are expected to line (or "interface") the internal, library administrative computing routines with the information needs and searching behaviour of the non-professional and, quite possibly, computer-illiterate library patron. As Hildreth's survey clearly shows: there are OPACs which are simply more intelligent than others, His mono­graph on OPAC design already referred to, is still semi-

173

nal, as is his state�of�the-art reportJ. Although both pub� Iications are "old" in terms of computing developments, librarians in this country will not find them outdated; with respect to the timelag of library automation in W.-Germany (in contrast to the United States), Hil­dreth's publications will certainly help avoiding the repe­tition of errors and pitfalls in OPAC design and im­plementation.

The present book was prepared for the Library of Con­gress with two objectves in mind. First, a stale-of�the-al·t survey and investigation of intelligent "front end" design approaches and software for improving subject access and subject searching in loday's large online biblio� graphic retrieval systems, including OPACs; second, a statement on the applicability of intelligent retrieval methods to a future information retrieval system im­plemented by the Library of Congress. The focus of this study clearly is on OPACs. 23 advanced OPACs and intel­ligent retrieval systems and software, including three CD-ROM systems, in the United States and the United Kingdom (Plus one from France) were investigated in the course of this survey, ranging from experimental inhouse systems to commercially marketed systems which in­clude the OPAC as a module of an integrated library sys­tem. Many OPAC features are demonstrated by helpful reproductions of screen displays.

Any investigation into the intelligence of subject ac­cess must be rooted in the data available for librarians, computing experts and end-users. As for subject access, it should be kept in mind that Anglo-American OPACs arc usually based on MARC records, supplied either by the Library of Congress or the British Library; UK and US MARC records contain classification data (Library of Congress and Dewey Decimal Classification) and ver­bal indexing (Library of Congress Subject Headings and/or verbal features of PRECIS). I n spite of several limitations, it seems that American libraries in particular will not change from their traditional instruments of sub­ject indexing and classification, for instance from LCSH to PRECIS, but apply these instruments to an onlinccnvi­rOl1l11ent4. In other countries, the very basis of data per­taining to subject analysis provided by the national bib­liographic agency may not be quite as comprehensive to support the design of any intelligent "front end" for sub­ject searching.

As Hildreth explains, the review of intelligent "front ends" facilitating subject access will lead to an analysis of four major issues: I) case of use, orientation, and presen­tation factors, 2) vocabulary control and correlation fac­tors, 3) more effective system-guided or automatic query formulation and retrieval techniques, and 4) meaningful engagement of the searcher in relevance assessments, query modification/expansion, and the provision of smart navigational, exploration facilities (p.5). The key­note is, of course, "smart" which is certainly synony­mous with "intelligent" as far as Hildreth's sample OPACs are concerned. Other OPACs, however, are likely to render a somewhat diflerent sense of "smart", more in the line of trial and error, getting lost, despair and pain. I t may suffice to refer to the number ofOPACs already implemented or to be bought 00' the shelf which

174

do not permit several or indeed any of Hildreth's four major issues to be seriously reviewed at all. The checklist of standard OPAC features appended to Hildreth's study will be very helpful if disillusioning.

Hildreth classifies today's common OPACs as "sec­ond generation", that is to say, they permit key word and phrase searching, browsing of indexes as well as hit lists, and the use of Boolean operators. They clearly support the type of exact match searching: a precisely stated query, possibly incorporating Booleans, is supposed either to prompt a match or nothing at all. This is cer­tainly true for "known item" searches: the library either holds a particular title or it simply does not. Now, the situ­ation gets different when it comes to subject queries. The vocabulary may be ambiguous; descriptors or subject headings may have to be looked up in a list or thesaurus for a correct search statement; or the OPAC user may not be able to state precisely what s/he is actually searching. Titles matching blurred search statements are either too few (or, indeed, none) or too many. There may be recall, yet little precision; or, what is more likely, there will be no recall at all. Booleans pretend emcience of OPAC usc and document retrieval. In this context they turn out to be a blessing in disguise, though, for the formulation of good Boolean queries is an art most untrained users can­not cope with. And even if they can: Booleans appear to be the wrong approach to information retrieval. The problem of ranking creates an awareness of Boolean lil1li� tations. Whithin Boolean retrieval, any match to an OR-query which contains just one query term is as "good" as another which contains all; and any match to an AND-query which contains an but one query terms is as "bad" as another which contains none (and will, there� fore, not be considered a match). As Hildreth pointedly states, second generation OPACs "represent a marriage of the library catalog and conventional online informa­tion (I R) systems familiar to librarians who search online abstracting and indexing databases via DIALOG, BRS, DATASTAR, MEDLlNE, etc." (p.7). In a library envi­ronment, online search specialists are a minority, and most library patrons will find their OPAC stuck in a somewhat unfavouri te marriage 5 .

Is there any "intelligent" solution to that problem? In contrast to "known item" searches, the term "subject search" may be an euphemism for "uncertainty", either about the topic itself or the search terms. ·What matters is the capability of the OPAC to react to the varying kinds and degrees of that uncertainty. The "intelligent" answer to the Boolean dominated method is probabilistic retrie­val6. I t is based on a ranking algorithm which "orders the set of retrieved documents according to their decreasing similarity to the query" (p.4S). Moreover, the idea is to provide "near matches" in those cases when the Boolean method would have produced none. Not all the terms of a search statement are necessarily of equal importance to the user, and retrieval is facilitated enormously if terms can actually be weighted according to their importance. Further improvement can be made if queries s tated in natural language are automatically translated, as it were, into relevant descriptors, The same applies to automatic spelling corrections, phonetic searches ("Soundex algo-

lilt. Classif. 16 (1989) No. 3 - Book reviews

rithms) etc. 7. Other major issues which can only be men­tioned here arc navigation and browsing facilities as well as help screens. OPACs will be the more efficient and us­able for non-specialist users if a kind of guidance is pro­vided, leading the users through the net of descriptors and paving the way to subject areas which may be related to the initial search statement. "I ntelligent" OPACS over­come the static situation of user's query and system's answer. Interactivc systems will give "opportunity for search term and docurnent appraisal and relevance feed­back during the search process" (1'.105). Many OPACs at least suggest different search modes to improve retrie­val results; and some, in fact, automatically implement al­ternative search strategies if there is no recall to a search statement.

Hildreth's survey is not exactly a market analysis; and he has no "best buy" OPAC to recommend'. Almost by definition, however, by being included in the survey, all 23 systems reviewed provide more "intelligent" subject searching facilities than most common second gener­ation OPACs. Yet it should not be overlooked that a couple of systems are repeatedly and favourably men­tioned for their intelligent approaches. These systems in­clude CITR (at the National Library of Medicine), I3R (at the University of ·· Massachusetts), KIM (at the University of Aberdeen), and OKAPI (designed at the Polytechnic of Central London, and parlially included in the integrated turnkey library system LIBERTAS mar­keted by SW ALCAP Library Services Ltd.).

Concluding his survey, Hildreth concisely states the most important requirements ofa future information rc­trieval system of the Library of Congress. It will have to include MARC and non-MARC files, employ multiple thesauri, rely on a traditional database structure utilizing inverted indexes, provide Boolean search mode as one variety accompanying other, probablilistc, interactive re� trieval modes. The most important requirement prob­ably will be the system's efliciency for the library's clien­tele expected to be unfamiliar with the mysteries of Booleans and information retrieval. There will never be a totally "automatic" OPAC; yet "automatic" techniques will certainly help to make OPACs and other infonna­tion retrieval systems more interactive, Of, to put it in Hil­dreth's own words, cooperative and engaging.

Heiner Schnelling

Mitev, Nathalie N., Efthimiadis, E.N.: A classified biblio­graphy on online public access. London: British Library 1987.

2 Hildreth, Charles R.: Online Public Access Catalogs: the human interfacc. Dublin, DB: OCLC 1982.

3 l lildreth, Charles R.: Online Public Access Catalogs. In: An­nual Review of Information Science and Technology, 20(l985)p.233-285. Reprinted in: Hc1al, A.H., Weiss, 1.W.(Eds.): Future of Online Catalogues. Essen: Universi­tiitsbibliothek 1986. p.3-55

4 See Markey, Karen: Dewey Decimal Classification Online Project: Evaluation of a library schedule and index inte­grated into the subject searching capabilities of an online catalog. Final report to the Council of Library Resources. Dublin, DB: OCLC 1986. See also Cochrane, P.A.: Improv­ing LCSH for use in online catalogs. Littleton, CO: Libraries Unlimited 1986. 348p.

5 Hildreth, Charles R.: Beyond Boolean: Desi�ning the next generation of online catalogs. Llbr. Trends 35(1987)1'.647-667

InL C1assif. 16 (1989) No. 3 Book rcvicws

6 See Salton, Gerard; McGill, Michael J.: Introduction to mod­ern information retrieval. New York: McGraw-Hili 1983.

7 See Walker, Stephen; Jones, Richard: Improving subject re­trieval in online catalogs. London, GB 1987.

8 See Lccves, J.: Library systems: a buyer's guide. Aldershot: Gower 1987. 2nd cd. forthcoming in 1989.

Dr.ll.Schnelling. Universitatsbibliothek Giessen, D-6300 Giesscn

NEET, Hanna E.: A la recherche du mo! c1e. Aualyse do­Cllmentaire et l'indexation alphabCtique. (In search of the keyword. Document analysis and alphabetical index­ing). Geneve: Les Editions IES, Institut d'Etudes So­ciales 1989. 1 87p. ISBN 2-88224-0 14-7 � Les Cours de !'I.E.S., 2

Hanna E.Neet, lecturer at the library school in Geneva and author of "Assoziationsrelationen in Dokumenta­tionslexika fiir die verbale Sacherschlief3ung" (Geneva 1984) presents a concise introduction to document ana­lysis and alphabetical indexing; she gives an overview of the subject, based, for the m.ost part, on a lecture script put at her student's disposal. Ms.Neet's book is a quick, sometimes even hasty tour d'horizon, reviewing the major instruments of subject indexing (such as alphabeti­cal subject catalogue, thesaurus, KWIC-index, KWOC­index, abstract, online searching) and discussing most of the central concepts and categories (e.g., terminological control, difference between pre�coordination and post­coordination, permutation). I t is, in other words, a rapid overview in which "categorisations fines" (p.135) are mostly spared.

The bilingual Franco-German origin of the Swiss author and her legitimate recognition of the powerful Anglo-Saxon influences on international library re­search account for a welcome internationalism necessary for the multilingual information, documentation and li­brary landscape of post-92 Europe. The technical terms, for example, referring to the semantic relations between the descriptors of a thesaurus, are given in English, French and German (p.133, 136). Unfortunately, such a polyglot view over the borders of national traditions of subject indexing is rather atypical of library research, and, all too often, the far too willing acceptance of the Anglo-American hegemony within international infor­mation and library science tends to suppress the urgently needed, careful consideration of all systems of subject in­dexing not germane to the librarianship of the United States and of Great Britain.

Freeing herself (and her reacters) from the shackles of provincialism, the author displays a large, international set of systems of subject indexing sllch as the French sub­ject authority file "Repertoire alphabetique de matit�res, encyclopedique, automatisc et unific" (R.A.M.E.A.U.), the German "Regeln fiir den Schlagwortkatalog" (RSWK), the British PRECIS (chapters VIII-X). Unfor­tunately, the presentations of individual codes, authority tiles and alphabetical subject indexes are lined up in a rather incohesive fashion. Comparisons and cross-ref­erences are missing and the requirements of comparative librarianship are hardly met. From time to time the trans­national bias of the script, however welcome it may be,

175

tempts the author to resort to misleading, even erroneous analogies and categorizations. PRECIS, for example, is not - as the wording on p.81 might suggest - influenced by Tesniere's dependency grammar, but rather by Chom­sky's transformational grammar and Fillmore's case grammar.

The evaluation of Hanna E.Neet's monograph has to take into account its humble origins as a reading script. Most features of the study, both its strong points and its blemishes, are largely due to the specific characteristics of the text type. Often they seelll to be caused by the in­stitutional demands of a training college (examination regulations, for example). An inclination to brevity, a cer­tain hastiness and a liking for enumeration have already been mentioned. Equally conspicuous are: - a preference for introductory remarks on the contents of codes and indexes which enables the students to examine more thoroughly the m.inutiae and inner work­ings of the system in question, - the inClusion of basic, pragmatic and often fairly con­cise definitions appropriate for a beginners' course (the index card as a substitute for the book, for example see p . 15), - a hesitant attitude toward the introduction oftermino­logy which goes hand in hand with a tendency to present technical terms at a fairly late stage in the text. The 'syn­detic' structure of references, for example, is mentioned only on 1'.1 32, while references have already been ex­plained in chapter IV ("Le contr' ole terminologique et les renvois", "Terminological control and references", p.35-44). On p. 1 3 where words oflike spelling but differ­ent meaning are introduced, the concept of 'homo­graphy' is missing and is not explained until p.35, - the emphasis on authority files (for example, R.A.M.E.A.U. and the subject authority file of the RSWK), - the steady and sensible connection between subject in­dexing and bibliography. The "Halbjahresverzeichnis del' Deutschen Bibliographie", for example, is explained in the chapter on RSWK (p.70), - a pronounced sense of practicality, stressing the practi­cal application of a rule rather than indulging in its the­Ol-etical foundations. Sometimes, however, the author's essential pragmatism makes her introductions to codes and indexes read more or less like directions for use, merely explaining their m.icrostructure (punctuation, special characters), - a tendency to avoid evaluations. One of the very few ex­ceptious is the great value attributed to PRECIS (p.85), another one is the moderate criticism of the French code NF Z 44-070 (1'.39, 4 1 ). Recommendations usually refer to some minor points of subject indexing only (cr., for example, p.53, 56).

The crucial characteristic ofMs.Ncet's introduction is the author's determination to master encyclopedic wealth within a book of moderate length. Unfortunately this intention tempts her to present, in a succinct, enumer­ative and descriptive way, as many instruments of sub­ject indexing as possible instead of introducing basic con­cepts in an exemplary, comparative and evaluative way, instead of placing the issues of subject indexing within

176

the wider context of informatioll science and library pol­icy (shared cataloging within cooperative systems, for example), instead of conveying the 'meaning' of the in­dexing systems in question by pinpointing their definite characters, the lack of which is especially marked in the author's discussion of RSWK (p.69-78). But the conflict between an enormous wealth of material - which has been passed on to the students of library science in order to improve their career prospects in a colourful and multi­farious library landscape - and a sensible concentration on selected examples and paradigms, the crucial problem of the teaching of subject indexing, still remains, and, of course, �1s.Neet is not to blame for this dilemma. More­over, a study of subject indexing cannot do without a de­scription of the most important codes and indexing SySM {ems or without making mention of dates and figures, per­sons and institutions, or without a presentation of the many facts involved.

I n the closing chapter (Chapter XVIII: "Tendances 2, p.165-171) of her study, which is obviously coloured by her own classroom experience and has, unfortunately, neither an index nor glossary, Hanna E. Neet sum­marizes the main tendencies of contemporary subject in­dexing: the simplification of vocabulary, the replace­ment of references by thesaurus relations, the growing im­portance of alphabetical subject indexing, the increasing insignificance of post-coordination and the gradual removal of traditional indexing by free-text searches.

On the whole the well-edited primer aims at French­speaking students of information and library science. This does not mean, however, that it will be useless to a non-French and a non-student public.

\Verner Bies Dr.Werner Bies, Universitatsbibliothek der FU Berlin, Garystrasse 39, 0-1000 Berlin 33

OERSTENKORN, Alfred; STOCKER, Adelheid: Die Aufwcckcr. Killdergeschichten - SprachUbungen. (The Awakeners. Stories and Linguistic Exercises for Children). Lengdorf, FRO: Verlag Alfred Oerstenkorn und Adelheid Stocker, (0-8256, Postfach I I ) 1988. 128p., ISBN 3-9801895-0-3

How difficult it can be to describe what one actually is doing all day and what one is busy with for what purpose is an experience which most every documentalist, library or information scientist engaged in subject description and classification will have made some time or other. How much easier would these attempts at explanation turn out to beifall participants in such discussions had al­ready in their childhood come into touch with the book "The Awakeners", had played with it and learned from it . For, besides ofTering spelling and grammar exercises the book provides a playful approach, adapted to the ju­venile mind, to the understanding, summarization and abstraction of texts, to keyword selection and allocation (indexing), appraisal (reviewing) and other techniques of knowledge extraction. The team of authors, consisting of a mother of three and a specialist in lingustics, has in­vented eight stories that center around the subjects of usage, customs and history, nature and environmental

Int. ClassiC 16 (1989) No. 3 - Book reviews

protection, communication, signs and symbols, as well as information and technology. They can be read all'eady to children orthe pre-school age and -printed as they are in large characters -by children from the age of eight up­ward, while at of the age of nine or ten the children can be t�lIniliarized with the language exercises. Clues to all ques­tions asked and an index comprising all words ofthe spell­ing exercises are found at the end of the book. Through­out the stories and exercises the youthful readers are ac­companied by Adalgard and Umundum, both trans­posed from the Middle Ages into the present. As they read the stories and solve the exercises the children ac­quire elementary skills in information and documenta­tion, and with them in scholarly activity and learning. One would wish for further books along these lines, books acquainting one in a playful way with the arts of looking for knowledge, of filing and retrieving it, of searching for it . Such structural capabilities in dealing with knowledge will become more important all the time.

Marlies Ockenfeld Djpl.Chem.M.Ockenfeld, I nst.f.Integriertc Pllbl.ll.Inf.-Systcmc, G rvlO, Dolivostr. 11, 0-6100 Darmstadt, FRG.

PRASHER, R.O.: Index and Indexing System. New Delhi; Medallion Press (A46 Mohan Oarden) 1989. IX, 1 96p.

In India, the practice and study of indexes and index­ing has always remained delegated in a subordinated po­sition to notational classification. ivIostly, this has hap­pened under the heavy weight of hierarchical classifica­tion in the Indian library school curricula. Thus verbal classification has not received its due importance. This has worsely affected the construction and use of indexes and subject catalogues in India. Accordingly, there is a dearth of Indian standard books on this traditional tool of information retrieval. Because of this, a book on various aspects of indexes and indexing is welcome.

Dr.Ram Gopal Prasher, at present a professor at the University of Sagar, is an experienced librarian and a dedicated teacher. His services to Indian scholarship and the library profession in the form of "Indian Books: An Annual Annotated Bibliography (from 197 1 - 1975)" and "Indian Library Literature, 1950-1970" are enviable and enduring. He is thus well equipped to write on indexes and indexing,

The whole book, covering a large spectrum of the art and science of indexing, has been regimented into ten chapters. The first chapter makes a close survey of the various prevailing definitions of an index and the tech­nique of indexing; it enumerates the functions of all index differentiating it from a bibliography and a catalogue and lists also some important indexing services. This chapter is valuable for its survey of the major indexes and their types. The second chapter traces the history of the subject from Cutter to Craven. The history has been nar­rated not under concepts but under individual person­alities and their work in chronological sequence. The next six chapters are devoted to individual indexing sys­tems such as chain indexing, PRECIS, POPS I up to post-

Int. ClassiC 16 (l989) No. 3 - Book reviews

coordinate systems. Among them there could have been added a chapter on automatic indexing as well as one on the role of computers in indexes. Also, a chapter on Sears and LC lists of subject headings would have been helpful since they are invariably taught in theory and practice in all the library schools.

The Ilinth chapter describes some existing indexing ser� vices. These include book indexes, collection indexes and newspaper indexes. The rest of the indexing services are listed by subject. Only 53 major services are described, though no explicit criterion has been stated for the selec­tion, For instance "Library Literature" (H.\V.\Vilson) has been included while LISA (London: Library Assoc.) has been omitted. The chapter, however, is nevertheless useful to the students of reference services. The last, the tenth chapter describes a procedure to evaluate an index in the wider context of an information system. Evalu­ation is a diagnostic process aiming at its elTiciency and ef­ficacy with the overall economy. It enlists factors effect­ing the handling of an indexing system in the context of practical reality and in the traditional terms of precision and recall ratio. Some surveys and experiments having been carried out, such as the Cranfield Project and the t-..1edlars Evaluation Program have also been described in brieL ln the appendix (1'.182-1 92) facsimile reproduc­tions from some eleven indexes are given, so as to provide students with a visual idea of the shape and structure of these indexes.

Basically, it is a textbook. Each chapter - divided into Ranganathanlike paragraphs with feature headings -ends with a summary followed by references and lists fllr� ther readings. The text is well illustrated with diagrams and examples. The language is simple and in a ll1atter-of� fact style. Here the author shows ofT as a meticulous edi­tor. The production stal1(iclrds are high. This book bring� illg many things under one roof, comes handy to the stu­dents of indexing and subject cataloguing.

M.P.Satija lvlohinder Partap Satija, Guru Nanak OC\' University, School of Library and Information Science, Amritsar- J 43005, India.

H., OALINSKI,Ch. (Eds.): Terminology and Knowledge Engineering. Proceedings. International Congress on Terminology and Knowledge Engineering, 29 Sept. - I Oct. 1987. University of Trier, FRO. 2 vols. Frank­furt/M: INDEKS Verlag 1987/88. 448 + 2561'. ISBN 3-88672-202-3 and -203- 1 .

The two volumes contain 74 papers (53 in English, 19 in German, 2 in French) of the First Congress on Tenni­llology and Knowledge Engineering organized by the In­ternational lnformation Centre for Terminology and the Association for Terminology and Knowledge Transfer under the patronage of UNESCO. The papers reflect all present activities in terminology science. They may be grouped roughly into ( 1 ) fundamentals of terminology science, (2) linguistic problems, (3) knowledge organiza­tion, and (4) application. About 9 papers are devoted to the/lmdamcl1tals of termi­nology science. Attempts are made to answer questions

177

such as 'what is a concept? what is terminology?', and 'in which sense are terminology and knowledge engineering related to each other?' The need to standardize scientific terminology (as far as possible across disciplines and with translinguistic methods) is emphasized. The dis­cussions are centred around Wiister's General Theory of Tenninolgy and his triad 'object-concept-symbol'. The information given is sometimes quite elementary; it would be better placed in an introductory lesson rather than presented at a conference. Dealing with the solu­tion of terminological problems, terminology science must apply (unlike other sciences) its own principles and m.ethods to itself - with less success as yet, as the uncer­tain handling of its basic concepts shows: Even the term 'terminology' is used in at least three different mean­ings: 'theory of knowledge management', 'systems of concepts to which terms have been assigned', and 'lenni­nology science'.

To get a world without communication barriers the UNESCO is interested in promoting adequate termino­logical tools for knowledge transfer between all coun­tries - bilgllistic problems are serious obstacles to this en­deavour: A native speaker, e.g., should accept a neolog­ism as a meaningful word creation if the meaning of the concept in question is explained to him; in two papers this acceptance problem of neologisms is discussed expli­citely. Problems may arise because a special /anguage is always embedded ill a normal language. PICHT calls at­tention to one consequence of this fact: In coining new concepts a scientist uses in general his native language so that numerous normal language phrases with a special meaning appear in a scientific context. This leads to naming problems in other languages: In translating even specialists have problems to find the correct verbs, prepositions etc. Other difficulties arise from the fact that the normal language with its restr;cted numher of word elements is less suitable for the formation of the mass of new terms required every year. It has been sug­gested, therefore, that research should pay more atten­tion to the development of nomenclatures and systems of signs where a sign reveals the position of the concept in its system; banks containing definite word stems and affixes with a terminological key for building new namings will play an important role in the future.

The close tics of the sciences with Western culture and language lead to special problems ill non-European /all­guages mostly unknown over here. For Japanese some of these problems are cited by FUJIKAWA & ISHI­KAWA and HANADA & SASAKI: Along with Roman characters in Japanese three different character types (kanji, hirakana, katakana) are used so that at first grcat efforts have to be made to standardize word nota­tion and orthography. Additional difficulties are due to problems in forming adjectives, problems with the grammar and sentence structure and word order. The lack of terms to express experimental operations and thinking processes impairs understanding. The original Japanese words arc deficient in vocabulary to express ab­stract ideas, and have less ability to form new words. Simple transliterations are impossible because of the ab­sence of characters denoting consonants without follow-

178

ing vowels. In Chinese the main problem in using an on­line term bank is the lack of an alphabetic order for the Chinese characters. Language-dependent restriction in building new terms arc also mentioned for Hebrew, Greek, Persian and Malaysian. To tackle all these prob­lems, hopes are placed on natural language processing, artificial intelligence, machine translation etc. NISSAN describes an expert system for word-formation in He­brew regarding morpho-semantic aspects. Feeding the system with the definition of a concept for which a term is searched for, new Hebrew words are coined as poss­ibly candidatcs. EICHHOLZ suggcsts Esperanto for a common neutral scientific language. Esperanto has - as an artificial language _ .. a simple agglutinative structure; based on the rule that foreign words - except for the Es­perantized spelling -- have to be adopted without change, and with its pre-defined prefixes and suffixes, it is an ideal tool for expressing scientific concepts, but, as it seems, only for people speaking European languages. The knowledge transfer problems in Japanese men­tioned above remain unsolved by switching to Esperanto.

Most papers deal with knowledge organization in the broadest sense. The feasibility of standard classification for health data is discussed and an expert system presented which determines for a new concept automati­cally the number in the universal decimal classification. Examples for establishing terminology arc given from chemistry, social sciences (especially in Soviet ethnics), medicine, physics, and for taste perception throughout Eastern Asia. We find an attempt to establish a typo­logy of information processing systems and some rc­marks on teaching terminological principles as an aca­demic discipline. Terminological principles are applied to object-oriented programming and to modelling the in� formation structures in a company. Knowledge rep­resentation methods are discussed for understanding the com.putational problems in agriculture.

Tools and methods for the development of termino­logical databases (term banks, thesauri, knowledge bases) arc dealt with in detail. Thus, an extended en­tity-relationship-model is suggested for a tenninologi­cal database which allows for the consideration of user requirements. In another approach definitions of scientific words are represented as formulae of the predicatc logic of the first order. It was pointed out that more attention should be paid to the relations be� tween concepts. Relations govern the structure of a thesaurus; there is a trend to introduce additional rela­tions to it and to use a semantic network for its com­puter representation. A useful tool for users and de­velopers is the universal graphical editor for semantic networks described by BOHMER. Some examples for (multi�/illgual) term banks and dictionaries for special subject fields (economics, nutrition science) are given and the problems in establishing them are discussed. TANAKA & YOSHIDA dccribe thc con­struction of a micro thesaurus by au tomatically extrac­ting technical terms in Japanese and English from. pat­ent data. Only onc paper deals explicitly with the vali­dation problem; it treats the assessment of confidence codes in a multi-bilingual tenninoiogical database.

filt. C1as.s.if. 16 (1989) No. 3 - Book reviews

Knowledge organization has a large scope for applica­tion, above all the Retrieval of information stored in the various bases. The emphasis lies on user-friendly inter­faces. A natural language front-end is discussed and we find design principles for a user interface which allows, among other things, for the integration of different types of term banks, a comfortable updating, and the ex­traction of specific subsets. BRUCKLER et al. describe a smart assistant for information retrieval which pro­vides the lIser with intelligent aids for access. GONT­ZER et aI. present a self-adaptive information retrieval system for semi-automatically constructing a high­quality thesaurus without great efforts. The system ob­serves the retrieval behavior and draws conclusions li'om it. This also could be a tool for linking biblio­graphic and archival information systems. Noticably less papers deal with utilizing terminological tools in knowledge processing and engineering even though this exactly was the topic of the confer�nce. Storage and re­trieval of infor mati on in natural langllage messages and (knowh:dge-based) extract;cm of klloll'ledgefrom natu­ral language texts may be mentioned here. Furthermore, a case study is presented to incorporate term banks for an integrated electronic office system in a European multilingual environment.

An important field of application for term banks and thesauri is machine translation amI text generation. Both tasks are closely related to each other because the input of a text generator is normally the output of the foreign language analyzer. HElD & \VECK describe such a generator for German sentences based on Steiner's verb classification. In another system the parsing result of a Chinese sentence is represented as a multi-labeled and multi-branched hierarchical tree. It is the starting point for a multilingual machine translation from Chinese to English, French, Japanese, German, and Russian. Two multilingual translation projects from the Commission of the European Communities are presented. One of them, SYSTRAN, is an existing system for nine oper­ational language pairs with additional modules for Rus­sian, Japanese and Arabic; EUROTRA, the other, which has just been launched, is a project to create a prototype machine translation system capable of deal­ing with all Community languages. Both activities are based on the quite homespun language pair strategy, which means that for nine official languages 72 pairs have to be dealt with. SADLER outlines an interlingual architecture in a multilingual system for (tomorrow's) machine translation systems: it is translated first from a source language into an intermediate language and from this into the wanted target language so that nine lan­guages only require 18 pairs. He adopts the common lan­guage idea from EICHHOLZ and suggests a modilied form of Esperanto as the intermediate language.

For multilingual systems, TOMITA et al. describe a u1liversal parser architecture worth mentioning in more detail. Starting at the fact that thc semantic information can remain invariant across languages (in contrast to their linguistic structure), the unversial parser is equipped with thrce kinds of knowledge sources: one containing syntactic grammars for different languages,

lnt. ClassiC 16 (1 989) No. 3 - Book reviews

one containing semantic knowledge bases for different domains, and one containing setsofrulcs which map syn­tactic forms (words and phrases) onto the semantic knowledge structure. Each of the syntactic grammars is totally independent from any specific domain and like­wise, each of the semantic knowledge bases is totally in­dependent from any specific language, hence, if new lin­guistic information is added it will apply across all se­mantic domains, and if new semantic information is added it will apply to all relevant languages. The map­ping rules are both language- and domain-dependent, and a different set of mapping rules is created for each language/domain combination. I n an offline step the grammar compiler takes one of the syntactic grammars and one of the domain knowledge bases (along with the appropriate set of mapping rules) producing one ma­chine-eflicient grammar for an online parser which con­tains both syntactic and semantic information. Syntactic grammars, domain knowledge base and mapping rules are written in a highly abstract, human-readable man­ner. This organization makes it easy to extend or modify the knowledge sources.

The quality of the papers varies in a wide range. Some of them have to be considered out of place for that con­ference. KOTTER & LUFr, for instance, emphasize the language-oriented pragmaticai aspects of termino­logy and knowledge acquisition. They attack the corre­spondence theory in which the progress of knowledge ac­quisition is conceived as a successive appproximation to reality. According to these authors, this theory is not a good basis for research, bccause in each individual case the quality of such an approximation cannot be esti­mated, unless, we had omniscience to our disposal. How­ever, this is incorrcct: it is sufticient to decide which of two approximations is the bettcr one, The procedure of the recommended pragmatic approach is very similar to what is callcd supervised learning in pattern recogni­tion: a pattern is learned by providing the machine with positive and negative examples. In this procedure the ma­chine can only learn what the teacher knows, as a conse­quence, the teacher's omniscience is now presupposed. The pragmatic approach involves the consensus theory of truth; one of its prerequisites is the assumption that those involved in the process of agreemcnt are well-in­formed. This may be the case at the end ofa research pro­cess but there is no teacher who knows what is the right answcr during the process; in terms of pattern recogni­tion: it is an unsupervised learning. It would be quite in­teresting to hear what Japanese researchers -- in face of their gcnuine problems mentioned above - think about such pragmatic recommendations. From another epi­stemological ivory tower, DE BEAU GRANDE pres­ents an approach which regards both, a general purpose language and a terminology as a complex control sys­tem. Some implication from thermodynamics, quantum theory, al1dmolecular biology are raised inorderto pro­pose a new orientation for linguistic theory. His argu­ments are a confusing mixture of linguistic, epistemo­logical and physical reminiscences. Following a popu­lar trend, terminological problems are related to some speculative and misunderstood Jaws, above all Heisen-

179

berg's uncertainty principle. It states (according to de Bcaugrande) that position and momentum are "conju­gate variables". However, this is incorrect: the uncer­tainty principle holds only for a pair of canonical conju­gate variables; and two variables are canonical conjugate to each other if one generates the other in a canonical transformation. Thus, some superficial analogies with uncertainty are not enough to apply Heisenberg's prin­ciple to linguistics; the underlying conditions have to be observed, too, i.e. there has to be something (among others) like a linguistic canonical transformation. KUCK's knowledge engineering by quantum logic leaves a no less confused imprcssion. No connection could be found between quantum logic and knowledge processing. The paper deals mostly with the derivation of four physical "axioms" from a generalized proposi­tiona I calculus. Quantum logic is called 'theory ofknowl­edge' without proof or any indications. I t is represented by a graph replacement system which looks like a well­known graph grammar technique. The author has no doubt that it would proof useful for artificial intel­ligence applications. From onereplaccment example he draws the conclusion that in the future (processing his quantum logic) parallel computing is needed. This and other displeasing statements create the impression that the author cannot be well acquainted with the problems of knowledge processing.

There is an excellent name and subject index for both volumes; it contrasts noticably with the superficial edi­torial work. Only 10 papers (from 74) contain an ab­stract. Some papers show considerable linguistic short­comings. We also detect the ineradicably silly custom to give definitions and explanations in terms of the pro­gramming languages used. This is unreasonable to all readers with no experience in that language but it is also no pleasure for specialists to fight with dozens of brackets in a text which could be placed better in a table or figure. Despite these shortcomings, the interested reader will gain an admirable insight into the state of the art in terminology science.

Peter Jaenecke Dr.P.1aeneckc, SEL Akatel, Ostendstr.3, D-7530 Pforzheim

INEICHEN, Hans: Einstcllllllgssatze: Sprachanalyti­sehe Untersuehung zur Erkenlltnis, \Vahrheit lind Bedeu­tung. (Sentences Expressing Propositional Attitudes: Language Analysis of Knowledge, Truth and Meaning) Munich, Germany: Wilhelm Fink Verlag 1987. 367 p. ISBN 3-7705-2382-2.

Ineichen's abridged version of his dissertation of 1983/84 is a thorough introduction to various aspects of "belief sentences" and - at the same time - to the way of thinking about language typical ofthe school of"analyti­cal philosophy" (representatives: G.Ryle, L.J.Austin, P. F.Strawson, D.Davidson, etc.), which strongly in­fluenced his views.

180

The first part ofthe book has the title "Knowledge-the­oretical and psychological problems of verbs expressing propositional attitudes".

There are several classes of this category of verbs ex­pressing feeling ("I am afraid that x" ), belief ("Peter be­lieves that x"), knowledge ("Otto knows that x") and other attitudes to a proposition ex"). One interesing property of such sentences: their truth value is indepen­dent of the truth value of the proposition "x": The sen­tence "Peter believes that x" may be true (or false) even though "x" is false (or true).

Ineichen shows a great number of such verbs together with the history of their analysis by a number of scholars of different disciplines. In this way he gets the oppor­tunity to contrast his ideas with those of other philos­ophers, psychologists, logicians, linguists etc.

In addition to this, the sequence of presentation, the careful introduction of the relevant examples and their meticulous analysis show us a kind of "panorama of the history of philosophy, psychology and logic from the point of view of propositional attitudes". A fruit of many years of study and thought, this comprehensive view of the problem is one ofthe greatest merits orthe book.

The topics dealt with include grammar, psychology, mentalism, belmviorism, introspection, self-reference, in­tentionality, modal expressions, language learning, lan­guage understanding, belief, knowledge, epistemology etc. and the ideas of Descartes, Hume, Brentano, Kant, Frege, Husserl, Putnam, Quine, Carnap, \Vittgenstein, Hintikka, Piaget, Sebeok, Chomsky, Fodor, and of course of the British analytical philosophers.

In the second part "On semantic interpretation oflan� guage expressions" Ineichen makes his decisions concern­ing his formal theoretical framework: Chomskian under­standing of language system, the apparatus of formal logic, a variant of"logical grammar" as a basis of seman­tic interpretation and other tools he needs to arrive at a formal (but intentionally interpreted) representation of the meaning of expressions of natural language.

The third part "The logical form of statements of prop­ositional attitude as their semantic interpretation" sum­marizes the assumptions and conditions of formal rep­resentation of sentences expressing propositional atti­tudes. To fulfil this task, the constituents of meaning must be made explicit. For details of Ineichen's ap­proach, we refer to the book itself(Chapters 14 to 15).

To conclnde the final third part of the book, I neiehen presents a survey of other approaches to propositional at­titudes (Aristoteles, Middle Ages, Leibniz, Frege, Ka­plan, Hintikka).

rneichen's book contributes to the German termino­logy of the theme. It is certainly interesting. However, some of the linguistic and psychological assumptions re­main controversial.

Otto Sechser Dr.O.Scchser, In der Ey 37, CH- 1047 Ziirich

Tnt. C1assif. 16 ( 1989) No. 3 - Book reviews

0 01 02 03 O. 05 06 07 08 09

1

I I 12 13 14 1 5 16 17 18 19

FORM DIVISIONS

Bib l i og-raphies l i terature Revi ews Dictionaries, Termi nologies Classification Systems & Thesauri (CS & Periodicals and Serials Conference Reports, Proceedings Textbooks (whole field)* Other �Ionographs (Whole field)* Standards, Guidelines

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS

Urder and Classification Conceptology in Classification kathema tics in Class ification Systems Theory i n Classi fication Psychology and C l a s s i fication DeveloPff�nt of Science and Classif. Problems i n Classification

'

Classification Research History of Classification

182

182 182 183 183

18' 18.

18.

184 185 185 185 186 186

2 STRUC:TURE AND CONSTRUCTION OF CS & T **

2 1 General questions o f C S & T 22 Elements of CS & T 23 Construction of CS & T 24 Relationships 2 5 IiJlnerical TaxonCfny 26 Nota tion, Codes 27 Revi sion, Updating, Storage & Maintenan, 28 Compati b i l i ty and Concordance betheen C 29 Eva luation of CS & T

186 186 186 187 187 187

188 188

3 CLASSING AND INDEXING (METHODLOGY)

31 Theory of Classing and Indexing 32 Subject Analysis 33 Classing and Indexing Techniques 34 Automat i c Classing and Indexing 35 Manual and Automa tic Ordering 36 Coding 37 Recla ssification 3B Index Generation and Programs 39 Evaluation of Classing and Indexing

4 ON UNIVERSAL SYSTEMS

4 1 On Universal CS & T i n General 42 On the Universal Oecimal Classi fication 43 On the Dewey Decimal Classi fication (OO 44 On the libr.of Congr. Classif. (lCC)& LCS 45 On the B l i ss Classi fication (BBC) 46 On the Colon ClassHication (RCe) 47 On the li brary Bibl i ographical Class if. 4S On Other Universal Systems 49 free

* Monographs on special topiCS at special

** CS & T stands for Classification Systems C & I stands for Classing and Indexing

language abbreviations:

bg Bulgarian fi Finnish pi cs Czech fr French p t d, Danish hu Hungarian ro de German i t I t a l i a n ru e e Estonian j, Japanese sh en Engl1sh I i Lithuanian sk es Spanish ni Dutch uk

188 188 188 188 188 189

189

189 190 190

1 90 190 190

subdivisions

and Thesauri

Pol i s h Portuguese Romanian Russian Serbo-Croa tian Slovakian Ukra inian

Int.Cla�sif. 16( 1989)110.3 Classification l i terature

5 ON SPECIAL OBJECTS CS "'(TAXONOMIES) ***

51 On Taxonomies in the Forn and St�'ucture Area 1 " On TaxonOOlies i n the Energy and 14a Uer Area 2 53 Un Taxonomies in the Cosmos and Earth Area 3 5' On Taxonomies in the Bio Area 4 55 Cn Taxonomies in the HulTldn Area 5 56 On Taxonooli es i n the 50cio Area 6 57 On Taxonomies in the Econ. & Production Area 7 50 Un Taxonocaies i n the Science & Inform. Area 59 Un Taxonomies in the Ht)l:ldnities Area 9

6 ON SPECIAL SUBJECTS CS & T

61 On (,S & T i n the Fonn and Structure Area 1 62 On CS !. T i n the Ene'-gy and Hatter Area 2 63 Un CS & T in the Cosr,IOS and Earth Area 3 6 4 On CS & T i n the Bio Area 4 65 lin ('S & T i n the HUITldn Area 5 66 On CS & T i n the Socia Area 6 67 On CS & T i n the Econ .t. Production Area '" On CS & T i n the Science & Inform. Area 69 On CS & T i n the Hunanities At'ea 9

7 CLASSIFICATION AND J,ANGUAGE

71 General Problems of Natural language 72 Semantics 73 Autoll'.atic language f>l'ocessing 74 Gramrffi r p,-oblems

7 8

8

7S Question-Ansn'ering Systems, Online Techniques 76 lexicon/Dict ionary Pl'oblems 7 7 General Probl ems o f Terminology 78 Subject-Oriented Terninol ogy I/orl:: 79 Probl ems of f1u l t l l i ngual Systems

8 APPLIED CLASSING AND INDEXING (C & I)

81 General Probl ems of Applied CM 82 Data Ct.I 83 Title C&1 84 Ct.I of Primary Li terature (Except 85) 8S uook Indexing 8G C&I of Secondary L i terature 87 Ct.I of Non-Book P.ateri a l s 8B Ct.I i n Subject Fields 89 free

9 CLASSIFICATION ENVIRONMENT

91 Organization Problerr.:s in general 92 Persons and Institutions in Classif.& Indexins 93 Organisation on a lIationa1 & Interna tl . level 94 free 95 Educa tion and Tra i n i n9 in Classif.& Indexing 96 free 97 Economic Aspects in Classif.& Indexing 98 User Studies 99 Standard ization in Classif.& Indexin9

Personal Author Index

190 191 191 191

191 191 191

191 191

192

I I I

Di vi s ions o f 04, 5 . 6 , 78, 8 2 , 88 acc. t o Infoona tion Coding Classi fication (ICC) described and d i s p l ayed in I n t . C l a s s i f . 9 ( 1 982)2. p . 87-93 a n d i n Int.CJassif.& Indexing S i b l i o g r . I .

A further division of this scheme (by one and sometimes two levels) was publ ished i n I n t . C l a s s i f . 1 2 ( l985)1I0 . 3 , p . 147-151

There are abstracts i n our holdings to a l most a l l of the ref­erences cited. We offer to send copies of these abstracts to anybody interested. Please write to the Editorial Off1ce.

181

o FORM DIVISIONS

01 Bibliographies

89-1025 016 �olner. T.J . : Sub�ect access l i terature2 1988. Ubr. Resources & Techn.Serv. Vol 3, tlo 3, 1989. p.240- 47, 53 refs. The 53 references - Inost of them with terse abstracts - are an'anged under the following headings: Online envirorur.ent. LCSH, Thesaur i , Subject heading code. Authority control , Clas­S i fication, Special subject access, Publications and product news.

016.715

Lists 157 references of new l i terature i n Artificial Intel l i ­gence in systematic order: AI foundations ( 2 3 titles ) , Knowl ­edge based systems ( 9 ) , Picture/language processin�, robotics ( 1 8 ) , AI languages and tools ( 1 7 ) , dissertations ( 7 ) . journals ( 3 ) . reports and rr.emos o f the research network WISBER ( 7 3 ) . publlcations on the topic o f expert systems { n . n-l027 016 . 7 7 Isaak, C . ; Puchta, C . : Kleine Bib1 10graphi e fachsprachl icher Untersuchunaen. {Little blbliography of tenninological inves­tigationsJ ng.de. Speci a l Languaga/Fachsprache l l { l989)1l0 1-2 p. 89-103 12th continuation. Conta ins bibliographies, collective volu!OC's and special languages (books and articles) in general . Compri­ses some 250 references.

89-1028 016 . 7 7 Krommer-Be nz,H. ; Schernthaner,H. ; Infotenn: International bi­b l i OnraphY of terminological l i teratU"re. ''hen, AT: TennHet. Int. ett.'(II'k for Tel"l1nology 1989. V l I , 284p., TerrnNet Biblio­graphical Series I , ISBN 3-901010-01-7 The bibliography covers 3868 entries/references to l i tel'ature on tenninology science and research, rr,€thodo10gy. terminology I";ork, 1ncluding also computerized terminography, terminology datd, - standardization, - training and related fields. Pro­ceedings and serial publications, previOUSly published i n BT9 and BTII have also been included. The arrangem€nt i s in syste­matic order according to an outline given compriSing 6 major classes with al together 77 subclasses. UDC notations are added "\Ihenever necessary". There is an author index and a SUbject i ndex of 2 pages only based on the UDC . A l i s t of codes for thf> presentation of periodical<; and their full titles (accord­ing to ISO 833-1974 covers lilOre than 8 pages.

03 Dictionaries, Terminologies

89-1029 036 Sen, B . K. ; Roy, S . B . , Poddar, A . : Glossary of l i bl'ary and in­fonnation science terms. Orig.en, bengal i . Calcutta, IN: Bengal Lib" .Assoc. 1988. XXVI,106p. 89-1030 036. 715 Lazure, 11 . : Vocabulaire de l ' intell igence artifici e l l e . (Arti­ficial Intell1gence VocabUlary !2 VOJ.s.)) On9 . en-fr; fr-en. Ottawa, Ont. : Canadian Governnoent Publ . Centre Supply and Ser­vices 1988. XV.1217p. , 282 refs. , Tenninology Bulletin 184 The b i l i ngual vocabulary contains about 12,000 terms, of which 3,700 are accompanied by definitions. Any comments on the con­tents of the Vocabulary should be sent to Terminology and lin­guistic Services Branch. Translation Bureau. Department of the Secretary of State of Canada, Ottawa, Ont. , KIA OM5.

04 Classification Systems & Thesauri

042 THE WUVERSAl DECIMAL CLASSIFICATIOU 89-1031 042.1-hu-71 iiK�U n:if.'�'�it'""mF�u�l�l �U�DC",,�E�d�lt�ir.0�n�. iU�DCm.�3*3�: �P�o�l�i*tTi C�'�l�Ec�o�n�I!c" Ori g • hu

u apest, za vany t an 0 1 ut p . FlO 390 89-1032 042.1-hu-91 Hungarian Ful l U DC Edition. UDC 8: Langua1e and Li terature. Drig.hU. Budapest, RO: SzabvanYbOltban (0 101 ut 24) 1988. 43p. FlO 390 89-1033

182

042.5-hu �j-l!\l\�!!!J�!!c'!'l!'-.!!?.-�'.J!!)h Ori9· hu. Vol 13, flo I ,

89-1035 042.2-pt; 042.8 Classificacao Decimal Universal : edicao media e11 l i n ua ortu­quesa, I' lcao. arte : n ce a a tlCO. ortuguese ,e­dlUm U DC [dl t.on. AlphabetlcaJ index to Par t 1 (publ . I987)) Orig.pt. Brasil i a , 8R: I8ICT/Setor de Distribuicao seN (Quadra 2 - 8 1 . K, 70710) 1988. 144p . , IS81/ 85-7013-009-0, FlO 665 In Portugal available through the agency of COCT, Ave.Prof. Gama Pinto, 2, 1699 lisboa, Portugal .

048.1 OTHER UNIVERSAL SYSTEMS

89-1036 Atkins, T. V . ; Ostrow, R. : Cross-reference index. search terms. New York. !lY: Bowker 1989. 984 p . , ISBII 0-8352-1g18-6

048.1 A guide to

The index cross references over 40,000 search tenns from 8 rna­jo.' indexing and abstracting sources including the LCSH, Rea­ders' Guide to Periodical Li terature and the New York Times Index. Search terms are an'anged under 1 ,700 main subject headings, an al phabetical index merges all tenns and headings. 89-1037 048.1 Oeutsche Bibl iothek; Bibl iotheksverbund 8ayern: Schlagn'Ort­nonr.datei (SWO , Aus abe Oktober 1989. {Standard SubJect hIe, Edition of October 1989 Orig.de. Frankfurt,OE: Deutsche Bi­bliothek 19B9. microfiche edition, ISSI/ 0935-0160 The collection of 45 fiches is attached to a booklet of 36 pages containing a fore'fI'Ord, a l ist of abbreviations used, hints for users, a systematic survey of a l l subject fields co­vered ( p . 14-28), a l ist of codes for countries ( i n systematic and al phabetical order). There are 38 fiches l i sting the 270 000 subject headings and theil' references according to the RSJ.IK (rules for Subject cataloguing), and 7 fiches canying a systematic index of all subject headings. The a l phabetical pal't is arranged in the forot of a thesaurus with indications of synonyms, related terms, narro'n'er terms. The source of a terot (as found in a dictionary) i s also given as 'n'€1 1 as the class number of the systematic survey. An earlier edition ap­peared under the name "Standal'dschlagwortliste" (Standard Sub­ject List). The l i st of reference n'orks used in elaborating the Standard Subject File has been publishe separately by the Deutsche Bibl iothek (as of Febr.28, 1989). It is available by ISBtI 3-922051-28-6 89-1038 048.1 liTIS Subject cate�ory Descriptions. Springfi eld, VA: National lechnlcal Informa lOn Service 1989. 36p. PR827/832 This scherr� groups all citations announced in the NTIS Biblio­graphic Database into 39 subject categories which are further divided into 394 subcategories. These are defined in this do­cument. 89-1039 048-26 Plate, Il.A . ; Papisov, I . H . : A classification of l i near s i n le­strand 1 rs Recommendatlons Pure & Applied Che11. Vol I , flo , 1989. p . 243-254 Result of a �ol'king Group of the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry. f.l.acrorriOlecular Division. Commission on Macromolecular 1l000.enclature. Preparation period: 1979-1983. 89-1040 048-278 Bondal" , V . V . : Information retrieval thesaurus of latex trade­mal'k., . Orig.ru. Moskva, SU: VIIlITI 1988. 47p. 89-1041 NASA Thesaurus. Vol. 1: Hierarchical l istin& vocabUlary. vol .3: DennnlOns. washlngton, V I I I , 40$. , V[, 142p.

89-1041a US Dept. of Health & Human Services, Natl . lnst. CRISP Thesaurus, F1scal Year 1988. Springfield, 738p . , PB88-189477

048-32 Vol . 2 : Access

1985. X, S64p . ,

048-51/4; -817 of Health: The VA: liTIS 19E

The CRISP database contains records detail ing research i n pro­gress supported by the Public Health Service. The thesaurus i s publi shed annually and represents vocabulary appropriate to a particular fiscal year. The bulk of the files originate from the National Institutes of Health and the Alcohol , Drug Abuse, and "'.ental Health Administration. Until 1986, this volume was titled Medical and Health Related Sciences Thesaurus. It i s also the source o f subject headings used i n publishing the Re­search Awards Index and the Intramural Research Index.

89-1042 048-62 Paque, R. : Book review of Dreis rachenliste Vereinte Hationen: Englisch-Franz' SlSC - eutsc . ree� anguage- 1st nl e a­dons, en-fr-de). He'd York: United Nations 1986. 1665p. Vol s . I-IV. Orig.de. Huttersprache Vol 99, 110 2 , 1989. p. 180-182 The book includes a hierarchical presentation of organisatio­nal units of the United Nations.

Int.Classif. 16( 1989)tlo. 3 Class ification l i terature

89�1043 048-78 Gouedard. A.-H. ; Prevel , C . ; Hini stere des Transports et de l a Hel'; Observatoire economique et statistique des transports: Thesaurus de socio�economie des trans�orts. (Thesaurus of the SOClo�economics of transportation) Orlg.fr. Paris: La Documen­tation Franca i s e 1988. 238p . , ISBII 2-1 1-002055-5

89-1044 048-93 Chail ley, H . -It: Une proposition de classi fication decimale

u r les besoins des blbl j othe ues rr�sicales de t e rr�ltlrrR­d i a . declmal c assiflcation proposa for muS1C I 1 brarles WTtn � l t imedia collections ( i n use at the l i braries of Radio­France, Pari S , and the lIational Conservatory of �:tlsic in Lyo n ) ) Orig.fr. Fontes Artis �lusicae Vol 35, 1988. p. 243-56 Presentation of an abridged version of the Dewey Decimal Clas­s i fication, table 780 Husic, which can also be used for the classi fication of microforIT6 and videos.

05 Periodicals and Serials

89-1045 056.157 Gaines. B . R. ; BOO'ie. J . H . : Knowledge Acquisition. An Interna­tional Journal of Knowledge Acqu l S l tlOn for KnOWledge-based sys�eTih Val l . /10 1 , London: Academic Press 1989. 1SS1 2-8143 The editor<; are: B . R . Gaines. Department of Compute,' Science, The UniVersity, Calgary, Alberta, Canada and J . H . Boose, Boeing Advanced Technology Centre, Boeing Compute,' Services, Seattle, wA, USA. The first issue contains the following articles: � Boose, J . H . : A survey of knowledge acqu l s i tion tech­nlques and tooT s . 89-1045b Gaines. B . R . : Social and cognitive processes i n knO'riledge acqu isition. 89-1045c Heyel' , �l . A • • Hni sze'dski, S . H . , Pea slee, Jr.A. T. : Using three r.1inimally bi­a<;ing e l i c i tation technique<; for knO'riledge acqu isition. 89-1045<1 �:Usen, M.A. : Conceptual models for interactive knowl ­edge acqui sition too l s . 89-104Se Slator, B . M . : Extracting le­xical knmlledge from dict ionary text. 89-1045f Suwa. H., Moto­da, H . : Acq u i s i tion of a<;<;ociative knO'nTedge by the fru'it,'a­tion-based leal'ning method in an auxilial'y- l i ne problem.

89-1046 056-77 Bud i n ,G. : I ITF !lews. 1Ie'I'Isletter of the International In'ititute for Tenninology Re<;eal'ch. Ol'1g. de. Vo1 . 1 { l989)Uo 1/2, Wien, AT: Internationales Institut fUr Termi nologiefonchung (Sen­sengas�e 8 , A-lOgO Wien). The first is<;ue contains a short I'epo�'t on the Founding A<;<;ffi1-bly of the Institute, a forecast on the future stl'ucture of I ITF and i ts activities, the l i s t of members with their ad­dre<;ses and a sel ectf!d bibl iography on termi nological l i tera­ture of 163 references. including related fields. A "cla'isifi­cation scheme", established by Infotenn i s to be used fol' the classing of the entl'ies. It i s s t i l l under revi sion.

89-1047 056.77 Manu, A. ; Uedobity, \i . : TSH - Tenninol oqy StandardizatlOn and Hannonization. Ne-..,r<;l ettel' of ISO/TC37"Terminology {Pnnclples and Coordi nation ) " . Orig. en. Vol 1 ( l989)No 1/2. 33 p . Wien, AT: Infoterm. ISO/TC37 Sekretariat. The first nUfllber reports on confel'ences and meetings of ISO/TC 37 and its resu l ts a'i well a'i on related work ( e . g . ISOIIEC. JUPAC ) . There is also infonna tion on the ISO/TC37 secl'etal'iat, P·membe�'s. and l i a i sons.

06 Conference Reports, Proceedings

89-1047a 06.85-11-11/14 Bakewel l , K . G . B . : Book revi e'rl of Raiagopalan, T . S . ( Ed . ) : Rele­vance of Ranganatha n ' s contributions to l i bNr� science. Com­panl0n volume to proceedlng'i • . • 1985. lie''; Deli: vlkas 1988. X I l , 29Sp. Int.Classif. Vol 16, 110 2, 1989. p. l11-1l2

89-1048 Tonosaki .1-1. : Book review of Bock , H . H . ( Ed . ) : related methods o f data anal�s i s . Pl'o c . I s t sH.Soc. (IFCS), IR Aachen, I 8/. A-ns terdam: 749p. Orig.ja. Online kensaku Vol 10, tlo I ,

06.87-06-29/1 Classification and Con f . I n t . Fed.Clas­Ilorth Holland 1988. 1989. p . 37-38

89-104& 06. 87-06-28/1 Jaenecke. P. : 8o0k revi e'I'I of Bock .H. H . : Classification and related IT,ethods of data analysis. Proc . lst Conf. Fed .Classif. Soc . . Aachen 1987. Amsterdam. etc.: North Holland 1988. XV. 749p. Int.Classif. Vol 16. /10 2 . 1989. p . 1 1 5

89-1049 06. 87-08 International Federation of Library Associations: IFlA General Conference, 1987: Papers, Oiv.of Bibl i ograph i c Contl'ol , Cata-109u1n9. Cla ssltlcatlon and IndeXlng Sectlon. washl ngton, D.c. ERIC 1987. 37p. ED 299 992 Contains the fol l owing papers: 89-1049a Ti l l ett. B . B . : Biblio­graphie relationships i n l i brary catalogs. 89-1049b Gorman, M. B i b l i ographic description: past, present, ai'iifTtj'"fijfe . 89-1049c Finn i , J . J . , Paulson, P . J . : The Dewey Decimal CTassincatTOrl enters the computer era. 89-1049d Kelm, B . , Traiser, W . : The

Int.Cl,3�sif. 16( 1989)No . 3 Classi fication li tel'aturp

usage of classification systens in national bibl iographies. 89-104ge Sukiasyan, E . : Classification nUIT�ers in Soviet publ­lcatlons: Revi e',; of class ification systffl1s and regulations of class numbers publication i n Soviet books and periodica l s .

89-1050 06.88-02-02 Brunt, R.(Ed. ) : Seminar on the teaching of i n formation storage and retrieval . Proc .of a seminar organised by the Cataloguing and Indexing Group of the Li brary Association and held at the Thomas Coram Founda tion, london. 2 Febr. 1988. Cat.& Index, rio 92/93, 1989. 16p. The SeTlinar ailT.€d at examinin9 in particular the disciplines of cataloguing and classification to consider how they relate to other aspects of l i brary and infonna tion education and de­velopments taking place outside. especially in information technology. The proceedinys cover the papers by R. Bourne (or­ganizel', giving the summarizing report on the semi nar), R. Sweeney. S . K i l'kham, C . Eal'] . B . Hoon and D.Wi ntersg i l 1 . The naw.('s and insti tutions of the 60 participants al'e l i sted also.

89-1051 06.88-03-17/19 Brya n t , P . G . : Book review of W i l l e, R. Ed. : Klassifikation und Ordnung. Ta9ungsband d . 12 . Jahresta9ung d . Gese lsc aft f . Klas­sH. , Darm')tadt 1988. Frankfurt: Indeks Ver1 . 1989. 408p. J . Classif. Vol 6, 1989. p . 285-286

89-1052 06.88-03-25/26; 7 7 . 1 9 Schaetzen,C.de ( Ed . ) ; Terminologie diachronique. Actes du col-10rUe organise a Bruxel l es l e s 2 5 et 26 Mars 1988. (Diachron i ­ca termlnology. Proc.Symposlum held at Brussels on 25-26 Hal'ch 1988. ) Orig.fr. Pari s : : CIlF; Bruxe l l e s : Ministere de l a Corr��naute franc.de Belgique 1989. 289p.

89-1053 06.88-11-21/25; 715 A l l -Union Confel'ence on Artificial Intell igence! Pereslavl-Za­lessk.iJ. 21-25 llov . 198B. Pl'Oceedlngs. VOl . I . ong. ru.

Moskva , sO 1988. SlZp. Conside,'ation of me thodological problems of A I , relationship of AI to natural language problems, knowledge acquisition and repre�entation, and d i scussion of pl'oblems of logical and heu­ristic computer reasoning.

06.88-11-23/25; 153

on philosophical problems of creativity, crea­tivity w.€aning and 'ipec ific features. Al'io othel' which d i scuss the correlation between creativity and everyday con­sciousnes'i, the systems approach to the analysis of creativity and p<;ychological factors as .... '€l l as the problems of creativi­ty stimulation i n learning. education and the scientific-tech­nical activity .

89-1054a Roberts,St.A. : edge creation. 1989. Orig.en.

89-1055

06.89-01-22/24 The role of social science information in knowl­ECSSlD V Conference, Berl i n , GDR. 22-24 Jan .

ECSSID Bul l . Vol 1 1 , 110 1-2, 1989. p . 13-20

77

89-1056 06.89-03-13/17 Intel'national Conference on Terminology Standard ization and Unification in Theor� and Pl'actice, Tunis, 13-17 March 1989. Ong.en. Int.Ciasslf. 01 16. flo 2, 1989 . p. 105-107 On the occasion of this conference, ArabTel1ll was establ ished and some .... ,orkshops liel'e held. e . g . on "Teaching aids i n termi­nology standal'dization", "Knowledge Transfer Centre based upon an advanced tenninology documentation", and on the "Prepara­tion of principles for descriptive terminology \'1'01'1::" .

89-1057 06.89-02-15/7; 725 Kobsa, A . : Bericht Uber den Workshop on Forma l Aspects of Se­mantic Iletwol'ks . ung.de. KOnstl .lntelligenz, No Z, 1989. p.zS

89-1058 06.89-04-10/12 Opitz. O . ( Ed . ) : Conceptual and numerical analys i s of data. Proceed ings of the 13th Conference of the Gese l l schaft fUr Klas<;ifikation e . V • • University of AU9sburg, April 10-12, 1989 Orig.en. Berli n-Heidel berg- rlew York. etc . : Springer Verlag 1989. 53Dp . , ISBN 3-540-51641-7 The vol urr,e is divided into the four sections of the confer­ence. Section 1 on "Data analysis and classification: Basic concepts and methods" comprises 1 8 papers, Section 2 QApp l i ­cation i n l i b rar,y sciences, documentation and i n formation sci­encesD ( 7 papers ) , Section 3 o n "App l i cations i n economics and social sciences" (10 papel' s ) , and Section 4 on "Applications in natul'al sciences and computer sciences" (7 paper s ) . There is a preface by the editor and the chairmen W.Gaul. H.Schnel­l i n g , and P . O . Oegens as 1<I'€1 1 a s a l i s t of the authors with

183

their addresses. flo pl'edocurnentation. no abstracts, no index. The paper'> attri buted to Section 2 (but not a l l been given i n this Section) are: 89-1059 Eckes, Th . : KnO'tlledge structures and knowledge representation: Psychological models of concep­tual order. - B9-1060 Glashoff,Harm: Qua l itative and nurr.erical data i n a three-dimensional system. - B9-1061 Leclercq, H . : New concepts and terms during the French Revolution. A classi­fication of the neologi sms according to their ori g i n . B9-1062 Lorenz, B . : Eloige sprachliche Prohleme be; der ArbeH� ner Klassiflkation und deren Registern (de). - 89-1063 Schnel­l i ng , H . : Data analysis in l i terary studies. - 89-1064 Thal l e r . M . : Have very large data bases methodological relevance? -89-1065 Zoller, P . : Priority-based classification of available lnformation - an important aspect of future user' interfaces.

89-1066 06.89-04-17/20; 33 Frankenberger, R . : Automati sierte Sachenchl ieBung. Status und Trends. Seninar der' Vere i n igung Osterreichischer B i b l i o thekare in ZusalrM.ena rbeit mit der Vorarlberger landesbildungszentrum SchloB Hofen vom 1 7 . b i s 20.April 1989. (Computerized subject analysis. State and trends. Report on a seminar) Orig. de. ABI-Techn. Vol 9. tlo 3 , 1989. p. 239-240 The report contains short surrrnar'ies of the papers presented by P . Kubalek. H. Buchhart. G.Auer. F.lang; H . Jobst. W.Heusburger. H. Hauffe. R . Frankenberger. H.-J .Schubert. B . Kelrn, � . Stepha n . � . GOdert, K. loth/I�.Walser. and K.Radler. Proceedings of the seminal' are to be publi shed early in 1990.

89-1067 06.90-07-9/13 Endogenous Socioloyical Concepts : A critical BrobTem in devel­oping countr1es. Call for Papers for the CO lA-sponsored 111-TERCOCTA Panel at the X I I World Congre�s of SOciology, Hadrid. 9-13 July 1990. Int.Clas'iif. Vol 16. No 2 . 1989. p. 109-110 The overall outline of the purpo�e of the conference include'i al�o topics and chaimen of the 10 sessions planned together with their addresses.

89-1068 06.90-10-2/4; 77 Czap. H . : TKE'90. Second International Congress on Terminology and Kn�dled e En ineer1n A l1cat10ns. Wissenschaftliche Be­deutung und Zielsetzung. Scientific signi ficance and purpo­ses) Or'ig.de. Tenninol . e t Traduct. , 110 2, 1989, p. 267-273 Outlines the ideas underlying the contents of the 10 Sections envi saged for this Congress which i s to tak place at Trier. Oct.2-4. 1990.

07 Textbooks

89-1069 07 . 2 Buchanan, R. : Bibl iothekarische Klassifikationstheorie. (Theo­ry of l i brary classification) Translated into Gf'nr,an by Ute Reimer-Bohner. l1i.inchen. etc . : K . G . Saur 1989. 151 p . , D"', 48.­ISBII 3-589-10788-9 The book lias publi shed in English in 1979 by C . B i ngley, london. It covers definition and application fields of classification, kinds of class relationships. precombined clas<;i fication sys­tems and faceted classification. methodological considerations for the solution of ordering problem<;, construction of a fa­ceted c l a s s i fication. i ts notation, the a l phabetical subject index, universal classification systems. critical COlrt"R.nt<; concerning systematic order, and automa t i c indexing. A subject i ndex concludes the h�rk.

89-1070 0 7 . 7 7 Arntz , R . ; Picht, I I . : Ei nfiihrung in d i e Terminologiearbe i t . ( I n ­tl'oduction i n t o terminology work) Orig.de. Hil de�heim-Ziirich­New York: G . Olms Verlag 1989. 344p • • Studien zu Spr'ache und Techni k . Bd . 2 , ISBN 3-487-07235-1 The I'Mnual is an updating and enlargerr.ent of an earlier volume of the authors. The 12 chapters cover the fol l o'",i n9 : Introduc­tion - Spec i a l l an�uage and special vocabu lary - Basic e l ements of tenninol09Y SC1ence: Concept and concept system - Terms -Terminology standardization - Equivalence - Tf'r'fTli nological le­xicography - Methods of practical tenninol09Y 'n'Ork - Terminol­ogy \fOrk and the computer - Terminology and documentation -Co­operation in terminology - Pel'spec tives of tenninology train­ing. L i terature. Index.

08 Other Monograpbs

89-1071 08.3 Pol l i t t . A . S . : Information storage and retrieval systems. Ori­g i n , development and applications. Chichester, GB: E l l i s Hor­'n�od Ltd. 1989. 175p. The book compr ises the fol l owing chapters: 1 . Recording knowl ­edge. 2. Classifying and indexing. 3. Searching. 4. Building and searching a database. 5. Front-end systems. 6 . From vi e'".­

·data to hypenredia. 7 . Evaluation. Indexes

89-1072 Bies, W . : Book review of ROf/let J . E . : Abstracting and lng. 2nd ed. londo n : C.Blng ley 98a. laip. Int.Cla sslf. 110 2. 1989. p.1l3-114, 4 refs.

184

08.31 index­

vo I 16

89-1073 08.5-76 Holzl, J . : EinfUhrun in die Waren lehre. ( Introduction into COTilKldfty science • Orig.de. "mnchen. DE: OTd enbourg 1989. 224p. , IS8!1 3-486-21334-2 Contains two i ntroductory parts expl aining basic concepts and foundations and treats the d i fferent approaches of commod i ty science from the following point<; of vi€'''' : con<;urr.er-econoiirics, transpos i t i on -economi c s , dis tr'i bu t ion-economi cs, and macr'oeco­nomics. The latter chapter contains also subchapters on con­cept systems, comrnod f ty classi fication systems, harmonization of cOfl:rrodfty classification. etc. Chapters on cO(E:f".()dity termi­nology and comrr.odity description \'\'ere incl uded in the second i ntroductory part, r:'&ntioned above.

89-1074 08.754 Benson , J . A . ; \-:einberg , B . H . : Gat€'f'l'aY ')aftware and natural lan­guage interfaces: Options for-oriT1ne searching. Un9. en. Ann Arbor. M l : Pierian Press 1988. 204p. The book i s in two parts ( I : Gateways, I I : Artificial Intel l i ­gence and !latuNl Language Interfaces for Online SearChing). I t compl'i ses the fol l OWing 2 1 papers with 4 i ntroduc tory texts for each section. An index has been provided by B. H.Weinberg. 89-1075 Benson. J . A . : Telecomrnunication software: Introduction 1f9:T076 Baldwin. C . : Cross talk XVI , - 89-1077 Dialoglink: a review. - 89-1078 Swartz, B . J . : PC-Ta l k rrr:-a-revied . 89-1079 Benson, J .T.:QP,Odem: a r'evie".. - 89-1080 Brandwayn Lo� S'l'olrtcom I I : a review. - 89-1081 8enson, J.A. : Gateway soft­ware : , In troduc tion. - 89-1082Bel l , M . 8 . ; R ivenburgh, L F . : The impact of fr'ont-end sof£Wan� on search training programs in sma l l academic l i braries. - 89-1083 Clark. P.M. : Dow Jones Spreadsheet l i n k : searching and analyz1ng nu�;-:!I'1'c data. 89-108� Finlay, C . : Pro-search: software for the Compleat On­l i ne Searcher. - 89-1085 Tenopir, C . ; lundeen. G.W. : The Sci­�Iate Software Syst€i11: a �'eview. - 89-1086 Ensor, P. : Search Helper: a review. - 89-1087 HcKibb{)n �walker Dilks, C . J . Haynes, R, R . : SearchMaster - gatf>Way software that pay'i for i tself. - 89-1088 8enson. J . A . : Searchlfare: a review. 89-1089 Ke<;selman,�--S-earch\{orks: a revi e-t'l. - 89-1090 Beck� W i l search: a revi e't'I. - 89-1091 Benson, J.A. : Gatellay Ser'vice�: Introduction. - 89-1092 Kelma n , G. : Easyllet: a revie'l. 89-1093 Benson, J . A . : The customization of com�Rrcially offered gate-=­way services. - 89-1094 Weinberg , I L H . : Natu)'al language inter­faces and artificial i n t e l l igence: Introduc tion. - 89-1095 Struminyer, L . : Artificial intel l i gence and expert systems: application in infonr.ation retriev a l . - 89-1096 Ooszkocs,T.L i1einberg , I L H . : lIatul'al languagf> i nterface�nfonna tion rf>­trieval. - 89-1097 Beck. S . J . ; Benson, J . A . : Bibliogr'aphy on ga tf>'(lays. �nds, teTecomlFtmication software. and end u<;ers. - 89-1098 Benson. J.A. : Directory of gatel/ay and tele­cOlTmJnication software. - 89-1099 Benson, J . A . ; Beck, S.J. : Gatf>way and telec()jj1;":unicati�are: a g l ossary.

09 Standards, Guidelines

89-1100 09.38

Review by Ph i l i p Br'adley in l i brary Rev. 38( 1989)No. l , p. 69-70

1 THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS 12 Conceptology in Classification

89-1101 121 Read . St. : Homo hone Sereantik fUr die relevante Aus<;a enlo i k . {Homophone semant1cs for re evant forma o g c r g . e . Conceptu'i Vol 2 3 . flo 5 9 . 1989. p. 77-89

89-1102 121; 751 rlie, Jianyun: An information retrieval model based on modal logi c . Inform.Process.! Managelf.ent Vo l 25, 110 5, 19139, p.471-

9 1 , 14 refs.

89-1103 Vasil 'ev, fI.A. : Imaginary logi c : selected 'n'orks. Orig. ru. Moskva, SU: Uauka 1989. 263p.

121

!I.A.Vasil 'ev ( 1890-1940) is one of the founders of non-c lassi­cal logic who advanced and val idated the idea of a logic with the laws of non-contradiction and excluded middle. 8esides the earlier published papers the book incl udes the scientist's l i ttle known ma nuscripts and reviews on h i s h'Orks publi shed during his l i fe. A biographical essay is given. (Orig.abstr.)

89-1104 124; 715 Dasc a l , M. : Artificial intell igence and ph ilosophY : the knowl­edge of representat10n. Or1 g . en. Systems Research Vol 6 . 110 I, 1989. p . 39-52, 35 refs. Philosophy has recently wi tnessed a radical c r i t ique of the epistemological tradition centered on the notion of represen­tation. It is here argued that such a c r i tique i s relevant to

Int.Cla�<;if. 16(1989)Uo.3 Cla<;<;ification li tel'atun'

the current endeavors of Artificial Intel l i gence, both in i t s broad ( 1 .e.as a n attempt to elucidate human cogni t i ve capaci­ties) and narrQ'n' ( i . e . as a practical concern to develop ' in­tel l igent' systems, e.g. expert systems) definitions. It i s shown that many o f the recurrent problems faced by A I resear­chers stem frem the espousal of the old paradigm conceptlons of 'knowledge ' . 'understand i ng ' . 'justification' . and the l i ke. Sone suggestion') concerning a possible a lternative for such conceptions are made. (Author) ' 89-1105

Orig. i t. 89-1106 124 SchUler, W . : P�thoden zur Wissensdarstel lun in Wissensbasen von Ex ertens s emen. ow e ge representatlon 1n now e ge-based systems rig.de. Informa t i k 35( l988)tlo 4. p. 136-8.140-2 89-1107 124; 757 StruB ,P. (Ed . ) : Schh'erpunktthema: Wissensrepriisentation. (Knowl­edge representation) Orig. de. IT Infol1l'.a tlonstechnl k Vol 31, 110 2, 1989. p.89-176 After an Editorial by P.StruB on "KnO'",}edge representation. farel'l'e l l to prograrroni ng?" 8 contributfons are given as foll OliS 89-1108 Laubsch. J . : TO'flards a theory of knO',,rledge representa­tion. - 89-1109 Reinfrank. M . : fOlTl1Ulae and models: Knowledge representation in logic. - 89-11I0 Faltings, B . : KnO'dledge representation for qual itative reasoning. - 89-1111 Stoyan ,H. : KnO'r/ledge representation or programming? - 89-1112 Freksa, C . : Knowledge representation and cognitive science. 89-1113 H1i�'­der, T. : Classical data models and kncio,1ledge representation. 89-1114 Gorz , G. : Knowledge representation and natu�'al language processing. - 89-1115 Deckf'r , R. : fundarr:ental l i terature i n knowledge representatlOn. 89-1116 124 Zimnooho, S t . : Knowledqe representation in expert systems. O�'i g . p 1 . Pr.llauk.AE W�'oclawlU Vol 411. 1988. p.91-100 89-1117 125 Borisov .V. lt (Ed . ) : Categorical basis of scientific knowledge: an intercollegiate collection ot �orks. Ong. ru. Kujbyshev. SU 1988. 149p. 89-1118 128-212 Kamlah. A . : luI' Systematik der Hassendefinitionen. (On a sys­tematization Of mass defin1tJonS) ung.de. Conceptus Vol 22, 110 5 7 , 19B8. p.69-82, 25 refs.

13 Mathematics in Classification

89- 1 1 1 Ba 132 Srinivasan, P . : Intel l i ent information retrieval usin rou h set ap�roximations. Inform.Process . .!. Management 25 1989 110 . 4 , p.347- 61, 15 rets. The theory of rou9h sets, i ntroduced in 1982 has d i rect appl i ­cations i n the design and evaluation o f classification sche��s and the selection of discriminating attributes. Advantages of­fered by the theory are: the implicit inclusion of Boolean lo­gic: term �eighting; and the abi l i ty to rank retrieved docu­ments. The theory is described, applied to i nfonnation retrie­val and coopared. Finally a smal l-scale evaluation of rough sets that indicated i ts potential in information retrieval is presented. (Author, abbr. )

14 Systems Theory in Classification

89-1119 141 Smith, R . l . : Systemic, not just systematic. Ori9. en. Systems Research Vol 6, tlo I, 1989. p.27-37, 38 refs. 89-1120 141: 242 Xu , li D. ; l i , Ling X . : .,c�om�pf-l�efme�'ij"�ta�r;'Y'-'i0�PPOiRi-S�j�t�j�onna�sO"a�S�Yrs�t�em"s� concept. Systems Research Vol 6, 110 2. 1989. p.91-lOl, 37 refs. 89-1121 143; 715 llechaev . V . V . : Intellectics: serne aspects of interrated systems analys i S . Ong.ru. In: Modellr.1 1skusstv . 1nte lekt. Hoskva. SU 1988. p. 14-22. 30 refs. ' I n tel lectics' is proposed as an alternative to 'artificial intell igence ' .

89-1121a 147 Salthe. S t . Il . : Sel f-or anization of i n hierarchical! struc-tured systems. ystems esearc 0 0 • p. 9-60 refs. Scalar hierarchies represent the structure of the world of

' matter in motion. the overa l l extensive system. Subsystems within this undergo changes that can be dichotomized into de­velopo:ent and evolution (individuation). At a higher scalar level these modes of change are united under the rubric 'self­organization ' . (Author. abbr. )

Int.Classif. 16( 1989)110.3 Classi fication li terature

15 Psychology and Classification

See also 89-1054 152

Loj . A.I I . : Consciousness as the subject-matter of epi sternology. Orig.ru. Kiev, SU: Uauk.dumka 19B8? 24Bp.

89-1123 153 Brudnyj , A.A. : On knmlledye and the text. Orig. ru . Frunze. SU 198B. p.3-9 89-1124 153 H i l ty, l.H. : Zur Ter�inol09ie in der Kognitionsforschung - Be­richt zum GHD7G1 workshop 1n St.Augustln. (on the temlloology of c091l1tion research. Report on a workshop in St. Augustin, organized by the GHD and the G 1 ) Orig.de. KUnst1 . Intell igenz, No 2, 1989. p.25-26

153 Shvyrev, V . S . : Analbsis of scientific COnnition : w,ai n trends, foms and problems. rig .ru. fJ.oskva . sO: auka 1988. lI6p. 89-1126 153 Ladenko, 1 . S . ( Ed . ) : The profeSSional ' s intel lectual culture. Orig.ru. NOVOsibirsk, SU: Nauka 1988. 269p . • Sb.nauch.tr.AlI SSSR. SO.lost. filol . i filos. 89-1127 155 Irme T i , H . : The cognitive structu� of classification n�rk. Orig.en. In: 44th flU Conf.and Congr.Aug. 28-Sept . 1 , 1988, Pt. l . Helsinki, F I 1988. p. 225-236, 11 refs. Study of the procedure of book classification perfomed by 26 1 HlI'adans and 9 1 ib�'ary school students involving 138 books in the area of the social sciences such as sociology, f',duca­tion, ethics, family l i fe. The UDC and the Finnish version of Dewey were used together with the ISO Standard 5963 for docu­ment analysis procedures and classification index ass ign,,�nt. Comparison and discussion of the resu l ts . 89-1128 155 Nilan, M . S . ; Kwasnik, B.H. : A user-oriented lT�tl1od fo,' invf!s­tigatin9 i n formtion classification behaviors. Orig.en. In: 44th FID Conf.and Congr. , 28 Aug.-1 Sept. 19S8. Hel sinki , FI 198B. p . 1 l4-121, 3 refs.

16 Development of Science and Classification

See also 89-1054a 89-1129 161 Garfie l d , E . : What do ..... e know about fraud and other forms of intellectual d1shonesty 111 sC1ence? Pt.!: Ihe spectrum ot de­viant behavior in science. Cun'ent Contents, Phys . • Chem . • and Earth Sci . 27(1987)110. 14 , p.3-5. 34 refs. 89-1130 161 Garfiel d , E. : What do we know about fraud and other fonns of intellectual d1shonesty 1n SClencel Pt.2: Why does traud hap­pen and what are its effects? Cun.Contents: Phys. , Chern. & Earth Sci . Vol 27, tlo 15, 1987. p . 3-10 89-1131 161 Popovich, H . V . ( Ed . ) : Structure and rr�aning: fonmal analytical methuds in modern science. orig.ru. Klev, SO: flauk.dumka 1989. 229p. The typology of logical structures that represent SQIT,e frag­fr�nt of �'ea l i ty in cognition is given. Trends in the develop­Il1f!nt of formal languages of modern science are identified and the role of i n tensional loyic is stressed. 89-1132 162 Ehmke, I . : Interdisziplinari tat und Wissenschaftsi nformation. (Interdisc1plinanty and SClentitic l Ofonnation) Ong. de. rn: Probl . u . Entwi cl:.l • richt. Wissenschafts inform.mi t Sicht 90er Jahre. 5 . W i s s . Symp.Akad.Wiss.OOR, Gohren-Lebbin, 12-14 Oct. 1987. Berl i n , DO 1988. p. 169-183, 15 refs. M-1133 162 Kedrov, B . M . e t a l : Sciences and their interrelations: Hi'itory. Theory, and Practice. Ung . ru . P.oskva, 5u: liauka 1988. 2S/p. Exploration of the i nterrelation factors associated with the activity principle and systems science. Discussion of some specific cases of the i n teraction of sciences. 89-1134 BUhler, A . : Bemerkungen ZUl' rr�thodOlOjiSChen Einheit senschaften. Ong.de. ConcepttJs Vol 2 • 110 59, 1989.

1627 der Wis­p. 99-102

89-1135 1627 JakowljewHsch. 0. : Uber einen neuen Versuch del' Argumentation fUr die methodolo1ische tlnhelt der W1ssenscnaften . tin krlti­scher Kommentar. un a new attempt of argu1ng for a methodolo­gical unity of the sciences) Conceptus 23(1989)No 58. p.91-98

185

89-1136 164 Zhemanov, O.ll.et al . ( Ed . ) : Scientific and technological pro­gress and crea tivity in science: sU(rrnaries of reJX?rts towards the B.H.Kedl'ov P.emorlal confel'ence, pts . l & 2. Ong. ru. Svel'dlosvsk, SU 1988. 135+161p.

89-1137 165; 171 Add i s , T . R . : The boundaries of knowledre . Orig.en. I n : Informa­tics 9 : Mean1n9 Front. Int. : Proc.Con . ,Cambridge, 26-27 March 1987. London. G8 1987. p.99-114, 16 refs.

Three types of 'knO'rlledge' can be identified: asserted (hypo­theses and facts ) . heuristic and inference, the latter may be deductive, i nductive and intuitive. Exper't system may repre­sent facts in theil' knowledge baes. The ES logical subsystem model s 'infer'ence processes and uses heul'istics. However, Arti­ficial Intell igence systems are currently incapable of consi­s tent formulation of hypotheses and suppol'tin9 these by in­ductive reasoning.

17 Problems in Classification

See a l s o 89-1137, 89-1264

89-ll38 175 S l i zova. D. : Total l inguistic support of Czechoslovaki a ' s IKIS KZK ( Integrated Ubral'Y and Infonna t10n System of the Cooper'a­llie Association of Librarie s ) . Orig . s k . Kniz.a ved . i nform. 20(1988)1106, p . 263-269, 13 refs . Asses s�".ent of the classi fication systems and indexing lan­guages used in Czechoslovaki a ' s l i bl'aries and information cen­ters. The UDe is s t i l l the most used system.

18 Classification Research

89-1139 184; 351 Kazanevich, B . L . : Free classification and the infonmation f i l e str'ucturing problem. ong . ru. rlauch . -tekhn . 1nform.Ser.2, rio It 1988. p.31-34, 6 refs. Description of an expel'irr.ent and its resu l ts i n free clas<;ifi­cation of description of glasses.

2 STRUCTURE AND CONSTRUCTION OF CS & T

21 General questions of CS & T

89-1140 211

1988. p . 305-314, 5 refs.

89-1141 213; 77.99 Kruglova, R . A . : Pl'oblems of terminology unification i n the field of the database exchange tonnat. Url9.ru. In: Probl.lss­l e d . i razra b . v obl . standartiz. J.klskva 1988. p . 64-70, 13 refs. During the lI'Ork on a standard for database description i n the exchange fOl'lmt, three groups of terms were identified: basic tenns and definitions pertaining to the re<;earch topic; tp-rms cOlTnTrOnly used in pl'actical twrk; and new terms which have not gained wide currency. A conventional typol ogy of databases a s a n object o f description for theil' identification i s included.

(Or1g .abstr. )

89-1142 2 1 7 P l e s a . D . : I s the thesaurus a poss i bi l i ty to represent knowl­edge? Sorr.e semanti c . logical and epi stemic aspects. Orig.ro, en. Probl .de i nfonn.<;i doc. 22( 1988)110 4 , p . 143-152, 6 refs.

89-1143 218 Leskin, A. A . ; Hal 'tsev, P.A. : A thesaurus-based model of a di­stri buted information sy<;tem. Urlg.ru. Len1ngrad, SU: Leningr. InsL Infonn . i avtOOlati z . , Preprint flo.69 1988. p . I - 1 5 , 5 refs.

89-1144 218 Polonski i , V . H . : Using a sub�ect heading authority to intensify SCientific and practical act1vity. Orl g . ru . Nauchno-tekhn.in­fonn . . Ser.1 vol 15, tio 9, 1988. p . 171-9; trans1 . into en: Sci­ent. & Techn . Inform. Proces s . 1S( 1988)tlo. 5, p.30-34, 3 refs.

22 Elements of CS & T

89-1146 221 Polyakov, O . M . : On s�stematization. Orig.ru. tlauch. -tekhn . i n ­form. , S e r . 2 , No 12, i 88. p.21-2B, 7 refs. An approach to the systematisation problem of finding for a 9 1ven taxonomy. a system of attributes as an accurate descrip­tion of the taxonomy i s considered. The article explains the need for i ntroducing an indefinite value for each attribute and detr()nstrates the independence of systematisation parame-

186

ters. An approach to forma l ising the synthetic aspect of clas­Sification, the aspect concerned with predicting new objects and theil' properties is proposed.

89-1147 222 Berman, B . L . : Form headings in sUb�ect catalo�1.n9. OriQ. en. Libr. Resources & lechn.Serv. JJ(19S9 No 2, p . 13 -9, 9 rers. For more predictable usage of fOnn headings, the Li brary of Congres<; should clarify and publ icize its Ohn usage of them. Specialized standardized l i sts coul d also be compiled.

(Author, abbr . )

�-1148 222 Eddi son, E. B . ; Ba tty, 0. : Words, i'wrds! h'Ords - descriptors . subject headings, index terms. Database Vol ll, 1988, p . l09-13

89-1149 226 Risko, A . : The subject heading semantics. Or1g.sk. Kniz.a ved. wfonn. Vol 20, flo 6 , 1988. p . 256-263, IS refs.

89-1150 227; 243 Ruchimskaya, E . M . : Syntactic constructions with the copul ative conjunction " I " in the subject heading language and ways to remove them. Ol'ig.ru. Sb.nauch.tr./GPUT8 SSSR, No I , 1988. p.62-66, 6 refs. Der.XlIlstrates the negative effect that conjunctive subject headings have on IR quality, and sketches an approa�h to e l i -minating them. (Ong.abstr.)

89-1151 227; 242 Sakhar'nyj , L . V . : Associative structures in natural la nguage and 'in the subject indexing language : a pro blem fOl'ff.u lation. Orig.ru. Predme t . poisk v trad i t s . i netradit<;.IPS, 110 8 , 1988. p.5-35, 30 refs.

23 Construction of CS & T

See also 89-1243

89-1152 233 Batty, D . : Thesaurus construction and maintenance. A survival ki t . Ol'ig.en. Databas e vol 12, flo 1, 1989. p . 13-zd The six steps in constr"ucting a thesaurus are identified, viz : 1 ) Definition of the range and depth of a thesaurus, 2 ) , Iden­tification of sources of the raw vocabulary, 3) collectlOn of raw vocabulary, 4) organization of the raw vocabu lary into cl usters of associated terms, 5} shaping of the raw vocabula­ry into the nXlrd forms to be used in indexing the data base, 6 ) pl'oduction of the thesaul'us in an appropriated display for­mat. Haintenance involves 1) adding n�" terms, 2 ) deleting un­necessary ones, and 3) arr�nding eXisting ones.

89-1153 Bel lamy, L.M. ; 8i.ckhaffi. L.: Thesaurus develo�nt cataloging. Spec .Libr. Vol 80, No I , 1989. p.�5.

231 for subject 29 refs.

89-1154 232 Svenonius , E . : Oes1qn of controlled vocabu l aries in the context of emerging technologies. Libr.Sc1.Slant Ooc.& Inform. Studies Vol 25, 110 4 , 1988. p. 215-227, 12 refs. Deli neates on the changing role of vocabu lary control devices such as classification. subject headings. and thesaurus. Iden­tifies the basic lssue in the deSign and developrri€nt of these devices and their role i n the changing information technology. The papel' identifies the di fferentiations needed i n the new roles of these devices in database technology. (Author)

89-1154a 233 Andreeva, E . S . : Toward a fonna l i sed procedure of translatlnq a sci-tech text i nto a 10glCaily al'ranged thesaurus. ung. l'U . fJ'{)skva, SU: VIIHTI 1988. Mp. , Illl Ser . l

89-1155 233 Rada ,R. ; Martin, B . K . : Augmenting thesauri for information Sf stems. ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems vol , �1987. p.378-392, 40 refs. A thesaurus can be a critical component of an office i nfonna­tion system. Access to various sets of documents can be faci­l i tated by thesauri and by the connections that are made among thesauri. In the projects described in this paper, the thesau­ri are stored and manipulated through a relational database managefr€nt system. The system detects inheritance properti e s i n a thesaurus and uses them to guide a human expert i n deci-sions about hO'ti to augment the thesaurus. (Author)

89-1156 234 Belonogov , G . G . : S rachliche Sicherstel lun automati s i erter In­fonnationssysteme. omputer se n ormat on systems ngwal'e Or'ig .de. I n formatH: 35{ l988)tlo 5, p . 162-6; 180-2, 200, 9 refs. There has been a continuous development of the field known since the late 60s as ' l ingware ' . What is currently referred to as ' l i ngware' comprises a set of measures involved in the dev�lo�nt, contro l , and application of l inguistic tools as well a s the tools themselves. (Author, abbr . )

Int.Cla<;sif. 16( 1989)Uo.3 Classi fication Literature

89-1157 234 Liskova. A. : Indexing languages for the computerised informa­tion system of the State Technical library i n Prague.

Orig .ce;, lekhn.knlh. vol JZ (1988)No.1-8. p.20Z-Z04. 3 refs. Special attention is given to the Polythenatic Structured h'ord List which was designed by a team of UVTEI-STl and i s cOOlputer-stored a s h'el l a s to the Trade Literature and Word List which 1s under developrr�nt. (Author, abbr.)

89-U58 Pevzner, B . R . : The computerised tended interpretatlon. Orlg.ru.

. 234 STI wstem l 1 ngware: an ex­Nauchn. -tekhn. inform. ,Ser. 2 .

110 1 2 . 1988. p . IS-20. 12 refs.

89-1159 234 Sacharnyj, L . W . : The RASPRI l i nguistic too l s . Ori g . pl . Zagadn. i nfol1ll .nauk.jOm PAil. 110 2, 198/. p.lZl-128, 7 refs. RASPRJ is a systen for subject headings and ti tles being im­plemented at the State Public Library in leningrad. The core of lis l l ngware is composed of al gorithms: OStlOVA (truncation) S INTAGHA (recognition of inter-surrogate d i stance ) . and SOYUZ (recognition of auxiliary .... ,ord s ) .

89-1160 237 GUntzer, U . ; JUttner, G. , SeegmUl ler, G. , SaTre, F . : AutOll'.atic thesaurus construction by machine learning from retrieval Sf!'>­S10ns. Inform.Proces s . &: Kanagerr.ent Vol 25. No 3, 19B9. p.265-2]3, B refs. Presentation of an IRS component called T£G£Il, which autOO'.a ti­cally draws conclusions from actual search behavior about pos­sible thesaurus {'ntries. Thi,> is done during an i terative knowledge acquisition proces':i: only after expl'icit or implict confirmation by other U':iers of the . IRS dul'ing the knowledge verification proce':iS, the resul ts are incorporated into a the­saurus. TEGEN is written in PASCAL using a knwledge-ba':ied prograrr-rrning method. (Authors. abbr. )

B9-1161 237 Sprunger, K. : XREF: a subject thesaurus generator created with WordPerfect. OCLC Micro Vol 5, April 1989. p.9-10

B9-1162 237 8elonogov. T.G. ; Kuznetsov, B.A. , Pozdnyak , H . V . : Bank of key­words and key phra':ies in the natural and engineering SC1enCe':i. Orig , ru . liauchn.-tekhn. infonn. ,Ser.2. 110 12. 19BB. p . 35-37 VINITI ',> computer-readable document databa':ies ,>erved a'> the basis for frequency l ist':i of keywords and key phrase':i in the natural and engineering ':iciences. Such frequency l ist'> were constructed by processing document representative� tota l l ing more than 7 mi l l ion keywords and key-phrases i n 26 ,>ubject fields. The total size of the vocabularie':i wa':i 323.000 lexical units with 230,000 di fferent units. A comparative �tudy of the frequency l i st'> is presented. 24 Relation,>hips

24 Relationships

See also 89-1129, B9-1150, 39-1bl For 247 Relational Databa,>e Sy�tem�. �ee also B9-1176

89-1163 241 8lanning, R.W . : An entity-relationship frame .... ,ork for informa­tion resource manage,T.€nt. Inform . & Managerr,ent Vol 15, Uo 2 , 19BB. p . 1l3-119, 24 refs.

B9-1164 242; 321 Bonzi , 5 . , liddy, E . : The use of anaphoric resolution for do­cument description in information retrieval . Inform.Procee;,>. & Management 25( 1989)No.4. p . 429-441, 13 refs. Investigation of two hypotheses concerning the use of anaphors in information retrieval . It i � concluded that al though ana­ehoric resolution has potential for better representing the 'aboutness" of a document. it may have more value in the re­presentation of the relationships among concepts in the docu­rrent, rather than in the representation of the concepts them­selves. (Authors, abbr . )

B9-1165 242; 243 Bauer, G . : KnO'nledge sb'uctures promoting problem solutions. Possi b i l ities of graphic repre�entation of knowledge in the­saurus-lH:e fashion. Orig.en. Int.Classif. Vol 16. 110 2, 19B9. p.73-Bl. 6 refs,

B9-1166 243 Bolshakov . I.A. : Ne'n types of synta9mas for description of syn­tactic relations in elllptlcal sentences. Or1g.ru. llauchno-tekhn . i nform . ,Ser.2, No I, 19B9. p.2B-31, 5 refs. A minimum l i st of 'closing syntagms ' is given which are used to restore the conjunction reduction of e l l i p tical sentences. Experirr�nts have been carried out on n�nspaper texts amounting to 1000 pages (600 e l l i ptical sentence s ) . Closing syntagms connect two coordinated adjectival modifiers or a preposition with an adjectival modifier to the noun. bypas�;ing the noun itself.

Int.Cld'isif. 16( 1989)110 , 3 Clas�i fication Literature

B9-1167 247; 725 Atzeni ,P. ; Pal'ker, D . S . : Formal properties of net-based knowl­edge representation scher.es . Orig.en. Data & Knowledge Engg. Vol 3. 110 3 , 19BB. p. 137-147, 11 refe;. Net-based knowledge representation schemee; use !rethods common to relational databases, viz. sy'>tems of constraints and their implications. Ma1n re�ults of the .... ,ork refer to tran,>fonnation of constraints into a system for coloured graphs and netfl'Ork� .

B9-1168 247 Ml ladinovic, R . ; Velasevic, D. : Relational schema description language . Orig.en. Informatica 13,(l989)tlo 1. p.11-21, 13 ref<>

89-1169 247

p. 175-lB5, 50 refe;.

25 Numerical Taxonomy See a1'>o B9-1048, -1048a, -1051. -1058

." m H2 Kru,>wska , E . : Two step semi-optimal branch and bound algorithm for feature selection In mixed var1able dlscr1nination. Pattern RecognltlOn Vol 22, 110 4, 1989. p . 455-459. 12 ref,>.

B9-1171 253 Huchn i k . l.B. ; Rybina, LA. : Detenni native conditions for cla'>'> isolation in the design of errplrlcal cla'>'>lf1cation�. Or1 g . ru . Nauchn . - Tekhn. lnform. ,Ser.2. No 2. 1989. p . 29-34, 10 refs.

89-117<:' L i u . S . -T . ; Tsai, W.-H. : Horr,ent-reserving clustering. Pattern Recognition Vol �tio . 1989. p.433-447, 15

253 Orig.en. refs.

89-1173 253 Spivak, Sh, : A multi surfacE' lI:ethod for pattern classification. Pattern RecognltlOn Vot 22. I/o 5, 1989. p.58J-591, 6 refs.

89-1174 253 Tubbs, J . D . : A note on binarx t�nplate match;n). Or79. en. Pattern RecognHlon vol 22, 0 4, 1989. p.359- 65, 20 ref�.

89-1175 253 Wahab,H.M. S.A. ; Fairhurst, H.C. : An a_nalysis of discriMinatory n.echani'>m� in fre uenc -llei htp.tl IT.e-mor arra attern classi­fien. Pattern Recognition 2 19B9 No , p. 11- 1, 16 re � ,

89-117b 254; 247 Kinukawa. H . : A natural language interface proce��or ba'>ed on the hierarchical-tr<'!e structure model of relation table�. ,J. Inform. Process. Vol 1 1 . No 2, 19B8. p.83-91. 15 ref�.

89-1177 254 Rybin a , I . A , : Partitioning system<; generated by hierarch5.0r1g. ru. tlauchn.-tekhn . l ntonn . . Ser'.2. flo J, 1989. p .21-3Z, 1 ref,>.

89-1178 255 Katre, U.A. ; Krishnan. 1. : Pattern recognition with an imper­fect su\el'Visor. Pattern Recognition Vol 22, 110 4, 19B9. p.423 -431. 2 refS.

B9-ll79 258 Sharabchiev, J. T. : Cluster analysis of bibl i ogr'aphic referen­ces as a scientometrlc method. SC1entometncs vol 1 5 , rio 1 , 1989. p . 127-137, 1 0 ref�.

00-1180 258 Sharma, R . : A generic Il'.achine for par-aJ1el information retriev-2.l:.. Infonn. Process . & Hanagt 25{I9B9)lIo 3. p.223-235, 23 ref�.

89-11Bl

800k Terrence

1986 p.75-77 by

89-11B2 25B�47 Sobey , P. J . ; Semple. LC. : Oetect10n and sizing visual features in nood using tonal mea�ures and a cfas<;lflcat10n algorhhili. Pattern Recognition Vol 22. Ito 4, 1989. p.367-3BO, 16 refs.

B9-11B3 259 Can, F . ; Ozkarahan, E . A . : Dvnamic cluster maintenance. I nform. Proces s . & Hanagerr.ent Vol 25, No 3, 1989. p. 275-291, 26 refs.

26 Notation, Codes

89-11B4 Kau l a . than's Hera Id

P . II . : Book revie'n of Satija, H . P . : Primer book number. Del h i : Mittal PUbl . 19B7. B7p. llOr.Sc1.28(1989)No.1-2, p .luu-lOI

265 on Rangana-

187

28 Compatibility and Concordance

89-1185

29 Evaluation of CS & T

89-1186 Ra�4chandran. H. : Citation order in ce, UDC. and DC. Int.Libr.I-:Ovement Vol l l . tlo 2-3. 1989. p.45-53. 9 refs.

292

89-1187 298-86 Brunning. D . R . : Mass cOInrr,unication thesauri and control led vo­cabularie'i. An evaluation. Washington. DC: ERIC 1987. 15p . • 3 refs . • ED-287-50l; IR-052-184 Intended as a basis for detennining hO'rl the association for Education in Journal i sm and Hass Comnunication (AEJ�jC) should proceed to meet its controlled Yocabulal'Y needs, this pape.' analyszes and evaluates the major publi shed controlled vocabu­laries and thesauri used for the retrieval of mas'> cOIffiiUnica­tion l iterature. (Authol'. abbr.)

3 CLASSING AND INDEXING 31 Theory of Classing and Indexing

See also 89-1072

89-1188 31 . 07 Pr'asher .R.G. : Index and indexing systems. New Delhi: I-'.edallion Press 1989. Ix-;T9O"p.

89-1189 3ll Chartron.G. ; Da lbin .5 . • l·kmte i l ,H.-G. , Veri 110n,H . : Indexation mantJcl Je ".t indexation automaUgue. (Manual and automaUc In­dexing) Orig.fr. IKIcUl;'.ental iste Vol 26. 110 4-5, 1989. p. 18l-7, 12 refs.

89-1190 311 H 1 1 lonig. H . : Proble .... .e elner medienada uaten. weil rr.ediens e­z i fisshen Sachersc h l i eBung. Problems of an adequate, specific subject andlysi<; for the application i n AV med i a ) Orig. de. AV-Info. Berl in. 110 7. 1988. p.3-9

89-1191 311 Ogata Yoshihiko: fundamental knO'tlJedge in the infonnation re­trieval field. Indexing. Orig.ja. J. lnform.Sc i . & Technol .Assoc. Vol 33, 110 B, 198B. p . 423-432, 6 refs.

89-1192 315 FugLllClnn. R. : Die Qua l i tat de�' IndexiertJOg: Reproduzi erbarkei t vs. Voraussehbarkei t . (The qua 1 1 ty of indexing: reproduceabi ­Ilty vs predlctablli ty) Orig.de. GDCh Mitteilungsbl • • flo 15. 1989. p.48-51

318 Huang Enzhu: Three rr,ain desirn prinCiples of an indexing syS­tem. Orig.ch. Bull .Chlna Soc. 16r.$c1 . • 110 1, 19813. p.4/-so

89-1194 318 Preschel . 8.H . : Indexing for print, onhne. and CD-ROM. In: Amel'.Soc.of Indexers. P.eetin9 2Uttr, lYllti, Ne'rl York, /lY. Lea�'ned Infonnation 1989. p.52-59

32 Subject Analysis

89-1195 321 Plotkina, V . G . : The subject heading as a possible l imiting mo­del of the docufl'R.nt. uny . l·u . Predmet.polsk v tracllts . l netra­d i t s . IPS, 110 8. 198B. p. 122-130. 15 refs.

89-1197 323 Hutchi n s , J . : Summarization: Sorr.e problems and methods. I n : Informatics 9: Meaning Front. Inform. : Proc . Conf. Cambridge, 26-27 Hdrch 1987. London, GB 1987. p . 151-173. 33 refs. Research on sum1�risation has been relatively neglected. Basic 1 inguistic and cognitive complexities of text understanding and summarizing are outlined. Properties of text microstruc­ture and macrostructure and the operations of summarisation are i l l u s trated with a text extract. Current projects automat­ing aspects of summarisation such as FRUMP, SUSY, TOPIC and

188

the University of Texas macro-rule-based system are reviewed and their l imitations examined.

Techn .Services Quarterly Vol 6, No 3/4. 1989. p. 57-69. 9 refs. This paper explores possible advantages for online searching offered by chapter analytics for essay col l ections in the con­text of subject information provided by table of contents ter­minolo$y and folT.lat. Descriptors in printouts from the online MlA Blbl iography for forty-five essay collections provide examples for discussion purposes.

89-1201 337 Butchel'. J . E . ; Trotter, T. : Building on PRECIS: StrateQies for online subject access in the Bnbsh Library. Paper presented at Heeting 110. 121 of IFLA General Conference and Council Meet­ing, Paris 1989. lOp. For an abstract see p. 161 of this issue of Int.Classif.

34 Automatic Classing and Indexing

89-1202 342

89-1203 342 Szava-Kovats, E. : Non-indexed eponymical citedness. I I . Some �rel i�inary exploratory tests. Orig.hu. lid.es iilUsz.taJek. vol 3S, No 15. 19B8. p. 195-219

89-1204 3432 Fagan, J . L . : The effectivenesS of a nonsyntactic approach to automatic phrase indexin� for document retrieval . J.ASIS vol 40, tlo 2. 198 . p.IlS-132. 43 refs.

89-1205 237 Konis h i , 0. ; Miyahara, A. :

3434

89-120B 345 Hancox , P . : A recursiVe algori thm for �eneratin, SlIC index en-tries. Program vol z3. 110 3, 1989. p. 11-311 , refs.

89-1208 345 Ctl Qiu. l . : Appl icabil i ty of strinQ indexing to the Chinese Jan­nua�e with special reference to NEPHIS. Int.Classif. Vol 16,

o • 1989. p.89-94, 3 refs. In applying the three types of string indexing - as defined by Tim Craven - to the Chlnese language i t was found that KWIC and KJ..'OC indexing cannot be used and PRECIS requires much ef­fort while the adoption of IIEPHIS requires feh'er changes. This is demonstrated with the aid of a number of examples.

(Author, abbr.)

89-1209 346 Eastman, C.H. : OverJa s in stin s to thesaurus terms : a re-1 iminar stud of MeS n: roc. earne n orma-tion 1988. p . lB1-

Int.CJassif. 16( 1989)Uo.3 Classification Literature

89-1210 348 Eil'und, H . ; Krep l i n , K. : Knowledge based document classifica­tion supporting i ntegrated document handling. In: Conf.Off.ln­form.Syst. , Palo Alto, CA, 23-25 March 1988. lIe'rl YOI'k, flY 1988. p . 1B9-196, 12 refs. An experirr,ental office system currently being developed at Olivetti Reseal'ch, integrated th'O IMjor requi rements of office work, content-based document retrieval and mail distribution. The system describes and classifies documents by their seman­tic struct(lre thereby providing access to abstract concepts contained in the docur.,ent. A knowledge-based classification system automatically generates a conceptual description of the document to be entered into the system by means of content analys i s , and associates the document with an appropriate pre­defined type. (Author, abbr . )

3 5 Manual and Automatic Ordering See a l s o 89-1139

B9-1211 354 Chang, R .H . : To classify or not to classi fy? A new look at an old prOblem. J.Educ.Med a & l1br.SC1. Vol 26, No 2, 19B9. p . l01-110, 7 refs. Discussion of the advantages and dhadvantages of claso:;ing periodical<; and of shelving th8T1 ao:; a classified periodical collection.

37 Reclassification

89-1212 Sunde, A . : Reclassification with co�pl ications. Orig.no. Bok og Bibl . Vol 54, 110 2, 19B7. p . BO

38 Index Generation and Programs See also 8�-11UU

373

89-1213 3Bl Toshiak i , U . : Index construction. Indf'xinQ problems. Ol'ig . j a . Joho-no kagaku to gljutsu =: J . Inform.Sci , & Technol . Assoc. Vol 38, flo 8, 1988. p . 413-419, 9 refs.

382

of

89-1215 384 Patow, H . : Ein Corr i Ter fUr schliio:;sehwrtol'ientierte S E'zial­sprachen. ompl er or eywor -Orlen e anguageo:; ng. e. Wi s s. z. Pad . Hochsch I • "L i se l otte Hermann", Gus trow. Ha th. -Na tur­wiss.Fak. Vol 25, No 2, 19B7. p . 247-266, 9 refs. 89-1216 386; 393 Swart, J . C . ; Boon, J . A . , 8eukes, G . J . , Jonsing, R . E . : The eva­luation of comYiter1sed microanalytical retrieval syst� thods and resu s. Ong.at. S.Atr.J.llbr.& IntOml.Scl. Vol 56. I/o 3, 1988. p . 1BO-190, 14 refs. Research, jointly undertaken by the libr'ary service and the Oepartment of Library and Infol'lnation Science of the Universi­ty of Pretoria, South Africa, led to the evaluation of three programmes of in-depth indexing by microcomputer: II/:HAGIC and Sci-Mate for microcomputers and FOCUS, an inhouse system for mainframe computers. Results obtained by caclulations and by tWO-Hay variance analysi<; did not reveal significant di ffer­ences. (Author's, abbr. ) 89-1217 388w92 Bradley, P . : Indexes to 'twrks of fiction: the vi e'rlS of �rodu­cers and usel's on the need for them. Indexer Vot 16, 10 4. 1989. p. 239-24B, 8 refs. An attEmpt is made to bring together the publishers, revi e,,'ers. readers, l i terary dexers in order to see what the various users think of the matter.

vie'rlS of authors, societies and in­groups of fiction

(Orig.abstr. )

39 Evaluation of Classing and Indexing

See also B9-1216

89-1218 391 Beghtol, C . : Retrieval effectiveness : TheOry for an experimen­tal methodology measur1ng user-percelved va ue of search out­come. Libri Vol 39, flo 1. 1989. p . lB-35, 34 refs. 89-1219 391

teil ungsblatt, No

Int.Classif. 16( 1989)No. 3 Classification Li terature

p,e­"ht-

89-1220 392 Chu, C . M . ; Ajiferuke, L V . : Qua l i ty of indexing in l ibl'arv and infolma tion science databases. Online Rev. Vol 13. No I, 1989. p . 1l-35, 17 refs. An al ternative rnethod to tradi t ional retrieval effectiveness tests, suggested by J.lhHe and Griffith in their paper "Qu a l i ty of indexing in online databases" i s adopted to measure the quality of the controlled vocabulary of the databases Li brary Li terature (LL ) , library and Informa tion Science Abstracts (LISA) and Information Science Abstracts (ISA). The authors conclude that LISA has the best qual i ty of indexing.

89-1221 392 Lee, P . M . : Retrieval di fferences between tenn and citation in­dexing. In: 44th FIb COnf.& (ongr.,28 Aug.-l Sept.1M8. Pt.I. Hel s inki , FJ 19B8. p. 217-224, 13 refs. B9-1222 393 Robertson,S. E . ; Sparck Jones, K . : Relevance n'eighting of search terms. In: Document retrieval systems. 1aylol' Gr'aham 1988. p. 143-60 Reprinted from J .Amel·.Soc. Infonn.Sc i . 27(l976)p. 129-46 89-1223 396 Raven,I1. E. : Research-based suggestions for i ndexing. I n : IPCC '87 : Int. Prot.corrmun . Conf. , Ilinnipeg, 14-16 OCt. 1987. lIel{ YOI'k NY: IEEE Prof.Corr",un.Soc. 1987. p . l11-116, 4 refs. 89-1224 398 Vieira. S.B. : �arative analysis between autm-ation and ma­nual indexin of the Br'azil ian ourna1 "Ciencia da informacao�

n g . p . ev. 1 • ras. 0 0 • p.

4 ON UNIVERSAL SYSTEMS 42 On the Universal Decimal Classificatie.n

89-1225 42.17Y Zajdberg , Kh .H. : The present and l i kely future of the UDC: a reviE'rl of foreign l1'.ateria l s 1981-1985. Orig.ru. Sb.nauch.tr./ GPIHB SSSR, No I , 1988. p . 20-32. 29 refs. A critical revi e'li of foreign authorities ' and scholars ' v�ew� on th� present Stdtus of the VDe, the rf'dsons behind its pre­sent crisis, and proposed ;'-Rthods for perfecting the schf'rne.

(Author)

89-1226 42.213; 757.42 Ilakarnurd. Y . ; Io:;hikawa, T . : Expert "ftf'm for automatic VDC numw bel' assignment. Or;g. en. In: 44th rO COnf.& congr. , 28 Aug . -l Sept. I988, Pt. l . Helo:;inki, FI 1988. p.274-283 89-1227 42.227 lajdberg, Kh.�l . : Towards the apostrophisdtion of the UDC and other class HicatorY indexing languages. Orig.l'u. S6.nauch. tr'./GPI1l8 SSSR, flo 10, 198B. p.33-42. 7 refs. Pre�ents a general r"Rchanism of combined specification using the apostrophe i n order to upgrade manual catalogues and adapt the language to computer searching. (Author)

89-1228 42.27 Scibor, E . ; Shcherbina-SanlQjlova, 1 . S. : A stt'ategic approach to revising the Universal Decimal Classification. In: 44th FID Con1.& conyI'. , 28 AUg.-I sept. 19B8. Pt.t. HelSinki, FI 1988. p. 248-254, 4 refs • . A proposdl for a UDe-revision policy i s presented. Transfotma­tion of the UDe into a ful ly-faceted classification �cherr,e should be the u l t imate goal of any efforts. (Authors, abbr . )

89-1229 42.271 Improving the UUC and the subject heading l anguage. Orig.ru. Sb.nauch. tl'./GPtlT8 SSSR, No I , 1988. 66p. 89-1230 42.6-56 Stl'ater, H . : luI' DK-RevisionsarbeH: Der Stand in der Klasse "EI'ziehung" (3/). JUnl 1989, senec. IschechoslOWake l . (un UOC­revision n'Ork: on the present state of class 37: Education) Orig.de. Int.Aufg.DGD Vol 11, 110 5 , 1989. p.84 89-1231 I>:urashkovskaya , E . A. : Towards the terminolont of the lng language. Orig.ru. In: Sb.nauch. tr./GP B SSSR. p.4-19, 1 1 refs.

42.772 UDC index-1988, !l0.1

89-1232 42.814 Borisova, U . D . ; Vladimirova, A.V. , Kalinina, G . I . , Kriventsova, G.A. , Smirnova, A. I . : Fonna l i sed UDC indexinn based on facet analys i s : Guidelines. Ony.I'u. Moskva, SU: VI III 1988. 36p. 89-1233 42.984 SU Kri sta l ' nyj , B . V . ; 8orisova,fl. D . , Veger,H.G. , VI adimi rova ,A. V . : UDe within the state-rlide STl system. Orig.ru. I/auchn.-tekhn. infonn . . Ser.l, flo 1 1 , 1988. p.13-15, 8 refs. Report on a survey of 142 USSR STI agencies using the UOC.

189

43 On the Dewey Decimal Classification (DOC)

89-1234 43.07 Kawatra, P . S . : Book revie'" of Comarom i , J . P • • SatHa.H.P. : Dewev Oecimdl Classi fication - h i s tory and current statu'S. lleotl Delhi : sterllOg Pub1.1989. lIap. Herald llhr.SC 1 - Vol 28, No 1-2. 1989 p . 95-96 89-1235 Chan, L . H . : Decimal Classification Editorial annual report: July 1 . 1987 - June 3D, 1988. Techn.Serv. Vol 33, 1989. p.66-68 89-1236

43.271 Pol i cy Commi ttee

Llbr.Resources

43,4 Arnan. /·1.H. ; Samore, T . : The De'"ev Decm.al Classiflcation: edi­tion 20 makes its baH (revlew artlcle). �hlson uhr.Bu l l . vor 63, Apri l 1989. p.41-42 89-1237 43.6 Hjortsoeter,E. : fle'd revised editlon of Dewey Decimal Classifi­� Orig.no. Bok 09 a,bl. Vol 54. 110 2. 1987. p.B1 fl9-I23S 43.6-83 Schroeder, C . D . : Digi tal WdlTant: revised DDC 004M006 in a pu­�ihrary. U b r . Re<;ources & Tech n . Serv. Vol 32. 110 4, 198B. p . 367M377. 23 t'efs. 89M1239 43.6-92 Pacey, P. : The classification of l i terature i n the Dewey Deci­mal Classlf1'CatTon : the pr1macy of language and the talOt of colonialism. CaL& Classif.Quarterly Vol 9. Uo 4 . 1989. p.101M 107. 4 refs. The classi fication of l i terature ' by language' can fraglfRnt national l i teratures and create groupings i n which parts of the l ; ter'atures of other natlons are subordinatp.d to that of the country of the "mother tongue". A more flexible approach is called for, which wi l l recognize 'place' as the ground of cOITIT.un i ty and culture while not forgetting the irrportance of lanyuage as an element in national and cul tut'al identity.

(Author, abbr.)

44 On the Library of Congress Classification

and on tile library of Congress Subject Headings 89-1240 44.09 Library of Congress. Subject Cataloging Div . : Subject catalog­ing manual : subject headings. 3rd ed. Washington, DC: Library of Congress. Cataloging Distr.Service 1988. 2 vols, looseleaf 89-1241 44. 753 Chan. L . �l . : Llbrary of Congress class numbers in online catalog searching charts. RQ Vol 28, Sum:r..er 1989. p.53(J-6 89-1243 448; 236 Dykstra. M . : Can subject headings be saved? Ubr.J. Vol 113. No 15. 1988. p. 55-SB, 4 refs . Proposal to extract from the LCSH l i s t a l l of the components that are terms and to build from then a thesaurus. which wi l l l i s t under each tenn the vadous L C subject headings that con­tain that teon. The usefulness of such a project is shown. 89-1244 448-519 J.'tOwery, R . L . : 11O!T!€n in l i terature: a study of Library of Con­gt'ess subject cataloging. cat.& Cla<;<;lf.Quarterry vol 9, No 4. 1989. p.89-99, 1 ref<;. Analysis of 164 works of history and criticism of l i terature t"elated to n'Ome n ' s studies. The books \>I'ere classed in more than 100 di fferent class nu�bers and spans of numbers.

(Author, abbr. ) 89-1245 448-519 Sukiennik. A. : Book review of Dickstein,R. , Hil l s . V . A • • Waite. L J . : Women in [C's terms : a the<;aurus Of llbrary of congress Subject Headings relatinQ to women. Phoenix.AZ: Oryx Press 1988 221p. caLt ClassH.Qilarterly Vol 9. flo 4, 1989. p . 1l5-Ill 89R 1246 448-91/2 Studwel l .W . E . : Sublect sUQgestions 4: SO�� concerns relating to l i terature and language. Cat.& Classl f . Quarterly Vol 9. No 4 . 1989. p.109-114, 1 ref. Four policy proposal s are presented which affect lC 's subject headin9s for l i terature and language : a system of period sub­divisions for use under those l i teratures which lack them; a definition of the tenn "Phi l ology"; subjects for individual radio. TV. and roovie scripts; and a relationship between l i ­terature and folklore. (Author. abbr.)

46 On the Colon Classification (RCC)

'89-1247 Satij a , H . P . : Manual of eractical tle'rl Delhi : Sterl1ng t>U I. 1989.

190

46.07 Colon Classl ficationb 2nd ed. XIV.224p . . ISBN 81-2 /-0495-9

89-1248 46.27 Husai n , A . : A theoretical ba<;is for the accolftOdation of new subjects in Colon Class 1flcat1on. £dit10n I. Int.ClassH. vol 16. flo 2. 1989. p .82-88, 13 refs. 89-1249 46.814 Kau l a . p . rl . : Canons of terminoloqy and classification scherr.es . I n : 44th FlO Conf.and Congr. , 28 Aug.-l SepL1988. Pt. ! . Hel­s i n k i , FJ 1988. p. 299-304, 4 refs. Out of 39 classification canons formulated by Ranganathan four rules of the verbal plane are discussed.

47 On the Library Bihliographical Classlf.

89-1250 (LBC/BBK) 47. 984 Fadicheva, r.IL : On the ada�tation of the Soviet LibrarYRbi­b l i ographical Clas'>lncat1on n the GaR. Orig .ru. Bibliotekoved . i bibl iogt".za rubezhom. flo 120, 1989. p.53-57. 8 refs. Summary of the Ea<;t Gennan subject special i s t s ' work of adapt­ing the LBC to the needs of their country 's research l ibra­ries. Plans foresee the publication of 22 fascicles of an adapted edition. to be grouped into 6 volumes.

48 On Other Universal Systems

89-1251 485 Huber,H. : Die Standardschlagn'Ortl iste. (The <;tandard subject autho,'ity l i st) Orig.de. Hitt.Arb.Gem.Jut'lst.Bibl .u .Dok.wes. Vol 17. Uo 3. 1987. p. 133-9 89-1252 Kelm. B . : Die Standardschla

485 wortliste a l s Schla ,wrtnormdatei

der Deutschen 10 e . 1 ist as the o:;tandard subject Bibl iothek) Orig. de. ABIRTechnik Vol 8, No 4. 1988.

e s an ar su Ject au or1 y authority file of the Deutsche p. 327R328; 330-331

89R1253 485 Stephan. W . : Koo erative Schla wortnormdatei SWD . (Coopera­tive standard subject authority f i l e Orig.de. Bib1 iotheksR dienst Vol 23. No 3, 1989. p . 241-253 89-1254 485.235 GeiBelmann, F . : lur Strukturierung der SChla�wortnormdatei . (On structuring the Standard subject Author ty file) ul'1g.de. Buch u.Bib1 . Vol 41. No 5. 1989. p . 428R429. 4 refs. 89R1255 486 Cigan i k .M. : A wetainfonna tion thesaurus for intel l igent infor­mation retrieval . Orig. s k . Kn1z.ved . 1nfonn. Vol 2 0 , 110 6 . 1988. p.243-251. 11 refs. 89-1256 486.218 Titova. V . A . ; Pavlov. A . II. : Using the flASTIS subject heading authority to study information need<;. Orig.I'u. flauchno-tekhn. infonn . • Ser. 1 Vol IS , 110 8, 1988. p . 12-13; transl .into Engl . : Scient.& Tech n . Inform.Proce<;s. 15( 1988)110.4. p.4B-52, 4 refs. 89-1257 487 Hory k , A . : Patent classification as a retrieval languaqe i n the technical 1nfonnat10n field. Orlg.pl . sINfO Rater.Retod . • 110 38, 1988. p . 1-76. 32 refs. The structure of the IPC is described as .... 'e1 1 as is fil e orga­nisation for IPC _�earching and classification of documents. 89R1258 487 Patents Classification. FID-Ile'�s Bul l . Vol 39. 110 9 . 1989. p . 64-65 This repl"int from the WIPO I-Iewsletter. May 1989 gives an ac­count of the CAPRI Project. the International Cooperation i n the Cla<;sification of Search Files according to the Internati­onal Patent Classification. which was started i n 1975 and com­pleted in 1988. 89-1259 489 Boyce, B . R. et al . : A sort procedure for the Superintendent of Documents classification. Gov. lnform.Q. 6(1989}Uo 2. p. 175M92

6 ON SPECIAL SUBJECTS CS & T 89-1260 6265

G.R.

organic compound clas­Dok./Infol'm . . Schri ftenr.Inst. Inform.wiss. , Er­

f1:�d:��::i;� ;� .Recht, TH Ilmenau. flo 75. 1988. p . 129-37 t 3 refs. ! l i s t s 1413 terms and displays paradigmat1c relaR

on gross formulas of compound l inkage<;. which 1n­type and number of l i nk s .

Int.Classif. 16( 1989}Uo.3 Classification L i terature

89-1261 6355 Evtushenko, A . V . ; Kursova. o. r . : Design criteria for a sUbiect authority for the STI system of the PaclflC oceanological n­stitute, Far Eastern Division of the USSR AcademY of SClences. Ori9 ·ru. Nauchno-tekhn. inform . , Ser. l , No 3, 1989. p.30-31, 6 refs.

89-1262 646 Anzol a , H . C . : Thesaurus on seed science and technology. Seed sci . technol . Vol 16, tlo I , 1988. p . 331-339

89-1263 Humphreys , B . : Unified Medical language System: Progress Int.Classif. Vol 16, flo 2. 1989. p.l 1

651/4 Report

89-1264 65l!4; 172 Klar, R. : Sinn und Unsinn der dre1stell igen ICD. (Sense and nonsense of the three-digit lCD ( International Classification of Diseases» Orig.de. Praxis Hed .Dok. Vol 9, No 3. 1989. p.33 (Editorial)

89-1265 656 Polonskij . V . M . : Application possi b i l i ties of a subject heading l i s t to intensity research and practical activ1ty. Ori9 . ru. tlauchno-tekhn. inform. ,Ser . l . flo 9, 1988.- p . 17-19. 3 refs. USing the subject field of publ ic education/pedagogics the po_ tential of a subject heading l i s t in preventing duplication and overlaps i n R&D is shown, I'eveal ing the pattern of devel ­opn:ent of research areas, estimating their topical i ty and no­velty, and orderin9 knowledge. A particularly promiSing appli­cation for a subject heading l ist is in analyzing the evolu­tion of science, determining its possible gro'Nth points, dead­lock variants and estim.ting the degree of develop:nent of a subject field. (A'lthor)

89-1266 6731 Knapova, B . : Classification of innovatlons. Orig.cs. Predpok. r·ozv.vedy a techno Vol 26, No 10. 1988. p . 5- l l . 5 refs. The l i terature of economics describes a variety of approaches to the classification of innovations: categOrisation of inno­vations according to the magni tude of structul'dl changes oc­cUr/'ing in the production process; relating innovation type to cost; and classification of innovations by accruing benefit. When assessing innovations and changes in production procpsses in relation to innovations. industrial enterprises should re� cognise the above classi fications. (Author)

89-1267 6744 Andrusenko, T.B . : The thesaurus and the seI,1dntic net. a cast study of a termi nology system. Or1g .l"u. t-'.odeli i sistemy obrab.infOI1l1 . , No 8, 1989. p.80-86, 4 refs. Pl"ocedures of tr'ansition from a thesaurus to a network repre­sentation of concepts (entities) in a subject field are de­scribed. The semantic neth'ork elements are represented by terms' recursive l inkage strings. A portion of the Hicropro­cessor Engineering subject field is considered by way of i l lu­st,·ation. (Author, abbr.)

89-1268 6793 Utkina.Yu . E . : lexlco-semantlc mode l l i nQ of terminology systems and a subject field vocabulary. Orig .ru . I n : Otrasl.temrino1.i ee struktur-tlpo l . opisanie. Voronezh,SU 1988. p.123-31,10 refs. The lexico-semantic model I"efel"s to the field of sewage dispo­sal and purification.

89-1269 6817 Plotnlkov,ll. I . ; Khrow.ov, L IL : A claSSi fication of forecasting methods and tool s . Or;g.ru. I n : Sozdanie i integl'atsiya faHo­g r . ; dok. IPS. Novosibirsk. SU 1988. p. 157-168, 16 refs. The roost widespread methods of forecasting in science and technology are l isted and a classification model of forecast­ing concepts and tools i s given.

89-1270 6822 Gigch, J.P.van: A classification scheme to guide a journal ' s pub l i cation strategie s . Response t o Editorial on publication strategles written by John Ii-Warfield, Systffils Re<;earch Vol . 5 { l988}1I0 . 1 . p. 3-8. Systems Research Vol 6, No I , 1989. p.3-5, 4 refs.

89-1271 6825 Ciapanauskas.A. : Research l i braries in the Soviet lib" ary classi fication system. Or1g .ru. KJiYgotyra, tlo 14. 1988. p . /3-83, 34 refs. Discussion of termi nological issues associated with the typo­logy and c lassification of l i braries. Examination of new tl"ends in the development of l i brary networks and '>ystems. A classification based on the social functions of l i braries i s suggested.

89-1272 6918 Hol z . G . : Book review of Ballmer.T.T . • Brennenstuhl ,W. : Deutsche Verhen. Eine sprachanalytische Untersuchung des deutschen Verbwortschatzes. TUbingen: G. llarr 1986. XII,413p. Orig. de. Huttersprache Vol 99. tlo 3. 1989. p . 280-281

Int.Classif. 16(1989)Uo.3 Classification Li teratul'f!

89-1273 694 Binwal , J.C . ; Karisiddappa, C.R. : Organizing knowledge i n the field of creative arts. libr.Sci.Slant Doc. Vol 25. No 3, 1987. p. 138-149 Analyses the basic concepts which provide the cenUal focus to various fields of knowledge i n the creative arts. The structu­ral features of these subjects are delineated. The concepts are identified in relation to their manifestation in the (BS) PMEST facet matrix. (Author's)

89-1274 694 Busch. J . A . : AAT (Art and archi tecture thesaurus) user survey. Art Doc . , flo 8, 1989. p.26

89-1275 6967 Hcllwaine, I . C . : The ,>ubject organization of materials on Afri­ca: an overview of recent 'o'(lrk. Or1g. en. Mr.Res.& Doc . • 110 46, 1988. p . 17-3D, 58 refs. Discrepancies exi sting in the handl ing of African materials in African and i n Western l ibraries are pinpointed. Coordination of national and international efforts for the develo��nt of a corrur.on approach to standardi sation for a broader application as well as the use of shared automatic cataloguing services is recommended.

7 CLASSIFICAT.IAND LANGUAGE 71 General Problems of Natural Language

89-1276 Artltyunova. fl . O . : L0f,ical analysis of language: belief. Orig. ru. Hos ,va, SU: Nauka 1988. 127p.

711 knowledge and

89-1271 712 Heinz, W . : ComputerllngUlstik und psychologische Semantik: El­n � e kriti scfie Anmerkun en zur "ko n1tlVen Grammflk" von Odo �. Computational l i nguistics and psychological Sf!man­tic,, : a critique of cognitive gralT'mal') Odg. de. Sprache u . Datenverarb. Vol 1 1 . No 2, 1987. p . 16-24, 14 refs.

715 Arti ficial Inte l l i gence See al so 89-1026, -1030. -1053. -1104. -1121

89-1278 715 lischka . C . : Konnektionismus, KI und lnformatik - Einige Anmer­kungen . (Connectl0nlsm, AI &: computer SC1ence: SOITA cOiTll�.ents) Orig.de. KUnstl . lntelligenz, No 3, 1989. p . 38-41, 4 refs.

89-1279 MaJumdpr, D . D . : A uni fied approach to artificial intell igence, pattel n rec09ni t�lmage processing, and computer vls10n 1 n fifth-generation computer systems. Orig. f!n. 1nform.Scl .{USA) VOl 45. HO 3. 1988. p.391-431. 80 refs.

89-1280 715 Pospelov, G . S . : On the evolution of AI-related problems. Orig.ru. Vestn.AN SSSR, No 10. 1988. p. 134-138

72 Semantics

See also 89-1057. -1167

89-1281 722

89-1282 722 lobanova, P . L . , Rozhdestven,>kiJ .Yu . V. : Contrastive structural and semantlc stUdy of the general science vocabUlary. Or1g.ru . In : Otrasl . terminol . i ee struktur . -tipol .opisanie. Voronesh.SU 1988, p.49-57

89-1283 Krecht, J . : The inner structure and sentences. Ori g . cs . z. n onn.

722 formal ex ression of the

o -8, p. re s

M-l�4 722 Podpol ' nyi . D . F . ; Skorokhod 'ko, L F . : Detel1l1ination of lIord s i ­gnificance. Orig.ru. Uauchno-tekhn . 1 ntorm . , ::>er.Z, ftO Z, l�:mY. p . 9-15, 4 refs.

89-1285 723 Devadason,F.J. ; Kumbhal', M.R . : language and indexing language: Nal imov and Gardin rev i sited. Ong. en. Annals L16r.Sc1.& Doc. Vol 35, flo 2, 198B. p.58-68, 49 refs. A study of the salient features of ordi nary language is neces­sary for the design of information storage and retrieval sys­tems in general and indexing systems in particulal'. Some of these salient features are discussed taking in cosideration the h'Orks of V . V . tlalirriOv and of J. -C.Gardin. (Authors, abbr.)

191

M-1286 724 llemchenko , V . IL (Ed. ) : Term<; in scientific l i terature and text­books: an inter-co l l egiate collection of papers. Orig.ru. Gorky, SU: University 1988. 115p.

89-1287 Zheleznyakov, H.M. ; Ilevleva, L N . , Ilovitskaya, LM. , L . lt , Tsejtin, G.S. : An ex erience in construct;n a a l i ty" model using assoclatwe ne wor s. r g .ru. fond rus.yaz . : Predproekt.iss}ed. Moskva , SU 1988. 3 refs.

725 Smirnova, "Text-Re-n: s .

p. 140-167,

89-1288 726 Craven, L C . : Sentence dependenc� stl'uctures in abstracts. libr.& Inform.$cl .Res. 4. p.401- 10 A collection of 87 non-fomulaic abstracts, in which anaphoras had previously been coded, was analyzed for structures of se­mantic dependency between sentences. According to this analy­s i s . 26 of the abstracts contained at least one sentence that was dependent upon more than one otner sentence for its Il'..ean­lng. But an automatic structural Simpli fication, bac;ed UpOn an assumption about the use of the dependency structure, al­IO'tied the structures of all but six abstracts to be represent­ed as trees. At least sow.e degree of branching wac; found in the c;tructures of 58 of the abstractc;, a number reduced to 35 by automatic simplification. (Author) 89-1289 726 Brudnyj, A.A. (Ed . ) : Thought and text: collected hurkc;. Odg.ru. Frunze. SU: Kirg.gos.inst. 1988. lO8p. �lm 70 Sevbo, I . P. : Through analysis as a c;tep towardc; text knowledge structuril!.[. Ong.ru. llauchno-tekhl1 . Inform. ,Ser.2. 1989, tlo.2, p . 2-9, 14 refs.

�lnl m Solov'eva, L A . : On conce tual kooli'led e mana ement: a bionic systems apfll'Oach. Orlg.ru. , auc no-tE' n . l n orm . , er. . 0 191:19. p . 2-8, 36 refs.

�lm 726 Vasil 'jev, V . V . : Text:.._underc;tandinq by computers. Orig.ru. Moskva, SU: Prometej 1988. 257p. �12n 727 Foss, C . L . : Tool s for readinj and b"owsing h7oertext. Infonn. Process.& f-lanagerr.ent Vol 25, 10 4, 1989. p.46":418, 16 refs. A drawback of bl'owsing through nonli neal' electt'onic documents is the acc?mpa,nying sense of disorientation often I'eported by usel'S. It 1C; d1fflcult to ac;certaln the layout of the document network 50 people oftel1 lose their place 01' forget to follow up on t�sks they meant to complete, while hundering if they are mic;slng anything relevant to their intel'estc;. This al'ticle criti9ues existing, approaches to computerized support fol' browslng and descnbes four ne' .... typec; of browsers. which have been implemented in the Xerox 1l0teCal'ds hypertext system. These browserc; support the pl'ocess of pursuing and returning from digressions and fac i l i tate the integl'ation of divel'Se sets of materia l s that have been bl'ofised. (Author)

89-1294 727 Garg, P . K . : Abc;traction mechani sms in hypertext. COfMI.ACM Vol 31. 110 7, 1988. p. 862-870, 879. 16 refs. Dl:scription of a _c;�t-theoretic model of hvpel'text and defini­tlOn of the rnechanlsm of abc;traction by \Ihich information can be stored and retrieved from an information structure at d i f­fel'ent levels of detail and from di fferent perspectives.

89-1295 727 Gilya revskij , R.S. ; Subbotin. H.M. : On the feasibi l i ty of ac;­sessin the otential of new information technolo i e s : a case '>tu 0 el'text tec no 0 . I"1g. ru. Nauchno-tekhn.infor-m • • Ser . l . 110 12, 1988. p.2-5 89-1296 727 Hahn, U. ; Reimel', U. : Automatic reneration of hysertext knowl­edge bases. Orig.en. In: cont.Uf . Infonn.Syst . . alo Alto, cA. 23-25 Harch 1988. Ne'rl York, NY 1988. p. 182-188, 18 refs.

75 Question-Answering Systems, Online Techn.

See a l s o 89-1074, - 1 102, -1241

89-1297 751 8ates. M . J . : Designing online catalog subject access to meet useI' needs. Ong.en. Paper presented at Meeting No.121 of the IFLA General Conference and Counc i l Heeting. Paris 1989. p. 40-24 - 40-26, 15 I'efs. Abstl'act of paper see p. 161 of this iSsue of Int.Classif. 89-1298 751 Gunzenhauser,R. !· Knopi k , L : Knowledge-based human-computer in­terfaces and so tware ergonOOllCs. orig.en. In: Bullinger. H.J.

192

Gunzenhauser, R. (Eds . ) ; Software ergonomiCS. Chiche'>ter. GB: Horwood; New York: Halsted Press 1988. p. 73-88. 14 refs.

751; 981

89-1300 751 Parkinson, St.R. ; H i l l ,M.D. , Sisson.N. , Viera, C . : Effects of breadth. depth, and numbel' of I'esponses on co�putel' menu search perfollnance. Int.J.Ran-Hach.Stud. VOl 28. No 6 , 1988. p. 683-692, 12 refs.

89-1301 751 Schauble. P. : Improving the effectiveness of retrieval systems by information structures. Inform.Process.& Management Vol 25. No 4, 1989. p.363-376, 20 l'efs. A ne'ri information structure is presented that aims at increas­ing the ,effectiveness of an information retrieval system. It is a manua l l y conc;tructed knO'rlledge l'epresentat10n providing additional information to the retl'ieval process. To analyze the p'roperties of the new c;tructure, the framework of fir'>t­ordel' theories (��del theory) is used. Construction and maint­enance of such a structul'e are eac;ier than those of a thesau­rus. Alc;o. a retrieval function is presented depending on the ned infonnation structul'e. It takec; into account tenn depend­encies and thus incl'eac;es I'ecal l and precision. (Author, abbl'.}

89-1302 752 NohI', H. : sUbiect access in German-lanRuage OPACs: A survey. Ol'ig.en. lnt. las'nt. Vol 16, No 2, 19 9. p.95-10u. 35 retS. Survey of hO'toI, in the 14 c;ystems of Genr.an univer'>ity and pub­l i c l i b,'aries, subject access is being applied in practice.

89-1303 7539; 987 fOI'rest,C. ; Chavman,K. ,Wl'ight,J. : Periodical indexing on disc : a comparative analysis of Infotrac use 10 three Ill1nois 116-I'aries. Reference Sen'icec; Revie'rl Vol 17, No 1 . 1989. p. 85-92

89-1304 753; 981 Horner, J . ; Thirlwa l l . D. : Online seal'chlng and the university researcher. J.Acad.l1bl'nshlp HtlYtHS}flO 4, p.225-30, 13 refs.

89-1305 753 Ingwerc;en ,P. ; liol'mel l , 1 . : �lodern indexing and retrieval tech­niques w.atching di fferent types of 1nforw.atl0n need'>. Int.Forum Infortll .Ooc. Vol 14. lio 3, 1989. p . 17-22. 27 refs. Focusc;ing on cQIT,munication the authors propoc;e practical so­l u tions to key problemc; in online IR, in particular concerned with i l l -defined information requi rements, concept intel'preta­tion in searching and text representation in indexing. The pa­per stresses the relationc;hipc; between di fferent IR techniquec; and characteristic types of information problems and pointc; to feasible natural language rr.€thods and principles of represen­tation adaptable to in-house informatio,n systems. (Ol'ig .abstr.)

89-1306 753 HeBing ,J . ; P.ankel ,H. : �issensor anisation zur Oialo steuerun (Knowledge organization fol' dialogue contro rig . de. KUnstl . Intelligenz, 110 3, 1989. p.25-31, 13 refs. Discu'>sion of some requi re-r;ents for the control of the man­machine-dialogue in knowledge-bac;ed syc;tem,>. The point-of-de­parture al'e experiences from the IHSBER nebo'Ork project which airr.€d at construction of a natural language consulting systf'lTt fa" financial deposits. Oi'itinguishing between area knowledge, subject-dialogue knowledge, and general dialogue knowledge proved necesc;ary in model l i ng the expert knowledge. Medium and large knowledge based systems require an explicit and separate model l i ng of such knowledge bases. ( tl'ansl .orig.abstr.)

89-1307 753 Pern i c i . S . : Supporting OIS de'>lgn throut semantic Queries. In: Conf .Off. IntoI'm. sy,> t . , Pa 10 A I to, A . 23-25 Harch 1988. New York, flY 1988. p. 276-283, 20 refs. TOOOS (Automatic Tools for Designing Office Systems), a three­year project in the EEC',> ESPRIT Programrr� , has the purpose of providing an OIS (Office Infonr.ation Sy5tem) design support enviroranent. A semantic query language is presented. based on a semantic representation of the todos Conceptual Model . where documents ( l e tters, replies. merr,oc; . etc.) are represented as a set of semantic types (schema s ) . The semantic quel'y language i s based on set theory and predicate calculus. It provides for aggl'egation, association, reference, and subtyping. Exam­ples of queries al'e given.

Continuation of this and further sections in the next issue.

Int.Classif. 16( 1989)110. 3 Clasc;ification Li terature

I NT E R NAT IO NAL C LASS I F I CATI O N

Index to Vo1.16(1989)

A. ALPHABETICAL INDEX 1. Articles Bauer, G.: Knowledge structures promoting problem solutions.

Possibilities of graphic representation of knowledge in the-saurus-like fashion 73

Be-ghlol, C.: Access to fiction: A problem in dassifici\tion theory and practice, Pt. 1 134

Craven, T.e.: Customized extracts based on Boolean queries and sentence dependency structures 1 1

Eisner, M.: The ARBOR information system forclassicai archaeo-logy and history afarl 141

Endres-Niggcmcyer, B. Schmidt, B.: Knowledge-based cJassiflca-lion systems: Basic issues, a toy system and furtherprospec:ts 146

Husain, A.: A theoretical basis for the accomodation of new sub-jects in Colon Classification, Edition 7 82

Nalimo", V.V.: The necessity to change the face of science 3 Nedobity, W.: Concepts vs.meaning as reflected by the works of

E.Wftstcr and L.Wittgenstein 24 Nohr, H.: Subject access in Gcrman-JanguageOPACs: A survey 95 Qiu, L.: Applicability of string indexing to the Chinese language

with special reference to NEPHIS 89 Schmidt, H.: Clusteranalysis as structure analysis 1 5

2. Reports Holley, R.: IFLA Section on Classification and Indexing. Annual

Report 1988 33

-IFLA Section on Classification and I nde:dng 102 . IFLA Section on Classification and Indexing

Annual Report 1988/89 160

Humphreys, B.L.: Unified Medical Language System 101 tviarradi, A.: Naive epistemological realism and the superiority of

propositional knowledge over non- propositional knowledge 41 Williamson, N.: Classification in the Computer Age 30 - lnLConf.on Library Classification and its Functions, Edmonton,

Alberta 171

3. Editorials (by !.Dahlberg) Classitication and the Face of the Sciences Knowledge organization and the humanities

4. Book Reviews Bock, H.H. : Classification and related methods of data analysis

\33

(P.Jaenecke) 1 1 5

Czap, H . Galinski, Ch. (Eds.): Terminology and knowledge engin-eering. Proceedings. InLCongress 1987 (P.Jaenecke) 177

Dhyani, P. Classification schemes and Indian libraries (M.P.Satija, LV.Malhan) 1 12

Fidel, R. : Database design for information retrieval (H.Schnelling) 48 Ganter, B., Wille, R., Wollf, K.E. (Eds).: Contributions to concept

analysis. (de) (G.Bauer) (en) 43 Gerstenkorn, A. StOcker, A.: The awakeners (M.Ockenfeld) 176 Hildreth, Ch. R.: Inteltigent interfaces and retrieval methods for sub·

ject searching in bibliographic retrieval systems (H.Schnelling) 173 Hoffmann, L.: Special language as a communication medium. (de)

(H.Bfthler) (de) 5 1

lnt. Classif. 16 (1989) No. 3 -Classification Literature

Hunter, E.J.: Classification made simple (M.P.Satija) 49

Kapur, Sh.: Classification and Cataloguing. A select bibliography (\V.Bies) 44

Lustig, O.(Ed.): Automatic indexing between research and applica-tion (de) (B.Endres-Niggemeyer) (en) 50

Neet, H.E.: In search of the keyword. Document analysis and al-phabetical indexing (fr) (W.Bies) (en) 173

P6rksen, U.: German special science languages; historical and criti-cal studies (de) (H. Leclercq) (fr) 173

Prasher, R.G.: Index and indexing system (M.P.Salija) 177 Rajagopalan, T.S. (Ed.): Relevance of Ranganathan's contribu-

tions to library science (K.Bakewell) I I I

Reinitzer, S., Gossler, M.: Reference techniques i n science (de) (W.Bies)(en) 46

Rowley, J.E.: Abstracting and indexing. 2nd ed. (W.Bies) 1 13 Salton, G., i\kGill, MJ.: Information Retrieval: Basics for infofllla-

tion scientists. (de) (H.Schnelling)(en) 47 Tharp, A.L. : File organization and processing (H.-J.Schek) 48

B. FORM AND SUBJECT INDEX The arrangeillellt of /his part folloli's the Classification Li/era/we Classifi­calioll (CLC) as outlined ill each issue of IC alit! printed ill full iength ill IlIt.Classif. 12( 1985 )No.3, p.147-151. It COlltains the titles ill abbreviated form. Al/ llolI-English titles are gil'e1/ ill English as above. The language symbols (de, en, fr) sigllify items ill Germal/, English or French. The let­ters in brackets illdh'ate the followil/g: A = Artic/e, B = Book rel'it'lI', E = Editorial, R = Report, a = Obituary. No letter mealls the item is (l COI1l­lIIul/ication.

01 Bibliographies Hidden glossaries ICD and health-related classification systems Classification and Cataloguing(B)

06 Conferences. Conference Reports. Proceedings 1988 06-16/18 Classif.Soc. of North America 12-08 U.K.: CRG269 09-4/9 EURALEX 3rd, Budapest 09-7/10 Computer in the Humanities, Cologne

09-21/22 Recontre Int.Enseignement Terminol. 09-21/24 Terminology for Museums, Cambridge,GB 09-26/29 II th CODATA Conf., Karlsruhe, FRG 10-6/8 Conceptual Analysis and AI, Clausthal 10-12/16 "Language at Crossroads", Seattle, WA 1 1-18/19 Classif.in the Computer Age, Albany (R) 12-15 Nederlandstalige Terminol., Eindhoven

1989 02-27/ I Unific.& Standard.Techn.Terminol. 02-16 CRG 270 03-2/4 Intension and extension, Darmstadt 03-6 Teaching aids terminol.standard., Tunis 03-13/17 Terminol.Standard.& Unific., Tunis 03- 16 "Knowledge Transfer Centre . . . ", Tunis 03-16 Principles descriptive terminol.work, Tunis 04-10/12 13th Anll.Conf., Ges.f.Klassif. 04-27 CRG 271 06-20/21 Library Classif.and Functions, Edmonton 07-14CRG272 09-25 DGD/KTF 44th Meeting 10-26 CRG 273 10-29 ASISjSIGjCR (tt)

40.108 158 44

27 36 37 37 37 38 38 38 39

30 105

105 103 34

\06 105 106 107 34

103 171 161 162 161 170

193

1990 43 On the Dewey Decimal Classification

OI-19/20TerminoJ,et Industries de la Langue 104 New edition of Dewey published 36

03-9/ 1 1 ConLon Concept Relationships 162 Workshop 20th edition 160

08-14/ l 7 ISKO, 1st Conf. 164 45 On the Bliss Classification

10-2/4 2nd Call for Papers, TKE'90 162 U.K., CRG 269 (I) 36

07/08 Textbooks and other monographs Meetings 270 and 271 British eRG 103 see Book reviews

46 On the Colon Classification 1 1 Classification Theory Theor.basis accomodation new subjects in CC7(A) 82 Access toftcHon: c1assif.lheory probl. 134 Relevance of Ranganathan 's contributions (B) I I I UbrarycIassif.& its functions, Conf. 1 7 1

12 Conceptology in Classification 6 On Special Subjects Classification Systems 651/4 Unified Medical Language System (R) 101

Concepts vs.mcalling; Wiistervs WiUgcnstein (A) 24 69 Knowledge organization and the humanities (E) 133 Intension and extension. Darmstadt 34 Access to fiction (A) 134 Superiority of propositional knowledge (R) 41 ARBOR inform.syst.archaeology & hist. arl(A) 141 Beitnlge wr Begriffsanalyse (B) 43 Soc. Concept & Content Anal.by Computer 28 75 Online actirities

Endogenous sodologkal concepts. Madrid 1990 109 Subject acress in German-language OPACs (A) 95

Conceptual relationships. Dannstadt 1990 162 Intelligent interfaces and retrieval methods (8) 173

16 Development of Science and Classification 757 Expert Systems The necessity to change the face of science (A) 3 Knowledge-based classification systems (A) 146 Classification and the face of the sciences (E)

77 Terminology. General Problems Introduction into the article by V.V.NaHmov Knowledge struet. promot. probl. solutions(A) 73 Int.Org.Unific.Tcrminol.Neologisms mUTN 29

Int.Network for Terminology, TermNet 29 21 Gen.Questions of Classif.Systems & Thesauri Terminology course Taipei, April 1989 107 DGD/KTF 44th Meeting 162 Establishment of ArabTerm 106

24 Relationships Terminol.& Knowledge Engg.1987 (D) 175

Graphic representation of knowledge (A) 73 (see also under 06 for con Con terminology)

Con Con Conceptual Relationships, Darmstadt 162 78 Subject-oriented Terminology Work

25 Numerical Taxonomy Hidden glossaries 40.108

Clusteranalysis as structure analysis (A) IS Spec.language communicat.medium (D) 5 1

Classif.Soc.ofNorth America 27 German spec.sci.langtlages (8) 173

Classif.& related methods of data analysis (8) 1 1 5 79 Translation

VOC: A new Dutch classification society 27 Terminol.Comm.Amer. Translators Assoc. 104

31 Theory of Classing and Indexing 92 Persons and institutions in Classif.& Indexing

Classification & cataloguing (D) 44 Database design for information retrieval (B) 48

Natasha Stokolova passed away (0) 36

Classification made simple (D) 49 In memoriam Edouard Natanson (0) 104

Abstracting and indexing. 2nd ed. (B) 1 1 3 Jason Edward Louis Farradane, 1906-1989 (0) 1 1 6

Index and indexing system (8) 177 Ranganathan's contributions (D) 1 1 1

Document anal.& alphabetical indexing (B) 175 Soc.of Concept.& Contents Ana\. by Computer 28 IFLA Section on Classif.& Indexing (R) 33.102

32 Subject Analysis Terminol.Comm.of Amer.Transl.Assoc. 106 The awakeners (B) 176 Establishment of ArabTerm 106

34 Automatic Classing and Indexing ASlSjSIGjCR, Washington 161

Customized extracts and sentence dependency (A) I I (see under 06 for meetings of such organizations)

Information Retrieval (Salton) (B) 47 93 Organization on a National and Intern.Leyel Alltom.indexing between res.& applic.(8) 50 Int.Network for Terminology, TermNet 29 String indexing for the Chinese language (A) 89 Int.Org.for Unific. Tenninol.Neologisl11s 29

35 File organization Founding of the Int.Soc.for Knowledge Organiz. 7 1

File organization and processing (B) 48 95 Education and Training

38 Index Generation Terminology course held in Taipei 107

Reference techniques in science (B) 46 99 Standardization

42 On the Uniyersal Decimal Classification Guidelines for subject authority files 160 Task force on UDC Development 171 Standards for intcrn. exchange bibl. inform 180

194 Int. ClassiC 16 (1989) No. 3 .. Classification Literature

Personal Author Index

Addis, T .R . 89-1137 Aman. H ,H . 89-1236 Andreeva. E . 5 . 89-1154a Andrusenko, T .B . 89-1267 Anzol a , M.C. 89-1262 Arntz. R . 89-1070 Arutyunova , U . D. 89-1276 Atkins, T .V . 89-1036 Atzeni. P. 89-1167

Bakewel l . K .G .B . 89-1047a Baldwin, C . 89-1076 Bates, �LJ. 89-1297 Batty, D . 89-1152 Bauer, G, 89-1165 Beck, S .J . 89-1090

89-1097 Beghtol . C. 89-1218 Bel l , M .B . 89-1082 Bel lamy, l .M. 89-1153 Belonogov ,G.G. 89-1156 Bel onogov ,T.G. 89-1162 Benson, J.A. 89-1074

-1075 -1077 ·1079 ·1081 -1088 ·1091 -1093 -1098 -1099

Berman , B . L . 89-1147 Berrut. C. 89-1199 Bies, W. 89-1072 Binwal , J , e . 89-1273 Blanning, R.W. 89-1163 Blyumenau, 0 . 1 . 89-1206 Bolshakov. L A . 89-1166 Bonda r ' , V . V . 89-1040 Bonz1. S. 89-1164 Boose, J .H . 89-}045a Borisov, V . U . ( Ed . )

89-1117 Borisova, ItO. 89-1232 Boyce, B . R. 89-1259 Br'adley, P. 89-1217 Br'andwayn lOlle, I .

89-1080 Brudnyj, A.A. 89-1123 Brudnyj , A.A. ( Ed . )

89-1289 Brunning. D .R . 89-1187 Brunt. R. ( Ed . ) 89-1050 Bryant. P . G . 89-1051 Buchanan, R. 89-1069 Budin, G. 89-1046 BUhler, A. 89-1134 Busch. J .A. 89-1274 Bush, G.Ya . ( Ed . ) 89-1054 8utcher. J . E . 89-1201

Can, F. 89-1183 Cha i l l ey , M . -U. 89-1044 Chan. L.M. 89-1235

89-1241 Chang, R.H. 89-1211 Chartron, G. 89-1189 Chu, C .M . 89-1220 Ciapanauskas. A.

89-1271 Ciganik, M. 89-1255 Clark, P.M. 89-1083 Craven, T . C . 89-1288 Czap, H. 89-1068 Czerwohn. H.-J. 89-1196

Dascal . M. 89-1104 Decker, R. 89- 1 1 15 Devadason, F .J . 89-1285 Doszkocs, T .E . 89-1096 Dykstra. M. 89-1243

Eastman, C .M . 89-1209 Eckes, Th. 89-1059 Eddison, L B . 89-1148

Ehmke . 1 . 89-1132 Eirund, H. 89-1210 Ensor, P. 89-1086 Evtushenko, A.V.

89-1261

Fadiche:va, E.t/. 89-1250 Fagan, J . l. 89-1204 Faltings, B. 89-1110 Finlay, C. 89-1083 Fi"nni , J . J . 89-1049c Forrf'�t, C . 89-1303 Fo�<;. C . l . 89-1293 Fr'alikenbE'rge:r, R .

89-1066 frek�a, C. 89-1112 Fugmann, R . 89-1192

89-1219 Furalpv, O.A.. 89-1299

Gaine<;, B .f{. 89-1045 89-104Sb

Gal'field, E. 89-1129 89-1130

Garg, P . K . 89-1294 GeiSelmann, F . 89-1254 Gigch, J . P.van 89-1270 Gi lyarev<;kij, R .S .

89-1295 Gladkova, G . 1 . 89-1260 Glashoff, Hann 89-1060 Gopinath, I�,A. 89-1140 Garmn, I�. 89-1049b G1:il'z , G. 89-1114 Gouedard, A .-�L 89-1043 Glintzer, U. 89-1160 Gunze:nhau�er, R . 89-1298

Hahn, U. 89-1296 Hancox, P. 89-1208 Harde:!', 1. 89-1113 Heinz, W. 89-1277 H i l ty , L . �1 . 89-1124 Hjor,t<;oe:ter, E. 89-1237 Hol z , G. 89-1272 Hal z l , J. 89-1073 Horner', J. 89-1304 Huan9 Enzllu 89-1193 Huber', M. 89-1251 Humphreys,B. 89-1263 Husain, A. 89-1248 Hutchin<;, J . 89-1197

Ingwenen, P . 89-1305 Irme l i , H. 89-1127 Isaak. C. 89-1027

Jaenecke, P. 89-10480 JakowljPwit<;ch, D .

89-1135

KamIah. A. 89-1118 Katre, U.A. 89-1178 Kaula, P.Il. 89-1184

89-1249 Kawatra. P.S. 89-1234 Kazanevich, B.L.

89-1139 Kedrov, B .M .et al

89-1133 Kelm, B . 89-1252

89-1049d Kelman, G. 89-1092 Kesselman. M. 89-1089 Kinukawa, H. 89-1176 Klar, R. 89-1264 Knapova . B. 89-1266 Kobsa. A. 89-1057 Konishi , O. 89-1205 Koropenko. LV. 89-1281

Krecht, J. 89-1283 Kri�ta l ' nyj, B .V .

89-1233 KrQ:f·;ner-Benz, H.

89-1028 Kruylova . R .A . 89-l l41 KrU�ln�ka, E. 89-1170

Ladenko, r . S . ( Ed . ) 89-1126

Lan'abee:, J. ( Ed . ) 89-1242

Laub�ch, J. 89-1108 Lawre:, U. 89-1030 Lecle�'cq, H. 89-1061 L�f', P.N, 89-1221 Le:<;kin, A.A. 89-1143 Lischka, C . 89-1278 Li<;kova, A. 89-1157 L iu , S . -T. 89-1172 Locu)'atolo , E. 89-ll05 Loj , A . II. 89-1122 Lor'?n z , b. 89-1062

r1ajumd�r, 0 .0 . 89-1279 flanu, A. 89-1047 />I.dtthe""I�, K. 89-1200 �:cI h�a inf', I . e . 89-1275 P,cKibbon, K.A. 89-1087 r.\pBing, J. 89-13U6 I·leyer, 1·1 . A . 89-1045c �'iladlnovic. R. 89-1168 Ni 1 1oni9 , H . 89-1190 '·loryk, A. 89-1257 l·lowPI'y, R . L . 89-1244 Huchn ik , I . B . 89-1171 �iura�hkovskaya, E . A .

89-1231 I!.u<;pn. �\.A. 89-1045d

lIakarr,ura, Y. 89-1226 Nechaev , V . V. 89-1121 ilprr,chenko, V.II. (Ed . )

89-1286 Ilip. J;anyun 89-1102 Nilan, 11 . 5 . 89-1128 flohr, H. 89-1302

Ogata Yo<;h;hiko 89-1191 Opitz. U . ( Ed . ) 89-1058

Pace:y. P. 89-1239 Paque. R. 89-1042 Parkinson ,St .R . 89-1300 PCito'rI , H. 89-1215 Pernici, B . 89-1307 Pevzner. B.R. 89-1158 Plate, ILA. 89-1039 Ph'sa, O. 89-1142 Plotkina, V.G. 89-1195 Plotnikov. tl . l . 89-1269 Podpol 'ny;, O .F . 89-1284 Pol l i tt, A.S. 89-1071 Polonski i , V .M . 89-1144

89-1265 Polyakov, 0 . 1,1. 89-1146 Popovich, �L V . (Ed . )

89-1131 Pospelov, G.S. 89-1280 Prasher, R .G . 89-1188 Preschel , B .M . 89-1194

Qiu, L. 89-1208

Rada, R. 89-1155 Ramachandran. M. 89-1186 Rau, L . F . 89-1207 Raven. H.E . 89-1223 Read, St. 89-1101 Rebrova, H.P. 89-1308

Reinfrank. I�. 89-1109 Risko, A. 89-1149 Roberts. St.A. 89-1054a Rober'tson, S .E . 89-1222 Rozhde5tVf':n�kij , Yu. V.

89-1282 Ruc� imskaya , E . t�. 89-1150 Ryblna, LA. 89-1177

Sacharnyj , L . W . 89-1159 89-1151

SaTthe. St . tL 89-1121a Satija, II.P. 89-1247 Schaetzf'n,C.de 89-1052 Schauble:. P. 89-1301 Schnel l i ng . H . 89-1063 Schroeder, C . D . 89-1238 SchUl er, W. 89-1106 Schwartz, C .S . 89-1181 Sci llol', E . 89-1228 Sebestyen. G. 89-1185 Sell i � , 1. K. 89-1169 Sen. B . K. 89-1029 Sen, Subi,' K . 89-1214 Sevbo, l . P. 89-1290 Sharabch;ev ,J . T . 89-1179 Sharma, R . 89-1180 ShVyl"�V, V . S . H9-1125 Slatol', B.H. 09-1045p S l i zova, D . 89-1138 Smith, R . L . 89-1119 Sobey, p .J . 89-1182 Solov'eva. E .A . 89-1291 Sparck Jone�, K. 89-1202 Spivak, Sh. 89-1173 Sprunger, K. 89-1161 Sl'inivasan,P. 89-1118a Stephan, W. 89-1253 Stoyan, H . 89-1111 Strater, H. 89-1230 Strurlinyer', l . 89-1095 StruB, P. ( Ed . ) 89-1107 Studl .. el l , W .E . 89-1246 5ukia<;yan, E. 89-104ge Sukiennik, A. 89-1245 Sunde, A. 89-1212 Suwa, 1·1 . 89-1045f 5venonius, E. 89-1154 Swart, J .C . 89-1216 5\�artz, B . J . 89-1078 Szava-Kovats, E. 89-1203

Tenopir, C. 89-1085 Thaller, M. 89-1064 Til lett, B . B . 89-1049a Titova. V .A . 89-1256 Tono�aki. 1·1. 89-1048 Toshiaki . U. 89-1213 Tsay. �'in9-yueh 89-1198 Tubb�, J .D . 89-1174

Utki na, Yu .E. 89-1268

Vasil 'ev, fl.A. 89-1103 Vasi l 'jev, V . V . 89-1292 Vieira, 5 .B . 89-1224

Wahab. H . M . S . A. 89-1175 Ileinberg. S . H . 89-1094 Wolnel', T . J . 89-1025

Xu, Li D. 89-1120

Zajdberg . Kh.M. 89-1225 Zajdberg, Kh.M. 89-1227 Zheleznyakov ,M.H. 89-1287 Zhell'.anov,O.fl.et a1 . ( Ed . )

89-1136 Zimnooho, St. 89-1116 Zoller, P. 89-1065

I N D E K S - V E R L A G

INTERNATIONAL CONCEPTUAL ENCYCLOPEDIA FOR THE SOCIAL SCIENCES

Volwne I

INTERCOCT A GLOSSARY CONCEPTS & TERMS

USED IN ETHNICITY RESEARCH

Edited by

Fred W. Riggs

Here i s the prototype of a new gl ossary conception and construction us i ng the soca l l ed onoma n t i c approa c h . Some 250 concepts found in the cu rrent l i terature a re a rranged systema t i ca l ly wi th the i r defi n i t i ons , occurrence sources and d i ffe r i ng modes of expres s i on . They are made ac­cess i b l e by d i fferent i ndexe s . 1 988. 205 p . , DM 48 . -

I N DEKS- Ve r l a g , Woogstr. 36a , D-6000 Frankfurt 5 0 , Tel . : (069) 52 3 6 90

TERMINOLOGY and

KNOWLEDGE ENGINEERING P R O C E £ D I N G S O F T H E I N T E R N A T I O N A L C O N G R E S S O N T E R M I N 0 -L O G Y A N D K N O W L E D G E E N G I N E E R l N G , 29 Sept . - 1 Oc t . , 1987, Un i vers i ty of Tr i e r , FRG 2 vol umes ed i ted by Hans Cza p , Trier, and Chri s t i an Gal i n s k i , Wien 448+256p . , DM 1 25 . - ( bound ) , ISBN 3-88672-202-3 and -203 - 1

T h e Congress was org a n i zed by the I n terna t i onal I n format i on Centre for Ter­m i n o l o gy ( I NFOTERM) , Wi en and the Assoc i a t i on for Term i n o l ogy and Knowl edge Tra nsfe r , Tri e r under the patronage of the Unesco.

I NOEKS VERLAG 1987/1988

Order now !

I NOEKS VERLAG Woog s t r . 36a 0-6000 Frankfu r t 50 Tel . : 069 - 52 36 90